klBRART THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG J3 V C5 g ,-^ -a « -^ a| ^ o S ^ x>^ ^ ■m"^ to 3 s !s ^ c t>. ^ _0_Q s c« C ^ ti 2 3 c« X ^ s - O {xo D O •5 o ^£ o O O 3 ■!-> (JO ^ OS fin « THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG A BOOK OF INFORMATION WITH SUGGESTIONS FOR THE IMPROVEMENT OF CATALOGS AND OTHER PUBLICATIONS OF COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS By HARRY PARKER WARD, A.M. Author "Some American College Bookplates,^'' Member Grolier Club of New York, Kit-Kat Club of Columbus, American Institute of Graphic Arts, etc. With an IntroduSiion by WILLIAM OXLEY THOMPSON, D.D., LL.D. President Ohio State University COLUMBUS, OHIO MCMXVII Copyright igiy by The Champlin Printing Company columbus ohio THIS BOOK IS DEDICATED TO A MAN WHO KEENLY APPRECIATES EFFORT TOWARD ARTISTIC IMPROVEMENT IN BOOK MAKING THOMAS EWING FRENCH PROFESSOR OF ENGINEERING DRAW- ING AT OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY Edition limited to three hundred copies of which this is number CONTENTS Page Introduction xiii The Catalog in General I The Paper I7 The Type 26 Preparation of the Copy 88 Style AND Examples 116 The Proof Reading 220 Illustrations 229 College Heraldry 239 The Binding 250 The Carnegie Foundation 255 Copyrighting 263 Mailing the Catalog 265 Glossary 281 Index 289 Vll ILLUSTRATIONS Harvard University Entrance, Photogravure . Frontispiece Drexel Institute Register, Cover faces lo Drexel Institute Register, Leaf FROM .... faces ii Western College FOR Women Exchange Shelf . .faces i6 Some Initial Letters 45 Monk at Work on a Manuscript 46 Monotype Keyboard 5^ Monotype Caster 5^ Linotype Machine S3 Diagram of Correct Proportion of Type Page .... 56 Layout of Four Pages, Fifteenth Century Style .... 57 Diagram OF Page Position Frequently Used 58 Diagram of Ideal Page Position 59 Calendar Examples 70~73 Layout of Sixteen Pages 76 Examples of Catalog Backbones 78> 80, Si Examples of Catalog Envelope Printing .... 83-86 Typewriter Si7es of Letters no Sheet OF Copy Ready FOR Monotype Composition . faces in Index Slip I47 Examples of Catalog Covers 200-219 Proofreading Marks 221,222 Marietta College Bulletin, Cover .... faces 208 SWARTHMORE CaMPUS AND PlAT faceS 229 Shorter College Catalog, Cover faces 232 Halftone Engraving Screens faces 233 Engravers' Measuring Scale faces 234 Westminster College of Music Catalog, Page from, faces 236 Ohio State University Spring AND Library . . . . faces 237 Heraldic Shields 239-243 Johns Hopkins Armorial Bookplate faces 239 Heraldic Tinctures faces 240 Kenyon College Arms faces 242 Examples of Heraldic Seals faces 244, 245 Academic Costume, British and American . . faces 248, 249 Yale University Catalog Sewed faces 252 Missouri University Catalog Wired faces 252 Idaho University Catalog's Defective Backbone . faces 253 Indiana University Catalog's Defective Folding . faces 253 Vassar College Cover Design 276 FOREWORD SOME thirty-three years ago nine residents of New York City, gentlemen who loved a beautiful book for the honesty of its making and the cor- rectness of its style, felt the need of improvement in such matters and founded the Grolier Club. Today this splendid organization, housed in its own building crowded with the most magnificent specimens of the bookmaker's art and with its membership list full, can look back over the years of its usefulness and realize that the countless lectures and exhibitions given under its roof, not to mention its delightful and perfect publications, have effected an influence for great good. The Aldine Club, an association of printers and pub- lishers of New York, now nearing a half century of life, the United Typothetae of America also well up in years of existence and the more recently organized Ben Franklin Clubs in all our cities, have done their full share toward elevating and systematizing the print- ing industry, which according to census reports, ranks fifth in importance. Then, too, the printer has some fine trade journals, led by that most beautiful of all magazines, Printing Art, emanating from the University Press, Cambridge, each number teeming with suggestions and examples for the betterment of the art preservative. The costly art galleries which have recently sprung up in all our larger and in some of our smaller cities, well filled with material for instilling into the people a love for the beautiful, evidence the rapid spread of a IX THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG desire for real art which but a few years ago was to be found in only six or eight of our great cities. In many other lines America is making rapid strides, in archi- tecture, in civic beauty, in public libraries, in science, in music, in literature and last but perhaps greatest of all, in education. Generally speaking the publications of three fourths of our educational institutions, catalogs, bulle- tins, alumni magazines and the like (with the single exception of the student annual which is often too large and too costly) have not kept abreast of the times. Far too many college catalogs resemble almanacs or cheap municipal or state reports. Scores of printing establishments are today producing with commendable intelligence all manner of college work with artistic dignified appearance. Hundreds of others however give proof that they take no advantage whatever of the abundant supply of books and periodical literature available for their improvement. Such printers, and they are in the great majority, make an honest living, probably a better living than the so-called art printers, but no artistic touch is needed for the railroad tariff, the law brief or the factory blank. This book deals with only the physical appearance of the catalog, except in-so-far as President Thompson's clear-headed Introduction and extracts from Carnegie Foundation Reports concern the contents. As an extreme example of the suggestions the book is intended to convey, a comparison might be drawn between the unpretentious but delightful "Pamphlets" of Rice Institute, Houston, Texas, printed in large type proper- ly set, on water marked paper, with Italian cover and FOREWORD bearing the imprint of the DeVinne Press, New York, with three out of four college catalogs. The difference is deplorable. On the other hand if we consider the catalogs of our schools for boys and girls we find the great majority of them decently printed. The few large flashy ones and the few small cheap ones offer the exceptions. Why can there not be improvement in the appear- ance of the catalogs of the three fourths of our colleges, especially when such improvement can be had without extra expense.^ Why is it that so many institutions of higher education grow in importance, in number of students, in size and quality of faculty, in endowment, in new and beautiful buildings and grounds but continue to use the same antiquated catalogs and bulletins? It is in an effort to inspire some interest in these matters that this book is offered. I sincerely wish that it could be possible for the catalog committees of the three fourths of our thousand or more colleges and universities whose catalogs need improvement to visit the Annmary Brown Memorial in Providence. They could there study, under the guidance of that prince of enthusiasts for better print- ing and bookbinding, the librarian of Brown University, hundreds of specimens of the good book making done in the fifteenth century, the largest and finest collection in existence available for examination. If they could then and there listen, as I did but a fort- night ago, to the chain of convincing argument as to why a college catalog should be well presented if worth printing at all, there would be an immediate and marked betterment in such publications. XI THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG Such a work as this can not be produced without assistance and advice. I find myself obligated to up wards of two hundred institutions for specimen catalogs and bulletins sent promptly upon my request without charge, to members of the faculty of a goodly number of colleges and several universities and especially to Mr. C. W. Reeder, Reference Librarian of Ohio State University, Dr. Harry L. Koopman, Librarian of Brown University, Mr. Clyde Furst, Secretary of the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teach- ing, Mr. W. C. Wood, Superintendent of the Division of Classification in the Post Office Department, for personal interviews and many courteous replies to all manner of inquiries. It is perhaps unnecessary to add that the undertaking has required a great volume of correspondence and thousands of miles of travel. The cover design is by Miss Lois Lenski of the Art Students' League, New York. Columbus, Ohio H. P. W. December so, 1916 xn INTRODUCTION A GLANCE back over the college catalogs for two generations reveals some very interesting facts. L The earlier catalogs were simply announcements without apparent effort to do more than give the neces- sary facts. As colleges grew in numbers, both as to faculties and students, and as the elective idea pre- vailed among them, catalogs began to expand and courses were greatly multiplied, subjects were sub- divided almost beyond recognition. This apparently made it necessary for the authorities to explain what they were teaching and why they were teaching it. The specialized courses in the technical schools have been given a merry race by the highly specialized divisions of the old fashioned subjects of study. A catalog, there- fore, reveals the ambitions and hopes of the faculty quite as frequently as it does necessary information for the prospective student. In the later years the catalog has come to be distinctly a catalog of advertising. The more conservative and possibly stronger institutions, have begun to eliminate this feature as rapidly as possible, but no one fails to see that the modern catalog is largely a copy of some other catalog. Institutions imitate each other just like children. In addition to these features there is also an effort to secure a certain standard of excellence in the general appearance of the catalog and a certain evidence of dignity in the an- nouncement and arrangement of courses. One of the most important modern conceptions of a university catalog is that it is a public contract. This fact is frequently overlooked; especially by those who use a catalog for advertising purposes. The prospective xiii THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG Student reading a catalog of an Institution has a right to assume that its statements are official and authentic. He has the further right to assume that if he should enroll himself at any institution the course of study as announced could be pursued. If one is to assume a reasonable amount of intelligence on the part of the public or of the prospective student one must also assume that a student has a certain vested right in the opportunity announced in the catalog. Faculties some- times overlook this consideration by making frequent changes in their catalogs so that it is practically im- possible from any study of the catalog to know whether a course persisted for a period of four years. This may not be a violation but it certainly is an amendment of the contract. Such a feature, however, is relatively unimportant as compared with the fact that oftentimes colleges seem unconscious of their obligation when an- nouncing courses to be able to give adequate instruction to the student. The effort to standardize American education has revealed many of these infelicities, but there yet remains a large amount of work to be done before the integrity of a college catalog is assured. Major Ward has done an interesting piece of work in collecting data concerning college catalogs and it is hoped that this issue may not be without its reward in directing attention to the opportunity for improvement and greater accuracy in the official publications of educational institutions. , ^^c^^^^y^^*^/ Ohio State University December 28, igi6 XIV THE CATALOG IN GENERAL Conditions in Higher Education WHILE visiting in Cambridge recently, I was told that the tuition in many departments of Harvard had advanced sharply.* One might infer that a good reason for such advance would be that Harvard and many other universities and colleges where tuition charges have been raised have all the students they really care for. This suggestion, so sur- prising to the layman, brought a train of thought not wholly irrelevant to the general subject of the college catalog. Harvard, according to the 191 6 New York World Almanac, has, exclusive of Radcliffe, a faculty of 859 and a student body of 5699!, one teacher to less than seven students, an endowment of ^28,448,701.00 with an income of $3,805,428.00 Harvard and Columbia together had on their pay rolls, in 191 3, according to the Carnegie Report, 120 professors who draw salaries of $5,000.00 or more. All other institutions in America combined had 58 professors with $5,000.00 salaries. Harvard probably has invested in its grounds and buildings approximately $20,000,000.00. Our state universities, as well as Columbia, Yale, Princeton, in *See Tenth Annual Report, Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching, page 38, and see pages 44 and 45 in it for ten year table of tuition charg- es at 100 institutions. tThese figures vary from those in Science compiled by J. C. Burg, registrar of Northwestern University and used in the Statistical Abstract of the United States compiled by the Department of Commerce. World Almanac figures are furnished by presidents of institutions and presumably often contain summer-school and other irregular students. I THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG fact all our good institutions, large or small, are growing steadily; so is the population of our country, also its wealth. But, for example, Princeton seems to be meet- ing with the same troubles that manufacturers, rail- roads, shop-keepers, — most of us, with but very few shin- ing exceptions, — have experienced, more work, higher expense, greater volume of business, frequently accom- panied by a lesser degree of advancement than a decade ago. This assertion will not apply to the ab- normal war business of the past year but it will aver- age well for the ten years preceding. A statement was made not long since by the Prince- ton Press Club to the effect that in ten years that Uni- versity had erected nineteen new buildings, costing over ^4,000,000.00, and had added a hundred men to its faculty. The increase in value of the physical plant in the ten years being about 130%, the increase in the number of faculty about 100%, and the increase in the number of students less than 20%. Hundreds of line institutions are holding their own in this general ad- vancement by sheer hard work, coupled with clever management. Field secretaries, alumni secretaries, professors, deans, and in many cases even presidents, of non-state institutions are traveling thousands of miles, making addresses before all manner of organiza- tions, often stopping at poor hotels in small towns, all working hard for both students and endowment, a con- dition in the world of education parallel to that in commercial life. A few institutions have had to close their doors or merge with others. Medical colleges de- creased in number from 162 in 1910 to 94 in 1916. Medical education is undergoing perhaps the most radical change in its history. The American THE CATALOG IN GENERAL Medical Association, through its Council on Medical Education, established in 1904, has become a power which must be reckoned with. In the Report of the Council, June 12, 1916, many statements are made, which to the layman are, to say the least, startling. In the first page or two of this report we read as follows: Each year since 1905, the report of this body has shown a continued progress in medical education. The large over- supply of medical colleges has given way to a more normal supply of greatly improved institutions. The fact that such progress has been possible in a brief twelve years reveals how serious had become, up to that time, the conditions under- lying medical education. * * * * The results after eleven years of this campaign are shown in Table I. Although the oversupply of medical schools has been reduced by about 40 per cent, the number of higher standard colleges has been increased by over 80 per cent. * * * The number of medical colleges will doubtless be further reduced. The Table I referred to contains much interesting information, one item in which is to the effect that while in 1904 there were 162 medical colleges, four of which had higher entrance standards, the percentage being 2.5, in 191 5 there were 95* colleges, of which 83 had higher entrance standards, the percentage having jumped to 87.4. This organization is pushing its work in this line and hopes by 1920 to have an almost uniform standard of much higher entrance requirements, similar to those of European nations. The grading of medical colleges as shown in the 1916 pamphlet of this organization entitled Making the Right Start, gives a distinct shock to one not acquaint- ed with these conditions. In this pamphlet every *Mr. Clyde Furst, secretary of the Carnegie Foundation, states that the num- ber of medical schools had been in August, 1916, cut down to 94. THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG medical school in the United States is listed under date August i, 1916, by name and location in one of three classes. Class A, Acceptable Medical Col- leges; Class B, Colleges Needing General Improve- ments to be Made Acceptable, and Class C, Colleges Requiring a Complete Reorganization to Make Them Acceptable. State institutions now conduct in round figures half the higher education in the United States. Their crowded condition, due to inability to secure funds with which to erect buildings fast enough to keep pace with the ever increasing number of unsought students, their popularity, their goodly salaries to hard-worked in- structors, the free and unasked advertising constantly given them through the press, all these things bring real problems to the very great majority of colleges not sup- ported by public taxation or great endowment. Ample proof, however, that these problems are being satis- factorily solved is found in the substantial and healthy growth of hundreds of what we might term "old line" colleges and universities. Competition in business was never what it is today. Specializing is the order of the day. We hear the word "efficiency" on all sides until it wearies us, but condi- tions are such that we must all work out our own effi- ciency problems whether we are conducting a peanut stand, a Pennsylvania Railroad or a college. Efficiency in organization, in business methods and in advertising, is absolutely necessary. The certified public accountant, hardly known twenty years ago, is omnipresent. He is auditing the books of corporations of all kinds, always finding some dead-weight to be dis- carded, always suggesting some improvement in the THE CATALOG IN GENERAL system. Advertising agencies with keen, bright minds to serve us have sprung up in our cities. They cater to all manner of clients, even to educational institutions of high standing. With efficiency throughout our organiza- tion and with good advertising we succeed, without them we fall behind in the race. Even the college pro- fessor is quite different from what he was thirty years ago. He works much harder, keeps longer hours and hears larger classes or sections than ever before. In addition to his classroom work he must show productive scholarship and research in his chosen subject. He must occasionally contribute to the literature relating to his specialty. Indeed, too, he must have had greater and more expensive preparation for his life work. His M. A. or his Ph. D. or what not, he must have and that from a good source. Influence of Carnegie Foundation As to the college problems of today, I see no single influence so worthy of serious consideration, so striking, as that which the Carnegie Foundation* is exerting. Mr. Carnegie has donated countless millions for libra- ries, museums, scientific research, the Hero Fund and the Endowment for International Peace, but within three or four years he has endowed what we know as the Division of Educational Enquiry. The work now well started by this organization is to be, as my readers so well know, of the most vital importance to the educa- tional world. Printed reports will be available in which judgments, sometimes keen and unkind but probably just, will appear in cold type. In a recent report of the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching even the large university is not spared in the scathing *See Chapter on Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching, page 255 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG criticism given to its organization, its methods, its catalog or its bulletins. This criticism, however, is con- structive. Some of the institutions so criticized are represented on the Board of Trustees of the Foundation. These reports are sent without cost to every college and university and to many public libraries in the United States and Canada. The requirements for participation in the Educa- tional Fund and the Carnegie Pensions, and for general standing in the educational world, all demand endow- ments heavier than ever, splendid organization and good honest work. Alumni Interest Alumni are being interested as never before. Today every live college has its hustling alumni secretary, a capable man who knows how to keep the "old grads" in line and who can make a good talk at the frequent meetings for which he must have previously arranged in various localities. In fact a number of the larger insti- tutions employ, and at a good salary, some such alumni secretary, who, in addition to other duties, edits what might be termed in the verbiage of the day a " live wire" publication. If I were all powerful in any one institution, that is to say, if I could have an appropriation sufficient for the purpose, I would send to every alumnus and ex-student a bulletin with enough real "pep" in it to interest him. Even if this bulletin contained only four pages, it would be decently printed and so mailed that it would reach its destination in good condition. Occasionally, as after a commencement or upon the receipt of some endowment fund or following the dedication of a new building, I would issue an especially attractive and The Drexel Institute Engineering Domestic Science and Arts Secretarial REGISTER 1916—1917 THE CATALOG IN GENERAL larger number. For the New Year issue, I would turn the bulletin into a handsomely illustrated calendar with a leaf for every month if possible. This can now be done at small postage expense under the law of August 24, 191 2, which admits certain advertising matter con- nected with educational institutions, but not strictly educational in its character, to be entered in the mails as second-class matter. Harvard University has fifteen regular periodicals listed in its Register, several of which are distinctly of an alumni nature. I certainly would not waste adver- tising appropriations in sending dry catalogs or bulletins to the great majority of alumni. As I see the matter, the best possible direct advertising is that which appeals to the alumni. At Princeton every ninth student is the son of an alumnus. At Denison one student in seven is the son or grandson of an alumnus and one is a great- grandson. At Kenyon one in three is either closely related to or influenced toward Kenyon by an alumnus. One student there is the great-great-grandson of an al- umnus. Columbia has one great-great-great-grandson. Function of a Catalog The catalog is, however, in some respects, the most important publication of a college. In the 191 3 Report of the Carnegie Foundation we find these words: What is the function of the college catalog!' Is it an advertisement, or is its purpose to give needed information concerning the college? For whom is this information in- tended ? In the light of these questions there is scarcely a catalog which cannot be criticized more or less. I look upon a catalog and its relation to the institution as I look upon a city directory. It is a work of reference only. According to the Carnegie Foundation it should THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG contain, among other things, a list of its faculty, their names, their degrees and where such degrees have been secured. The history of the institution, views about the campus, buildings and athletic field should be offered in bulletin form apart from the catalog. No advertising whatever, no appeal for students or endowment has a place in a catalog if we are to be governed by the sug- gestions of the Carnegie Foundation. The Wisconsin Survey In the report upon the Survey of the University of Wisconsin"^, December, 191 4, a most exhaustive work of 957 large pages of small type, the catalog of the University of Wisconsin is given some considerable attention. The Survey opens the subject as follows: The University of Wisconsin catalogue for 1913-14 con- tains 802 pages, size 5"x7>^", and weighs l^ pounds; 16,000 copies were printed, making 14 tons of material without wrap- pers. To publish the catalogue costs ^4,123 for printing. What it cost for postage (probably about $200) at one cent a pound, is not recorded, nor is it known what it costs in time to prepare copy and distribute. If a cost record were kept of time spent by faculty, deans, president, editor, regis- trar, clerks, the catalogue would probably be found to cost nearer $1 5,000 than ^5,000. The catalogue is supplemented by a number of other publications, including a special announcement of the sum- mer session, which cost in 1914 over $1,000. Who makes up the total of 16,000 has not been studied by the university. There is no classified list. The regis- trar's office knows only that in a general way about 300 copies are each year sent to accredited high schools in the state, and about 300 others to universities and colleges on the univer- sity's exchange list. The remaining 15,400 are sent to stu- dents and prospective students on request, or are distributed at the registrar's office to faculty and students in residence. *Now out of print and impossible to secure. THE CATALOG IN GENERAL Three other very brief extracts follow: The catalogue has been thrown together, or perhaps it is better to say that it has grown by accretion. At least it is without logical arrangement. * * * * If the Harvard practice of omitting full names of stu- dents and using initials were followed, two columns might be placed on a page and 80 pages thus saved. Women students might be distinguished by asterisks.* * * * * In other words there is no one responsible for educa- |tional policy who is now expected to review the catalogue as a whole before it is published. No cumulative list of errors made, discrepancies noted, improvements suggested, is kept between the issuing of one catalogue and the issuing of the catalogue the following year. The subjects touched upon in the Survey are of most intense interest to all persons in any manner officially connected with the publication of a college catalog. The thirteen recommendations for the im- provement of the Wisconsin catalog as given in the Survey might be considered as more or less open to dis- cussion or even criticism. They are, however, keenly vital and are worthy of most careful consideration. What might be termed the reply, officially known as "University Comment," is also of deep concern to the producers of the Wisconsin catalog. There is room for but a few lines from this official "comment." It must be admitted that, generally speaking, universi- ties have not given to the editing of their catalogues the attention which the subject deserves. As is said in Dr. Allen's quotation from the Eighth Annual Report of the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching, "There is at present no catalogue that would not be vastly improved by more careful editorial scrutiny." The catalogue of the Uni- versity of Wisconsin is justly included in this condemnation, and it can and should be made better. It must be stated, *Leland Stanford, Jr., uses the dagger (f) to denote married men on the faculty list. lO THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG however, that it is in a broad way adequate to its purpose, and tolerably well ordered as a whole. In the subordinate sections the order is sometimes faulty, and in particular the statements in some parts of the catalogue are liable to criti- cism for redundancy and excessive detail. * * * * On the whole, with regard to the specific suggestions made in Dr. Allen's report, it is fair to say that they are of unequal value, but that considered with caution they render some useful assistance in the revision of the catalogue. * * * * The proposal to substitute a body of circulars for a catalogue such as is at present issued is a matter which has for several years been repeatedly suggested. To some extent, this policy has been followed by Harvard University; and Cornell University and the universities of Michigan and Min- nesota are at present experimenting with a series of circulars practically of the same character as those which would be issued by this institution in case the policy were adopted. * * * * At the same time, for reasons not touched upon by Dr. Allen, the efficiency of the university editor in the control of the catalogue is not so great as was anticipated. A brief ex- planation will make this clear. * * * * In sum, Dr. Allen's specific criticisms with reference to the imperfections of the catalogue, though they do not all commend themselves to our judgment, contain a number of helpful suggestions. The Drexel Institute Catalog President Godfrey Mollis, of Drexel Institute, read a paper "A Search for the Maximum Capacity for Service," before the Association of Urban Universities in November 191 5. This paper was printed in the Bureau of Education's Bulletin IQ16, No. 30. On the subject of "The College Catalog," Dr. Godfrey said: No single factor more advances cooperative action between the college and the community than clear ex- pression of the opportunities that the college offers.* * * Its (Drexel Institute's) belief that simple, honest statements of the work done, coupled with the best possible printing, THE MAJOR FACULTY HoLLis Godfrey, sc.d., f.r.g.s., President, Professor of Natural Philosophy Arthur J. Rowland, sc.d., Dean, Professor of Electrical Engineering Hen-rv V. GuMMERE, M.A., Director of Evening Courses, Professor of Mathematics Mabel D. Cherry, Assistant to the Dean, Professor of Hygiene Frances E. MacIntyre, Registrar, Professor of Office Organization Carl Lewis Altmaier, Professor of Secretarial Studies Edith Baer, b.s., Professor of Domestic Science Harry N. Benkert, b.s., c.e., Professor of Civil Engineering Katharine D. Brown, m.a., Professor of Technical English Caroline A. M. Hall, Professor of Domestic Arts Abraham Henwood, m.s., Professor of Chemistry J. Peterson Ryder, s.b.. Professor of Physical Education L Cheston Starkey, b.a., m.e., Professor of Mechanical Engineering THE MINOR FACULTY OFFICERS CHIEFLY CONCERNED WITH INSTRUCTION J. Lynford Beaver, e.e.. Senior Instructor in Electrical Engineering H. R. Barnes, m.a., Senior Instructor in Secretarial Studies Jennie Collingwood, (d.i.) Senior Instructor in Domestic Arts William B. Creagmile, (d.i.) Senior Instructor in FJectrical Engineering Howard H. Denn, (d.i.) Senior Instructor in Mechanical Engineering Floyd C. Fairbanks, a.b.. Senior Instructor in Physics Percy L. Reed, c.e., Senior Instructor in Civil Engineering Leon D. Stratton, b.s., Senior Instructor in Chemistry Sarah M. Wilson, b.s., Senior Instructor in Domestic Science Martha G. Allen, Instructor in Mathematics .Amy Baker, a.b., Instructor in Typewriting James J. Barrett, b.s.. Instructor in Physics Marion C. Berry*, Instructor in Physiology and Physical Training Jennie S. Boyd, b.s.. Instructor in Domestic Arts .Anna O. Bromley, m.a., Instructor in Psychology Carolus M. Broomall, Instructor in Surveying I. A. Chapman, m.a., Instructor in English Laura V. Clark, a.b., Instructor in Domestic Science R. Willette Clinger, Instructor in IVoodworking Lillian M. Dalton, Instructor in English Edith D. Davison, (d.i.) Instructor in Domestic Science Agathe Deming, M.S., Instructor in Domestic Science Orlista L. Dikeman, .\.b., b.s., Instructor in Domestic Arts The preceding example presents the colors, style and size of the board bound catalog cover. The paper is Italian hand-made with Japanese vellum backbone and label, imported by the Japan Paper Company of New York. In this catalog are twenty-seven full page illustrations. The paper is semi-dull of cream shade. The type page is of ideal dimensions, 24x42 ems, exclusive of marginal heads. See pages 56 and 57. 14 THE DREXEL INSTITUTE REGISTER Choice of Applicants In cases where a group of applicants appear from a given school, the principal of the school will be requested to rate the candidates upon graduation according to their marks in the records of the school. 2. THE COURSES IN THE THREE SCHOOLS The En- gineering School school of Domestic Science and Arts The Secretarial School All three schools offer Junior College and Senior College courses. The Engineering School offers two courses — the Senior College Course of four years and the Junior College Course of two years. Upon successful completion of the Senior College Course, the degree of Bachelor of Science in Engi- neering is conferred. The Junior College Course is particu- larly adapted to the needs of men who wish to teach manual training. The School of Domestic Science and Arts offers two courses for women: the Senior College Course of four years' work, and the Junior College Course of two years' work of college grade. Students entering in the fall of 191 6 may elect between the two- and four-year courses at the successful completion of their first year. The Secretarial School offers two courses: the Senior College Course of four and the Junior College Course of two years' work of college grade for men and women. Students may elect between the two- and four-year courses at the successful completion of their first year. Subjects and Methods of Instruction IN THE Three Schools THE ENGINEERING SCHOOL Trai^i^ngof M '^^^ Engineering School trains men for general engineer- Engineer ing, for engineering work in industrial plants, for employment in the industrial, sales, and assembling departments . of public service corporations, and for employment as teachers of manual training. The methods of instruction in the school, especially in the freshman year, are particularly intensive and flexible to meet the needs of the individual student. THE CATALOG IN GENERAL II were the most effective publicity program that could be secured. * * * What is the most effective form for the college catalog? To determine the answer to this question, the following methods were employed: First, 420 college catalogs were examined and their main points noted and analyzed. Second, the best catalog work of certain industrial lines, such as the automobile line, which have come to recognize the value of good printing ,were examined and analyzed. Third, a group of experts in the printing art, including some of the best known printers in America, were asked to the institute to go through it and to assist in writing specifi- cations for the make-up of a catalog which should properly express the institute to the community. Fourth, as a result of the suggestions of those experts, 18 type pages were set up, one after another, and submitted to the printing experts, to oculists, and to illuminating engineers. The eighteenth page set was the one finally ac- cepted. The catalog as last issued is the result of this re- search. The writing of the catalog has been quite as carefully considered as its format. Each year it has been written by one man, but this man's work has been criticized by three trained writers and editorially amended and checked. The catalog is now in its third form. Style, however, is less important than directness and simple honesty. In order to obtain these things, all the essential facts in the catalog are placed for inspection in the hands, first, of the major faculty; second, of the minor faculty; third, of the upper classes of the institute. All of these groups meet in conference to go over the facts in the catalog, with the request that they criticize freely any ^yord or phrase which is in any way untrue or in any way misre- presents the facts about the institute. We can scarcely emphasize too strongly the value of this research as shown in the educational results to students and faculty and as regards the cooperative results with the com- munity. There is no single factor which has caused more vagueness in the efforts for cooperation than ineffective and confused expression of educational aims and opportunities. For their own good, for the good of the catalogs they compile and for the uplift of printing in general every college catalog editor should secure a most interesting book which was put on the market January 12 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG I, 191 7, The Booklover and His Books. "^ This work, by a well known authority, Harry Lyman Koopman, Litt.D., librarian of Brown University, presents in pleasing style the most common-sense suggestions, timely ones, for the coupling of the beautiful and the aesthetic in printing with the useful and the economical. This book should be read not only by catalog editors and authors of books but by teachers of literature, in fact it should find a place in the reading lists of every class in English and in Journalism. Let us appropriate for immediate consideration a quotation around which Dr. Koopman has built a chapter: "The manufacture of a beautiful and durable book costs little if anything more than that of a clumsy and unsightly one." Some Details of the Catalog A catalog should be a dignified production, should be condensed as much as possible if the institution be large and should be printed in type neither too large nor too small but easily read, very small type being per- missible only for the lists of students, for descriptive matter in the faculty list and sometimes for curricula. The style and arrangement of type, size of type page, quality and thickness of paper and the method of binding are matters of purely personal taste. No two catalogs can be found exactly the same. The smaller college may be justified in using a thick bulky paper and fairly large type whereby it could bulk its catalog to twice the size and dignity of the same amount of matter appearing in the style used by Harvard. The Harvard catalog contained in 1916 the largest number of pages in any American college catalog, 1045, and a double- faced folded insert bearing a map of Cambridge on one *Boston Book Co. THE CATALOG IN GENERAL I3 side and a plat of buildings on the reverse.* Yale's 1916 catalog contains 998 pages of larger size. The Calen- dar, 1915-1916, of Cambridge University contains a total of 1 1 52 pages, including 72 pages of advertise- ments. The type in the Cambridge book is generally smaller than that in Harvard's. The Oxford University Calendar, 1916, contains 810 pages, of which 80 pages are advertisements. The type is small, too small for comfort in reading. The University of Paris, 191 5, carries 52 pages of advertisements, principally of schools, books and pensions. The University of Berlin catalog (before the war) contained 60 such pages. Princeton's catalog would seem to me most desirable as to size, pleasing appearance and quality of paper. That of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology resembles Princeton in many details. The catalog of the Univer- sity of Tokyo offers much in creditable typographic style and effect. Considered from both the practical and the artistic points of view, there can be no comparison between the thread sewed catalog and the one which is wired. The cost of sewing over that of wire stapling Is so small that there is little excuse for the annoying wired book. Sewing machines are now so common in binderies that nearly all the larger catalogs are thread sewed, in fact it is impossible to open a wired catalog comfortably if it bulks three-fourths of an inch in thickness. See chap- ter on Binding and illustrations, page 251. If necessary it would be well to condense the matter in the catalog by five or ten per cent and apply the saving to better quality of paper and binding. Princeton has, in a pleasing manner, presented its history, endowment, environment and other information *See page 261, last three lines. 14 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG not properly admissible to the catalog in what is known as its Descriptive Booklet^ a dignified, well- printed pamphlet of seventy pages and sixteen inserts. Perhaps a majority of colleges issue illustrated publica- tions somewhat on the same order. The idea is that the catalog is the book of reference for the intelligent parent or advising friend, and should be a help to the prospec- tive student in selecting a course. The descriptive bulletin is a straight advertisement. Not long ago I was called to a progressive univer- sity where a student-getting bulletin was under dis- cussion. I found two students on the committee and the faculty members were heeding their suggestions. This would remind one of the Forum at Columbia where students and faculty meet on common ground for the threshing out of subjects of common interest, and for mutual criticism and encouragement. Advertising in all its phases is changing. Catalogs and especially bulletins at many colleges and schools are changing. We are reverting to the artistic or to the dignified, and one usually means the other. Architec- ture of all kinds seems to be reverting to standards far better known than were those of forty years ago, public buildings, libraries, hotels, sky-scrapers, college struc- tures, all are returning to the classic, the renaissance or the gothic. There is no better place in which to notice this change than on the campus of the college which has existed for fifty years. The same advance may be found in the files of college publications, consecutively shelved. And so all educational institutions, but especially all non-state colleges, are bound to give to their catalogs most careful consideration, for two reasons: first, to THE CATALOG IN GENERAL I5 keep pace with the fearful competition of the day in that it will have its catalog, as well as its other bulletins, of such attainment in both contents and appearance that it will hold its own when placed in the inevitable comparison with publications of other similar colleges; second, in order that the officials who prepare the Car- negie Foundation Reports may not find in the catalog anything which their searchlights and publicity will turn to the injury of the college. The Foundation scrutin- izes, annually, the catalogs of over a thousand colleges, universities and schools. The Exchange Shelf I recently visited a college with a rather large endowment where a change in style of the catalog was desired. The committee charged with modernizing this annual publication was trying to solve its problem by reference to the out-of-date catalogs of five other col- leges. Within a week or two I called upon another college of only a little larger size, a college whose catalog is always up-to-date in form, style, and material. Here, however, was this difference. In a small room adjoining the president's office was specially designed shelving, fifty or more running feet of it, where hundreds of latest catalogs and other bulletins of good institutions, large and small, offered therein desiderata as to size, shape, style for faculty and student lists, presentation of cur- ricula and arrangement of the various schedules. The catalog committee at this latter college had an abundant supply of well sharpened tools in this extensive and carefully selected Exchange Shelf. In our large univer- sities this Exchange Shelf contains thousands of speci- mens, useful in many ways. At Ohio State University over 25CX) such items may be found, all card indexed. l6 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG Practically all colleges now maintain an Exchange Shelf of some sort. It is my observation, however, that but few institutions use it to any great extent. The catalogs received in exchange are not thrown away, but are frequently placed on some convenient shelf or in an old bookcase, where they are seldom seen again. One president advised me that he glances through each such publication when it reaches his desk. He then turns it over to some department head for his examination. Another president stated that he is glad to maintain such a collection for several reasons, not the least of which is that he can thereby keep in touch with faculty lists. Universities ask for two and sometimes three ex- change copies of the catalog in order that two or three offices in the university may each have the information so frequently needed regarding work done by under- graduate students transferring from one institution to another and by prospective graduate students. At Brown University four copies from leading institutions are used, one for the president, one for the library, one for the dean of the Graduate Department and one for the Curriculum Committee. In medium sized and small colleges the old catalogs are usually discarded upon receipt of the new. In universities however, the old copy is, for various rea- sons, retained for some years. A committee on a new building must visit, under an architect's suggestion, and at some expense, a number of such buildings. Not so with a catalog committee. If an Exchange Shelf is maintained there is no excuse for the catalog not being right in contents and appear- ance. Exchange Shelf in the private office of President W. W. Boyd of Western College for Women. Dr. Boyd refers to these catalogs frequently. Each publication not bearing its title on the backbone has been provided with a typewritten slip affixed for ready reference, as may be observed in the illustration. All are alphabetically placed in twelve geographical sections. THE PAPER Size Page IN the middle west and south there are probably more college catalogs of trimmed size 5>^x7^ than of all other sizes combined. This is not true in the east, where more stock sizes of paper may be found in the warehouses of jobbers. There a size rather fre- quently met with is 5>^x8>^, trimmed. This size and the larger size of 6x9, trimmed, possibly add more dignity. Size of trimmed pages possible to cut without waste Before Size of Number of pages Number of Trimmed Trimming Original to Sheet, Pages to Sheet Both sides Form sVa^jH SKx8 32x44 64 32 ^s'A^^H 5^/8^ 35x46 64 32 WA^^y^ 5^x8>^ 34x46 64 32 tsXx7>^ S>^x8X 33x44 64 32 t5^x8f^ 6x9 36x48 64 32 6x9 6Xx9K 38x50 64 32 *6><xio 7x101^ 28x42 32 16 t*6^xioK 7x11 28x44 32 16 *7Kxio>^ 8x11 32x44 32 16 t*8>^xii 8>^xiiK 34x46 32 16 1*8^x11^ 9x12 36x48 32 16 *9XI2 9>^XI2>^ 38x50 32 i6 At least users of these sizes are so partial to them that no inducements for the various savings effected in the use of the 5><x7^page appeal. Under the head of Type *For special bulletins and for catalogs of Boys' and Girls' Schools. fThese sizes are often procurable only by ordering paper made of special size at the mill, a sometimes slow and always slightly more expensive proceeding. Mill rules provide for percentages of over-run or under-run to be taken by purchaser in case such order calls for less than five tons. The printer expects the customer to accept such necessary over-run or under-run. Neither jobber nor printer has any- thing to say in the matter beyond the twenty per cent down to five per cent in reverse ratio to the quantity. l8 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG will be found suggestions covering dignity and lack of dignity due to proper or improper dimensions and position of type page. State Normal catalogs carry larger pages than those of colleges and universities, and are illustrated, one in particular, that of the school at Indiana, Pennsylvania, being as large as the extreme sizes used by some boys' schools, and incidentally more profusely illustrated than any other American school or college catalog. Several colleges for women in the south offer illustrated catalogs of much larger size page than those in use by northern women's colleges. See page 229- Hard Usage in the Mails The size of the page should be given careful con- sideration in regard to the condition in which the catalog may be when it reaches its destination after being subjected to the very hard usage it is bound to receive in the mails. Since the advent of the parcel post, catalogs and bulletins in which the page is larger than 5X X 7^, unless very thick are almost sure of being crushed and wrinkled to a greater or less extent when not accompanied by a stiffener of stout double- faced corrugated strawboard. A little observation while traveling will satisfy one that the great volume of mail matter today causes a lot of rough handling, especially at transfer points where haste is all important. A beautiful views bulletin of thirty-two or forty-eight pages of size 6^ x 10 or larger, alone in an envelope without a good stiffener, in the bottom of a mail bag which is thrown out of a moving car or which has a ton or two of mail matter of all kinds piled on top of it, should not be expected to reach the addressee in the attractive condition in which it was mailed. Better THE PAPER 19 more pages of small size than less pages of larger size. Printing Art, 9 x 12 in size, comes in a specially made flat container, one side being heavy corrugated board, always flat and perfect. Quality The ordinary college or small university catalog is usually printed upon what is known as "Eggshell Book." Of this there are two qualities, that which in time will turn slightly yellow at the edges and that which is guaranteed by the makers to be non- fading. The latter costs just a trifle more per pound, is not so pure a white in shade, and is not stocked in so many sizes and weights. Both varieties are made at several mills and are given various names by the jobbers who market them. The finish of these papers is not identical on both sides, a fact which renders them not quite so desirable as papers which, costing a cent or two per pound more, are nearly uniform in finish on each side. Eggshell paper is used for the following reasons: first, the surface is so rough that no glare is seen, es- pecially when reading by artificial light; second, it is more bulky than so-called book papers; thus, a catalog printed on light weight eggshell paper, basis 25x38-50 lb., will bulk greater than the heaviest weight obtainable of regular book paper. For this reason a small college with a limited number of courses to offer and with cor- respondingly limited faculty and student lists, generally uses the bulky paper. Catalogs of the very large universities are almost always on book paper of slightly higher price per pound but of much lighter weight. Of these papers there are a number of suitable qualities, variously known according to the catalog of the jobber in which they are listed. 20 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG Weight The following table of corresponding weights may be useful in reaching an intelligent comparison of the various sizes based on 25x38 weights. It should be noted, however, that stock weights of other sizes seldom correspond exactly in multiples of ten pounds with the stock weights of 25x38. Corresponding Weights and Sizes of paper based on 25x38 size sheet 25x38 26x40 28x42 28x44 32x44 34x46 36x48 38x50 40 44 50 52 59 66 73 80 45 49 56 58 67 74 82 90 SO 55 62 65 74 82 91 100 SS 60 68 71 81 91 100 no 60 66 74 78 89 99 109 120 65 71 80 84 96 107 118 130 70 77 87 91 104 115 127 140 80 88 99 104 119 132 146 160 90 99 112 117 133 148 164 180 100 no 124 130 148 165 182 200 120 132 149 156 178 198 218 240 To find the equivalent weight of any size Example: The known weight of a 25 X 38 sheet is 60 lbs. to ream. What is the equivalent weight if the size sheet desired is to be 32 X 44 inches.? The problem in proportion is as follows: 25 X 38:32 X44: :6o\x. 25x38=950 square inches. 32 X 44 = 1408 square inches. Thus 950: 1408: '.6o\x 1408 X 60 = 84480 -7- 950 =88.9. 25 X 38, 60 lbs. is therefore equivalent to 32 X 44, 88.9 lbs. This, how- ever, is not a stock weight. The nearest weight which THE PAPER 21 can be secured, as may be seen by reference to the foregoing table, is 32 X 44, 90 lbs. Bulk For securing approximate ideas as to thicknesses of catalogs of given numbers of pages when printed on paper of certain bases of weight, the following table is shown. Comparative table of bulk — number of pages to one inch of thickness (Thickness of Covers and Inserts not considered. One leaf is two pages.) Basis * Eggshell Finish Ordinary Book Super Book Coated Book Dull Finish 25x38-50 25x38-60 25x38-70 25x38-80 344 296 264 500 416 352 312 640 536 456 400 650 560 496 650 560 496 25x38-90 232 280 360 442 442 25x38-100 25x38-120 196 250 320 400 336 400 336 The foregoing table can not be considered abso- lutely accurate as it often happens that different runs of the same paper and weight at the same mills vary in thickness. Incidentally, it should be known that both finish and shade frequently vary perceptibly, one run from another at the mill. For this reason it is highly desirable that the complete edition of any catalog be printed on paper of the same run at mill. The appear- ance of two, sometimes even three, shades of paper in the same catalog, is now and then but not often ob- served. For this unfortunate and undesirable circum- stance the printer must usually be held blameless, unless there be time in which to return his paper to the jobber for exchange. Such differences in shade and finish of *For sizes other than 25x38, compare preceding table of Corresponding Weights. 22 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG paper are more noticeable and more frequent in the coated papers and especially in the dull papers used for illustrations in catalogs or for illustrated bulletins. It might also be remembered that the printer is compelled by custom to purchase his paper from job- bers. The book paper mills do not sell to consumers. Colored Papers Occasionally a normal school catalog is made attractive by the use of tan, india, or gray color egg- shell book paper, the cover paper and illustrations harmonizing or contrasting properly. Such combina- tions are frequently found in the catalogs of boys' and girls' schools. The creamish shade of paper used in publications of some colleges, particularly in the east, is not con- sidered a color. It is usually termed in the jobbers' catalogs "toned" or "natural" to distinguish it from pure white, bleached paper. Coated and Dull Papers For the views bulletins, better class college periodi- cals, illustrated inserts, music and art catalogs, such paper must be used as will bring results desired. En- gravers almost invariably recommend double or triple coated pure white paper and the best of black ink for the reason that no other combination brings out details so clearly. While this is quite true, there are many other combinations of paper and ink which result in much more artistic effects. It is always safe when in doubt to use black ink on white paper. At the same time any really good printing concern, and such are to be found in all cities whose population exceeds 100,000 and occasionally in smaller cities, is always glad to show THE PAPER 23 press proofs of some or all of the engravings for use in a certain job, in several combinations of paper and ink. While such proofs cost from $5.00 up, they make pos- sible intelligent consideration of a subject which is of almost vital importance. The selection of inks and papers for such trial proofs should be left to the printer unless it be desired to duplicate some sample satisfying to the customer. There are so many mills making coated white papers that to the uninitiated it is difficult to make a selection. Eliminating consideration of papers highly calendered but not coated, it might be stated that each jobber lists in his catalog a number of coated white papers, several single coated, several double coated, and probably one triple coated brand. These papers vary in price per pound according to quality. Papers, which, previous to 1916 were priced at from seven to twelve cents per pound in ton lots, and of which reasonable quantities were generally in stock in all sizes and weights are now bringing from ten to sixteen cents and some- times hard to secure, even at such greatly advanced prices. Of dull or partly dull papers there are four standard makes, S. D. Warren Paper Company's (Boston) "Cameo" in white, ivory, and sepia; Dill & CoUins's (Philadelphia) "Superb" in white and several shades; Stone & Andrews's (Boston) "Hancock Book" in white and several shades ; and Louis Dejonge's (New York and Chicago) "Art Mat" in white and india. These papers are all made in numerous sizes and weights and are much higher in price than ordinary white coated papers. The fact that enormous quantities of each of these papers are constantly being used, indicates their popularity. 24 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG A college views bulletin, a music school catalog or a fine illustrated catalog for a school for boys or girls, printed on any of these papers with almost any of the score or more of high grade inks made in what is known as the doubletone process, by a printer of ability, would be incomparable from an artistic point of view. This is, of course, on the supposition that the engravings are of good quality, a condition impossible in the event the engraver has been furnished with poor photographs. Engravers insist on fine unmounted photographs for copy, black glossy prints on white photo paper. For portraits and interior views there is always an element of doubt if dull paper be used. Just because many portraits and interiors do appear to splendid advantage on dull papers is no proof of similar results in all cases. Such papers used in conjunction with cheap ink, poor engravings or inferior workmanship in the press room, bring results infinitely worse than those of the cheaper white paper and black ink in the same press room. There are a number of somewhat cheaper papers, semi-dull, in imitation of the highest qualities, which have two excuses for their existence, first, the printing can be done fairly satisfactorily in pressrooms of less pretentious claim; second, they are much cheaper in price. See page 236. Cover Paper Many universities use no cover whatever for small bulletins. Some few use the same quality paper as that of the bulletin, but in a much heavier weight, for a cover. To the eye, there is no benefit derived from such a cover. It has no strength, is easily soiled and soon turns up at the edges if subjected to much use. Such cover costs, in addition to the extra weight of the paper, more in THE PAPER 25 proportion, because it is run in a separate four page form whereas if it were embodied in sixteen page, thirty- two page, or possibly sixty-four page forms of the bulletin, the production expense for presswork and binding would be minimized. The bulletin of sixteen or thirty-two pages is practically as good without such a cover as with it, and costs much less. If not intended for constant reference, it would appear to excellent advantage without any cover whatever. A student directory, a schedule bulletin or anything made for hard usage should by all means have a strong cover for pro- tection. The great majority of colleges and universities use a medium weight, medium priced cover paper on cata- logs and large bulletins. The color is generally some shade of gray. Some institutions use brown shades, a few use blue and now and then one is seen in some white paper of goodly weight and strength. Harvard's cover paper is brilliant red, the color of the university. Black paper with white ink is used by Bowdoin College, whose college color is white. Williams uses royal purple, its color, on its book-bound catalog and purple ink on French gray paper for its paper covered catalog. Stevens Institute uses red ink on gray cover, its colors. Such instances of the use of college colors on catalog covers are comparatively rare. As stated in the chapter on binding, it is of greater importance that the cover be firmly and properly attached to the catalog than that it be of any certain quality or weight. The selection of any shade and medium weight of any of perhaps a dozen or more brands of cover paper will work satisfaction as far as practical use is concerned. Fancy colors, odd patterns or freakish surfaces are not for college publications. THE TYPE TO the college catalog editor who has not made careful comparisons of type faces we would sug- gest that of the many faces or "families" of body type perhaps the majority are not suited to the dignified college catalog. The publications of very many of our colleges are subject to criticism in this particular. To the uninitiated the little proprieties of face and size of type, dimensions of type page, exact position of type page on the trimmed paper page, correct use of capitals, small capitals and italics, uniformity in indentation, careful selection of various types for major and minor headings, sub-headings, and sub-sub-headings appear of importance far secondary to the contents of the catalog. But to the editor of such a catalog, as, for instance, that of Harvard University, or that of Car- negie Institute, both of which institutions now maintain practical courses in printing, such details in typography are vital, the subject no doubt of long and deep study, coupled with wide and intelligent comparison. As before stated, the Princeton catalog presents, in our estimation, more dignity and attractiveness in all of its mechanical details than any other college catalog. In it the temptation, if any, to use small type for reducing the number of pages and thereby lowering the expense of production, was resisted. The great volume of matter in the catalogs of Harvard and Carnegie, how- ever, make smaller type imperative. One size larger type would require but slightly larger page dimensions, or but slightly smaller margins to contain the same amount of matter per page. 26 THE TYPE 27 Leading Leading, or spacing between lines of type, improves the appearance of the type page and makes easier the reading. This, however, is done at the expense of the space occupied. The placing of 2-point leads (1-36 inch) between lines of 1 2-point type will admit of only 85 per cent as many words to the page as the 1 2-point solid would contain; in lo-point type 83 Vs per cent; in 8- point 80 per cent, and in 6-point 75 per cent. Compare specimens of type beginning page 98. Considering this little problem from the other view- point, matter set in 1 2-point type will require 17.64% more pages if leaded out with 2-point leads; lo-point type so leaded will require 20% more pages; 8-point type so leaded 25% more pages; 6-point type so leaded 33^3% more pages. Leading costs more for production, not at the keyboard where the expense would be the same in either solid or leaded, but in the paging (make- up) of the extra pages, the lock-up of more forms, the cost of extra paper, presswork and binding. The 1 2-point body matter of this book is leaded. The college whose catalog is printed in the news- paper shop of a small town almost invariably appears in such typographic dress as the limitations of equipment and the ideas of the well-meaning foreman will permit. Such a catalog and the college it advertises suffer when compared with the publications of that large class of institutions represented by, let us suggest, Bowdoin, Denison, or Washington and Jefferson. Book printers of the better class have, within the past very few years, reverted to the dignified and pleasing type faces originated in the days of Jenson, Aldus or Caxton. The fancy type faces of a generation 28 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG The Best School for a Girl •^rwpCHAT kind of a school are you seeking ^^ f for your daughter or ward? ^•^r There are many boarding schools for girls, but they differ widely in spirit and aim, as well as in location. It may assist you in your choice to be told of what one particular school offers you — comparison with others is there- by made easier and comparison is what we espe- cially desire. Moreover, parents themselves often do not Jinozu just what they want, and this leaflet may help you to see what you ought to look for. Location is perhaps what most parents do not consider sufficiently. Schools in or near large cities have the advantage of accessibility to residents of such cities, but every other advantage is with the distinctly country school, and Harcourt Place is very decidely in the country. Gambler is a town of 700 inhabitants, 50 miles from Columbus, 5 miles from Mt. Vernon, without a trolley or eveil a "movie." But Gambler is also one of the most beautiful towns of Ohio, the seat of Kenyon College, with its noble buildings and charming park. Its healthfulness is as famous as its beauty. During a recent epidemic of "grippe" not a single case occurred in the school, although [3] Caslon l2-point solid with Caxton text initial. From a recent brochure of Harcourt Place School. THE TYPE 29 THE WAY OF A SCHOOL HE Columbus School for Girls was founded in 1898 to meet a growing de- mand In Columbus for the advantages offered in a good private school. These advantages are found in the close relationship which may arise between the girl and the teacher, and in the intimate social life possible in a small community bound by common interests. Only under such condition can be rendered the distinc- tive service of the private school, which is to deepen the intellectual life of its pupils, and by a prevailing spirit of culture to intensify and to emphasize the grace and refinement which education should bring. For these reasons the school life has, from the earliest days, been recognized by the heads of the school as a factor of the greatest importance in the development of its pupils. The School stands on Parsons Avenue, facing Town Street, in the center of an attractive, well- kept neighborhood. The grounds, which abound Caslon i2-point, double leaded, paragraph spaced, easy to read. Type- setting per page inexpensive but many more pages required than if set solid. The initial is decorated roman, known as Cloister. 30 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG ago have, like many of the architectural lines of that period, disappeared. Professor Thomas E. French, in his The Essentials of Lettering states : Referring again to the history, the Roman lower-case letter was the final step in the evolution from the Caroline, and reached its definite form after the invention of printing, so for models to combine with our Roman capitals we go back to the type forms of Jenson and the master printers of the fifteenth century. Type degenerated so steadily after that period that William Morris once exclaimed, "There has not been a decent book printed since the sixteenth century." As to the face of type for use in a catalog the experienced editor or compiler who studies the mechan- ical make-up of the most attractive catalogs on his Exchange Shelf needs no suggestions. To open a specimen book from a type foundry or from the monotype or linotype composing machine manufacturers, would only serve to deepen the problem. Reliable printshops of today are prepared to set type in several faces only, having the machine matrices in the various body sizes and the display type in the larger sizes, all of the same "family." For instance, if the Caslon face were selected, the body matter of the catalog might be set in lo-point solid, or lo-point on l2-point body, the quotations if any, in 8-point, the footnotes in 6-point, the index in 8-point or 6-point, all to be machine set, with principal headings and title pages set by hand in larger type of the same face, the outside title and backbone set in Caslon or Caslon Bold. This would make a Caslon book, thoroughly pleasing to the eye, harmonious throughout. Every good printer will have several such faces from which to select, but no printer will have many. The old-time system of many faces, a little of each for different style headings has passed away. KISKIMINETAS SPRINGS SCHOOL LOCATION The situation of the school possesses a strong appeal. Overlooking the headwaters of the Kiskiminetas River, which is here formed by the confluence of the Conemaugh and Lloyal- hanna, the campus is of rare natural beauty. Six of the school buildings face the river and overlook its picturesque valley. The grove of giant chestnut and oak, at whose edge the buildings stand, gives to the shaded tennis courts and athletic training grounds an irresistible lure. The elevation of the campus is iioo feet above sea level. The grounds contain 200 acres of shady walks, delightful groves and mountain springs. The spacious athletic grounds afford ample room for golf Hnks and several football and base- ball fields. The younger boys do not have to wait till their elders leave the playground, but have a "diamond all their own." When weather conditions turn attention again to indoor life, the large new gymnasium, with its bowling alleys, swim- ming pool and indoor games completes the cycle of health- giving enjoyment. The teachers and instructors enter into these sports and games, creating a friendly, home feeling, which makes the boy happy and contented. So true is this that many of the students come before and stay after the actual school days. The town of Saltsburg, directly across the river from the campus, is fifty miles east of Pittsburgh and easily reached from all points via the double-tracked Conemaugh Division of the Pennsylvania Railroad. This road makes connections with the following lines: Pennsylvania Main Line at Blairsville Intersection, Buf- falo and Allegheny Valley at Kiskiminetas Junction, Buffalo, Rochester and Pittsburg at Indiana. There is 710 licensed hotel or saloon within four miles of the School and the temptations of larger towns and cities are entirely absent. w This catalog is especially dignified, being printed on 7x9 pages of heavy white laid paper, deckle-edged, watermarked. It is typographically correct, shape of page being considered. Type is 12-point Caslon solid. It is not entered as second- class mail matter. 31 32 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 26 THE UNIVERSITY OF THE SOUTH EXPENSES College The necessary expenses of a student in the College for the scholastic year vary from a minimum of $195.00 to a maximum of $325.00, according to boarding accommoda- tions. Inquiries concerning board, etc., should be ad- dressed to the Vice-Chancellor's office. In the necessary expenses are included the following: tuition, general University fee,* unfurnished room, heat and light, meals, and laundry. f In addition to these, a contingent fee of $10.00 is deposited annually with the Treasurer to cover breakage and other charges, and so far as it is not used by the student is returned. Students taking work in Science departments pay also the following fees: In Chemistry, a general fee of $10.00, and a contingent fee of $5.00. In Physics, a general fee of $5.00, and a contingent fee of $5.00. In Biology, a general fee of $5.00, and a contingent fee of $5.00. In Geology, a general fee of $3.00, and a contingent fee of $2.00. A Matriculation fee of $15.00 is charged when, the student matriculates, and is paid only once. A fee of $10.00 is charged for diploma at graduation. The charges above mentioned are for the scholastic year exclusive of the Christmas vacation. Students boarding ♦The University *ree of $25.00 is devoted to the general expense of niaintenance of University buildings. Library and Gymnasium, and covers medical attendance in ordinary cases of illness; but does not include the services of specialists who may be consulted, or hospital fees. ■j-For the twenty dollars charged each year for laundry the Laundry Company allows the student the following weekly list : 3 shirts, 7 collars, 4 pairs cuffs, 3 undershirts, 4 pairs drawers, 3 suits underwear, 3 pairs socks, I nightshirt or pajama suit, 7 hand- kerchiefs, 6 towels, 2 sheets, i pillow slip. An unusually interesting page typographically, due to some extent to the letter-spaced heading "Expenses" set in capitals. Note the legibility of the body matter, lo-point leaded. According to DeVinne foot-notcK in as small type as those above should be in two columns and without the hair-line rule I his catalog is printed on cream colored laid paper with generous margins, bee page 180. THE TYPE 33 One of the Publications of Clark University- Library, January 191 2, contains a paper "The Rela- tive Legibility of Different Faces of Printing Types" by Barbara E. Roethlein, A.M. The aim of the investigation was "to determine the relative ease or difficulty with which various faces of printed letters can be read." The paper is dry reading, dealing with centimeters, microns, twenty-six faces of type, numerous tables and thousands of readings with the use of a specially de- signed machine. The four faces of type exhibited on pages 98 to 107 stand well toward the top of the list of practical faces in the final results. News Gothic, a decidedly ugly face for any purpose but that of minor headings in a newspaper, stands first, but "the aesthetic factor must always be taken into account. * * * The reader who prefers the appearance of Gushing Oldstyle or a Gentury face may gratify his aesthetic demands without any considerable sacrifice of legibili- ty." Some interesting conclusions are reached under the head of Relation between Legibility and Quality of Paper-Surface. Types printed on coated white paper in black ink were read at a distance of 144.9 cm., whereas the same types printed in black ink on a rough yellowish paper could be read 145 cm. away. The first conclusion is "Gertain faces of type are much more legible than others; and certain letters of every face are much more legible than other letters of the same face." The seventh conclusion is, in part, "The quality and the texture of the paper is a much less significant factor than has been supposed." The Department of Psychology at the University of Wisconsin has recently made some interesting experi- ments regarding eye-strain, the result being that type 34 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG founders' day 1916 9 Address for the Alumni Earl Thomas Jennings, A. B. '12 The Alumni of Howe School represent a body of men who have passed into the current of the great world's struggle. Some are in the collegiate world, preparing for a professional career, others are already in the struggle of life for material subsistence and for moral growth. These men appreciate more fully the opportunities offered at Howe which make for a noble purpose in life, a broad view of the world, an active mind and will. It is the tendency of many of the undergraduates not to appreciate the things that are best for their welfare. Their vision of life is narrow, their moral sense limited. The object of all the various activities of the school life is to widen the scope of vision. The purpose of the Founders of this great institution was to make Christian gentlemen — men who are a cultural advantage to the world at large, who will be leaders in whatever sphere of life they enter. If the true Howe training is to be spread into life and disseminated abroad, men in the school must take every advantage of the opportunities offered. No time must be lost; for our span of life is short. The student must work with a will, co-operating at every angle with the administration, and with the Rector, the noble and unselfish representative of the Founders. I have talked with many of the Alumni and their ideas differ on what the institution has done for them. But they all acknowledge these benefits too numerous to mention. The beautiful inspiring Vesper services continually remain as a guide to them in their daily careers. The many words of comfort, of exhortation, of encouragement, of advice spoken by the Rector of this institution still remain as fixed guides. And A portion of an ideal type page; printed on heavy white paper; page of un- trimmed dimensions 8xii; very large margins; lo-point leaded, easy to read; running-head lo-point small caps letter-spaced; major head i8-point caps and lower case; all type Century. THE TYPE 35 matter on darker paper is as easily read as that on pure white. Caslon, Century Roman, Scotch Roman, Oldstyle Antique and Cheltenham are all well known and are of fairly uniform style, whether from monotype or linotype matrices or in body type for display headings. The last named face is not quite so suitable for books and cata- logs but could not be excelled for some styles of illus- trated bulletins. In comparing the exhibits of these faces as shown on pages 98 to 106, the arable figures must be duly considered. Figures known as Oldstyle, the more popular, drop below the line in 3, 4, 5, 7 and 9. Size of Type In Mr. Bostwick's paper "Books for Tired Eyes" in the January 1917 number of that typographically per- fect magazine, the Yale Review, the following comment is offered on Miss Roethlein's tables: The maximum of legibility almost always coincides with that of size. These experiments seem to have influenced printers whose organization in Boston has appointed a com- mittee to urge upon the Carnegie Institution the establish- ment of a department of research to make scientific tests of printing-types in regard to the comparative legibility and the possibility of improving some of their forms. Mr. Bostwick also refers at some length in his appeal for larger type to an experiment in progress in the St. Louis Public Library, where after strenuous efforts to secure good books in 14-point type only 400 are even now to be numbered among its collection of 400,000 volumes. He condenses, too, the findings of a committee appointed in 191 1 by the British As- sociation for the Advancement of Science "to inquire into the influence of school-books upon eyesight." It dwells upon the importance of unglazed paper, flexible sewing, clear bold illustration, black ink and true 36 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG PALMER COLLEGE 2. Qualitative Analysis, In this course the inorganic preparations are analyzed ; acids and bases are sepa- rated and identified ; and then the student is trained to detect for himself the elements in unknown sub- stances. Chemistry 1 is prerequisite. One hour a week, with three laboratory periods. Elective for Sophomores and Juniors. ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 1. Critical study of the structure and development of the paragraph, essay and short story. Exercises in the making of abstracts, paraphrases and outlines. Weekly themes, affording practice in description, narration and exposition. Required of Freshmen. (Three hours.) 2. (a) Outline History of English Literature. The object of this course is to give the student a general survey of English Literature, and to prepare the way for more specialized work. Study of selected masterpieces. Required of Sophomores. (Two hours.) (h) Daily Themes. Papers written by the students, discussed and criticised by class and teacher. Required of Sophomores. (One hour.) 3. American Literature. A course aiming to give the studeni a knowledge of the general development of American Literature, with especial emphasis laid on New England Literature and Southern Litera- ture since the Civil War> 24 A fine style for a small college having a correspondingly small catalog. This publication is printed on thick india colored paper of rough surface and carries generous margins. Type is i2-point Scotch Roman, solid. 150 SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN 2, Physical Education. Dr. Mercer. Two hours a week throughout the year (two teetiorts). Thia course is required of all second-year raen. The plan and nature of the work is similar to Course 1, but more advanced. The talKs on hygiene are continued. 3. Physical Education. Dr. Mercer. Juniors and Seniors, one hour each week (optional). From Thanksgiving recess to the spring recess, gymnastic exercises and recreative games. Physical Education of the Women This department is under the direction of Lillian Shaw and Dr. Mary R. Hadley Lewis. One hour of exercise each day except Sunday is required of all resident and non-resident women students throughout their college course. Two of these periods of each week must be spent in supervised classwork — field hockey in the fall, class- work in the g>Tnnasiura in the winter, basketball and tennis in the spring. On the other four days of the week some form of outdoor exercise must be taken. This may be tennis, riding, cross-country tramps, or swimming. Exceptions to these re- quirements are made only for physical disability and at the dis- cretion of the physician in charge, in which case suitable work is prescribed. Exercise in the gymnasium, swimming and all athletic sports are under the personal supervision of the director. First-year students are required to attend a course of lectures in Hygiene, given once a week during the first and second semester. Application for information in regard to the regulation dress for athletics and gymnastics should be made to the Dean. 1, First Year Gymnastics. Miss Shaw. Two hours a week from Thanksgiving to the Spring Recess. Required of first-year students. Elementary German and Swedish gymnastics, gymnastic games, and folk-dancing. In addition, one hour of swimming a week is required of first-year students. 2, Second Year Gymnastics. Miss Shaw. Two hours a week from Thanksgiving to the Spring Recess. Required of second-year students. German and Swedish gymnastics (more advanced than Course 1), gymnastic games, and folk-dancing. One period a week of swimming is required, .in addition. A symmetrical page and of practical style but rather costly because of three sizes of type. The one bold center-head is not of same family of type. 37 38 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG alignment. * * * The size of the type face, as we might expect is pronounced by the committee "the most important factor in the influence of books upon vision." * * * Briefly, the sizes run from 30-point for seven year old children, to lo-point or I i-point, for persons more than twelve years old * * * yet it would seem that it considers lo-point as the smallest size fit for anyone, however good his sight. This would bar much of our existing reading matter. In Dr. Koopman's The Booklover and His Books we find the whole matter of proprieties as to size of type in the following extract: As regards nearsighted readers, it is well known that they prefer fine type to coarse, choosing, for instance, a Bible printed in diamond, and finding it clear and easy to read, while they can hardly read pica at all. This fact, in connection with the former tolerance of fine print, raises the question whether the world was not more nearsighted two generations ago than it is now; or does this only mean that the oculist is abroad in the land.'' It is recognized that, in books not intended for con- tinuous reading, small and even fine type may properly be employed. That miracle of encyclopedic information, the World Almanac, while it might be printed better and on a higher quality paper, could not be the handy reference book that it is without the use of a type that would be intolerably small in a novel or a history. With the increase of the length of continuous use for which the book is intended, the size of the type should increase up to a certain point. Above eleven- point, or small pica, however, increase in the size of type becomes a matter not of hygiene, but simply of esthetics. But below the normal the printer's motto should be: In case of doubt choose the larger type. Thus a plea I have for years past been accustomed to make for larger type generally in college catalogs is fully approved. While a catalog is not a novel or a book of travel or history it would never be printed but for the expectation that it will be read. Certain portions of such catalogs should, therefore, for the sake of the eyes of its many readers, be in type no smaller than lo-point, as may be found in the publications THE TYPE 39 of Princeton. The Yale Review uses 12-point with 2-point leads between the lines, a style which it is a pleasure to read, easy and restful to the eye. This line is set in 14-pt. {English). This line is set in. 12-pt. {pica). This line is set in ii-pt. {small pica). This line is set in lo-pt. {long primer). This line is set in 9-pt. {bourgeois). This line is set in 8-pt. (brevier). This line is set in 7-pt. {minion). This line is set in 6-pt. (nonpareil). This line is set in 5pt. (/>(nr/) . Tfaii line is set in 4 1-2-pt. (diamond) . Type for headings is, in many catalogs, to be found in the same family as the body type, because such style is better and cheaper. Headings of CAPITALS, Capi- tals AND Small Capitals, or occasionally of small CAPITALS ALONE, a pleasing style, ITALIC CAPITALS or Italic Capitals and Lower Case, can be set without any extra expense whatever. If the italics be eliminated from the entire catalog, a bold face letter, CAPITALS or Capitals and Lower Case, may be used without extra cost. For the use of both italics and bold face in the body matter of a catalog, there is a slight addition to the cost. Major headings, only few in number, are often set by hand in 14-point or sometimes i8-point of the same family. There being so few of them the expense is but slight. See Glossary, page 284; see Type Speci- mens, pages 99, 100, 103. Sometimes heads are found in contrasting faces of type, as for instance, the Old English in the pleasing pages of Worcester Polytechnic Institute catalog and in Bowdoin catalog or the smaller block letters used in the catalogs of the University of Virginia, Tulane, and Washington and Lee. Such styles carry a little extra cost of typesetting. See chapter on Copy, page 88. 40 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG UGlorcestcr (pol^tecbnic ITnstltutc 'T'HE Worcester Polytechnic Institute offers courses ■'• of study designed to fit young men for the profession of Engineering or Chemistry. The instruction is planned for four years and leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Mechanical, Civil and Electrical Engineering, in Chemistry, and in General Science. At the Institute the course in Mechanical Engineering includes a sufficient training in the workshop, especially that part of it relating to cost systems and to the scien- tific management of manufacturing industries. Civil Engineering may be followed with the emphasis along either of two general lines, Railroad and Structural Engineering or Sanitary Engineering. Electrical Engi- neering offers . a considerable range of options, laying especial emphasis on design and railway work. Chem- istry includes those subjects usually classified under Chem- ical Engineering. General Science is arranged for a large amount of election of subjects and is intended to be a four years' course in science and its applications, without specialization in any field of engineering. The general method of instruction is in harmony with the wishes of its founders, who believed in a good theoreti- cal education combined with much practice in work shops and laboratories. The Institute owes its origin and character to a gift of $100,000 by John Boynton for the endowment and perpetual support of a free school or Used to illustrate the text-letter major head and the initial letter. The catalog carries running-heads, omitted from this page because of drop head. Thoroughly- legible, being lo-point leaded, 24-point Jenson initial. THE TYPE 41 ^mm^UlS school was established in 1890 by Mr. £L Horace D. Taft. The object of the school is ^^ to give boys a sound training, physical, mental, and moral, and to make them strong, manly, and healthy men. A thorough preparation is given for any college or scientific school. Requirements for Admission The course of study covers five years, and it is very desirable that a boy enter as early as possible in the course. To be admitted into the lowest class, a boy must be at least 12 years of age and must be well grounded in the elements of English Grammar, Geography, United States History, and Arithmetic as far as decimal fractions. To be admitted to a higher class, he must have satisfactorily com- pleted the studies already passed by that class. No one will be admitted to a higher class with more than one condition standing against him, and such con- dition must be removed by the end of the first term. There is, however, in the Lower Middle year a course for beginners in Latin, so that by the omission of the work in History and the devotion of special time and effort to Latin, thes^ beginners may at the- end of the year stand on an equal footing with the rest of the class. r Initial letter is 36-point Tudor. The Taft School's style is extremely simple and easy to read; lo-point leaded. 42 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 240 H. SOPHIE NEWCOMB MEMORIAL COLLEGE A 29. Observation of Classes in Public Schools. One hour a week. In order that the student may be prepared to observe actual class work in music intelligently, the first half-year's instruction will be a general discussion of school room methods from the teacher's stand- point. During the second half-year the student will be required to spend at least one hour each week in the public schools. A theme describing the school visited and the work observed must be passed to the instructor for comment and criticism. KnoTT PRACTICAL COURSES These courses are open to men and Tvomen alike. Except in Ensemble and Recital Class {Courses S 27 and S 28), however, instruction will be given privately or in small classes of women' or oj men alone. S 21. Pianoforte. No definite course of stuciy is followedj but a careful selection of exercises and compositions is made according to the need of the individual student. As a basis for grading, however, the "Standard Pianoforte Course," adopted by the Louisiana Music Teachers' Asso- ciation, will be used. {See Special Bulletin of the School of Music). Ferrata, Goldstein, Weddei,!., Gonzalez S 30. Pianoforte Sight-Playing. One hour a week. Practice in playing at sight is given in classes, progressing from elementary pieces through the sonatas of Clementi, Haydn, Mozart, etc., to more difficult compositions. To enter this class a technical proficiency in piano playing equivalent to Grade V {see Special Bulletin of the School of Music) is required. Ferrata CDS 33.** Normal Course for Pianoforte Teachers. One lesson a week. (Second half-year.) The course is planned to meet the needs of: first, prospective teach- ers without teaching experience, and unacquainted with the principles involved; second, teachers requiring more complete and exact knowl- edge of pianoforte teaching methods than their experience has given them. Special emphasis will be placed on the important subject of elementary foundation teaching. Plain headings from Tulane University catalog. Some style books disapprove so much bold-face. This page could have been set solid in a larger face of type at a trifle less cost. It would thereby have been contained in the same space and the body matter would have been easier to read. THE TYPE 43 126 WASHINGTON AND LEE UNIVERSITY COURSE 5— COMMERCIAL LAW (2). Thursday, Saturday, 9. Second and Third Terms. Professor Smithson. Prerequisite — Economics 1, or political science 1. The fundamentals of business law, including the general principles of the law of contracts; negotiable instruments and agency; sales, carriers, corporations, partnerships, and real estate. COURSE 6— ACCOUNTING AND STATISTICS (3). Monday, Wednesday, Friday, 9. Professor Hancock. Prerequisite — Economics 1, or commerce 1. The principles and methods of business and corporation accounting; and the methods of collection and interpretation of statistics. POLITICAL SCIENCE Associate Professor Campbell. Mr. Worth. Newcoiib Hall. COURSE 1— ELEMENTARY POLITICAL SCIENCE (3). a. Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday, 10. b. Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday, 11. Professor Campbell, Mr. Worth. A general survey of the underlying principles of the science, with special application of political theories to the problems of the central, commonwealth, and city governments in the United States. COURSE 2*-- (1915-1916)— SOCIOLOGY (3). Monday, Wednesday, Friday, 1. Professor Campbell. Prerequisite — Political science 1, or economics 1. Body matter lo-point leaded, very easy to read; block letter headings, while concise and perfect are quite different from usually accepted styles. 44 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG de la physiologie pour permettre de comparer les resullatsobtenus. Le budget de Tlnstitut Marey est fourni par une subvention du Ministere de I'lnstruction publique, par celles aussi de differenta 6tals et de societes savantes. Une place et un logement sont reserves a la personne d6sign6e par I'etat ou la societe qui assurent d I'lnstitut one subventiott annuellede 1.000 francs ou qui lui ont fait don d'un capital pro- duisant en interdts une somme equivalente. INSTITUT GENERAL PSYCHOLOGIQUE 14, rue de Conde. L'Institut general psychologique comprend les sections d'etude suivantes : Section de psychologie individuelle. — Section de psychologic morale et criminelle. — Section de ■ psychologie artistiqve^ — Section de recherches psychiqiies et physiologiques. — Section de psychobgfie zoohgique. — Section de psychologic collective. — Commission perjna- nente Internationale de determination mathematique des phenomenes psycho-biologiques et socio-biohgiqiies. 11 possede un laboratoire de Psychologie physiologique et une bibliotheque d'environ 2.000 volumes, qui peuvent 6tre pretes aux inembres de la Societe. II public un Bulletin contenant les travaux de la Societe. La cotisation annuelle pour faire partie de I'lnstitut general Psychologique est de 20 francs pour la France et de 22 francs pour I'Etranger. INSTITUT PSYCHO-PHYSIOLOGIQUE DE PARIS 49, rue Saint- Andre-des-Arts. L'Institut Psycho-Physiologique de Paris est destine a fournir aux medecins et aux etudiants un enseignenient pratique perma- nent sur les questions qui relevent de I'hypnotisme, de la psycho- logie physiologique et de la pedagogic suggestive. II comprend : !<> L'Ecole de Psychologie; 2° le Laboratoire de From the University of Paris. Perfect in proportion, it lacks the English and American running-head. THE TYPE 45 Initial Letters The use of a small, not too ornate initial letter at the beginning of a new department in a catalog, as at the beginning of a chapter in a book, gives an artistic touch to the typography, and adds dignity to the style. It is j PI [a] This initial was Ifngf^ probably gold leaf background with blue where horizon- tal lines are shown. M A A A A A seen in the handsome catalogs of Brown University, Amherst, St. Stephen's, Westminster College of Music and in a few others. This modest embellishment is 46 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG traced back to the gorgeous illuminations of the monks, those master workmen artists who wrought so well in the centuries preceding the Renaissance, of whose work in England Ralph Adams Cram wrote in his fascinating Ruined Abbeys of Great Britaifi, "To the monks England owed her conversion, and to them, in large measure, her civilization. Monk at work on a manuscript. (From a very old print.) Composition in Foreign Languages Any printer capable of producing a college catalog must be prepared for composition in Latin, French, German, Italian, Spanish, and Greek. Hebrew is quite unusual. The excess cost for foreign composition, except for Greek lower case, is slight, in fact, would be negligible were it not for the accents. Greek, if lower case with its infinity of accents be used, is quite ex- pensive. The use of mathematical and other signs, or of much Latin in botanical or geological sections of a catalog would entail some extra cost, depending entirely upon the quantity of such matter. THE TYPE 47 —Theocritus of Chios Tu!i::omapxo^ PRICE L. MARSH * • M-:yd?: hsiv wv/t'Cera:. " — EUripideS Vehicles of Thought Minter Wilson '■lUpUCuJMa i^rjrrsTO CiiPpov," HoUier The Adobe Villa of Pericles . . MRS. T. W. Harvey '•^riyvtra: roivov i:6ki," — PlatO The Modem Type W. C. Miller '*T<>i>To yi fiot dfiKBl tcakvv iivat, el ti<; oi(59't' e*'} :rae Stosiv ayOpm-nowi" PlatO The Mysteries R. M. Wylie *' '0 xpri(r'.n' eidutf, mf •>'<;." — AeSChyluS How Long? Fred W. Reed ' ' F.i^ art." — Sophocles A View from the Wall Geneva Kent *'\Adb\ia7tv/ ioii eo£^'i ra^Tj<?e9 XaO;'i>," — Menander A Greek Ideal H. S. IRONS " "ASsX'Poi dv^p) rapetrj." PlatO This page from Marshall College, with its Greek lower case required perhaps more time to compose than any other half dozen pages of difficult composition shown in this book. Th/s type for the head and other English is too heavy for the Greek. 48 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG WILLIAMS COLLEGE. 137 JUNIORS— CLASS OF 1917 James Strange Alexander, Jr. Lawrence Sheppard Armstrong Charles Burgess Arthur, Jr. Winthrop Provost Austin Samuel Newton Bacon Leonard Hotchkiss Bafley Charles Ackert Banks Henry Clarke Banks Donald DeVeau Biartholomew Lester Yates Bay lis V/alter Andrew Bell Thomas Hume Benedict Hubert Duke Bennett Henry Parsons Blodgett Robert Fuller Blodgett Tully Orton Buckner Marion Staples Cadwell Van Henry Cartmeil, Jr. Kenneth Silliman Chester Charles Akers Choate William Bernard Clark Reginald McCall Cobbs Andrew Hale Cochran George Jarvis Coffin Harold Sy Conklin Reginald Aldrich Cook Carlton Wheeler Cox Robert Dudley Coye Randolph Foster Debevoise Leonard Chandler Dewing Thomaa Ripley Dorr Alden Monteith Drury Thomas Earle, Jr. Samuel Eells Richard Whipple Ensign Kingsley Ervin Elizur Kirke Hart Fessenden Montclair, N. /. Penn Yan, N. Y. Cleveland, 0. Santa Barbara, Cat. Albany, N. Y. Buffalo, N. Y. Evanslon, lU. Greenwich, Conn. Orange, N. J. Huntington, N. Y. New York, N .Y. Roselle, N. J. Toledo, 0. Toledo, 0. West Newton New York, N. Y. Jamestown, N. Y. New York, N. Y. Bridgehampton, N. Y. Winona, Minn. Litchfield, Conn. Akron, 0. Minneapolis, Minn. New York, N. Y. New Rochelle, N. Y. New York, N. Y. Monldair, N. J. Canandaigua, N.Y. Sovlh Orange, N. J. Hartford, Conn.. WilHamstotvn Northampton Steelton, Pa. Cleveland, O. Weslfield WiUiamstown West Newton e. X. *. Lodge 12 B. H. 2. *. Place *. T. House 2. K. House A. T. House Z. *. House , A. e. House 18 E. C. 9. T. House A. X. House 10 W. C. X. ^. Lodge K. A. Lodge 2. *. Place 18 W. H. A. T. House St. Anthony Hall B. e. n. House *. T. House 2. *. Place *. T. House *. r. A. House e. A. X. House Z. 9. House A. A. *. House X. *. Lodge Z. <ir. House A. K. E. House 2. *. Place Fort Hoosac Place *. A. e. House 12 M. H. 7 W. C. ♦. A. e. House 22 B. H. Z. *, House The Greek capitals in Williams's student list cause but little extra cost to produce. Greek lower case would represent a maximum of typesetting cost on account of the infinity of accents. Wesleyan's student list, following the faculty in the front of the catalog, is much similar to the above in style. 38 The Western College FRENCH Professor Bass 1-2. Elementary Course. Four hours a week for the first and second se- mesters. French Grammar, Fraser and Squair. Reading of Le Franais et sa Patrie by Talbot; Erckmarin- Chatrian, Madame Thercse; Merimee, Colomba; Labiche et Martin, Le Voyage de Monsieur Perri- chon. Sight reading, dictation, oral exercises on books read, conversation, poems memorized. Es- pecial attention is paid to irregular verbs and idioms. In all courses French is the language of the class-room. 3-4. Intermediate Course. Four hours a week for the first and second semes- ters. Grammar review, composition, conversation, poems memorized, resumes in French. From six to eight of the following books read; Scribe and Legouve, Bataille de Dames; Michelet, Prise de la Bastille; V. Hugo, Les Miserables; Moliere, L'Avare, Le Bourgeois Gentilhomihe; Pailleron, Le Monde ou Von s'ennuie; Dumas, La Tulip Noire; Feuillet, Le Roman d^un Jeune Homme Pauvre. Beaumarchais, Le Barbier de Seville; Souvestre, Un Philosophe Sozis les Toits; Thiers, Expedition de Bonaparte en Egypie; Lamartine, Scenes de la Revolution Franaise; La Fontaine, Fables; de Vigny, Servitude et Grandeur Militaire; France, Le Crime de Sylvestre Bonnard; Augier, Le Gendre de M. Poirier. 5-6. Introduction to the French Classics. Four hours a week for the first and second semes- ters. Reading with resumes and essays in French, of eight or ten of the following: Corneille, Le Cid, Horace; Racine, Athalie, Esther; Moliere, Le Mis- anthrope, Les Precieuses Ridicules, Le Malady The style of this page from Western College for Women is quite expensive on account of the French italic with accents, special indentation, two sizes of type, with roman, bold-face, caps and small caps and italic all on same page. All type is Century, heading "French" being bold caps of that family. 49 242 Kirtley F. Mather the forms to which those names have been given are conspecific with each other and with the material at hand. The reference to Orthooeras is believed to be correct, in spite of the rapid enlargement of the shell, because of the small siphuncle and smooth surface. The type of Geisonoceras, G. rivale (Barrande), is characterized by a large siphuncle and banded surface mark- ings. Horizon and locality. Brentwood limestone: near Fayette- ville, Arkansas (Station 135). Morrow formation: near Ft. Gibson, Oklahoma (Station 303). GLYPHIOCERA TIDJE Genus GASTRIOCERAS Hyatt Gastrioceras branneri Smith Plate XVI, figures 12, 12a. 1896. Gastrioceras branneri. Smith, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, vol. 35, p. 257, pi. 23, figs. 1-6. Reprinted 1897 as Cont. No. 9, Hopkins Seaside Labor., Leland Stanford Univ. with changed pagination (257=47). Lower Coal Measures: Pilot Mountain, Carroll County, Arkansas. 1903. Gastrioceras branneri. Smith, Mon., U, S. Geol. Surv., No. 42, p. 83, pi. 11, figs. 8-13. Chester group. Lower Carboniferous: Pilot Mountain, Carroll County, Arkansas. 1914. Gastrioceras branneri. Smith, Leland Stanford Univ., Publication, Acceleration of Development in Fossil Cephalopoda, pi. 1, figs. 12-14. Two specimens of this species, described some years ago by Dr. Smith from the Morrow horizon in Carroll County, are in the collections at hand. One is a small fragment while the other is a more nearly complete shell. The latter, in comparison with the figures of the type specimen, appears to be slightly more flattened on the venter but in all other respects is identical. Horizon and locality. Hale fonnation, East Mountain, Fay- etteville, Arkansas (Station 149). Morrow formation: near Ft. Gibson, Oklahoma (Station 296). Gastrioceras kesslerense n. sp. Plate XVI, figures 10-lOb. Description. Shell of medium size, discoidal, with whorls slowly increasing in size, depressed semi-circular, in cross- specimen page from the Scientific Bulletin of the Denison University Labora- tories. Typesetting of this character brings from two and a half to three times that of straight matter. SO THE TYPE 51 Machine Composition Theodore DeVinne, the late dean of American print- ers, author of that monumental work, The Invention of Printing, would not be won over to the use of machine typesetting for a long period of years. When, however, the machine proved itself capable of producing really artistic results, he changed his views. There are in use today several composing machines, all quite expensive in both installation and maintenance. The machine, however, may now be termed universal. Monotype Keyboard Monotype composition is desirable for many rea- sons, most prominent among which is the facility and celerity with which corrections are made. Tabular matter is set much more quickly and attractively than by any other method. The keyboard with two rolls of paper admits of composition in two sizes of type at the same time. The keyboard resembles the typewriter keyboard except that there are four such combined, with a total of 225 character keys. The striking of a key releases its corresponding combination of punches, the holes thus made in the paper roll, when transferred to the casting machine, operating in the same general 52 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG manner as the music roll in a piano player. Each of the 225 separate combinations of holes, when passed through the caster, causes the making of a separate letter or character which is not only brand new solid type, but is accurately set in a galley. Monotype Caster The great majority of better class magazines are now composed on the monotype, the Curtis Publishing Company and many other large publishers using the monotype exclusively. The Government Printing Office at Washington uses these machines in a ratio of almost two to one slug machine. The printing plants operated by the universities of Columbia, Harvard, Chicago, Notre Dame, Kansas, Toronto and by the Carnegie Institute, the U. S. Military Academy, the Carlisle Indian School and a number of other educa- tional institutions use the monotype. Mr. McFarland, superintendent of the University of Chicago Press, gives in a letter his grounds for pre- THE TYPE 53 ferring the monotype to the slug machines for his class of printing. One of his reasons is as follows: Our composition Is very complicated, being frequently interspersed with Hebrew, Greek, Syriac, Ethiopic, etc., and containing besides a great deal of formula and tabular matter. The use of slug machines in such work we have found im- practicable and the adoption of a Monotype plant has re- sulted in a great increase not only in efficiency but in the peace of mind of the workmen concerned. The high quality of composition in many of the better looking college and school catalogs gives evidence of monotype work. The Linotype Following the days of typesetting by hand the linotype (line-o'-type) was the only practical composing machine. The Hnotype is still in all but universal use for news matter composition in newspaper plants. It has been perfected to a wonderful degree of efficiency in many ways. It however uses the single slug for each line of type, requiring the recasting of the entire line for the correction of a single error. In very recent years, 54 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG the intertype machine has been on the market and is now in use in many plants. This is also a slug machine. Some years ago a type setting machine was used to some limited extent. This machine, while of wonderful mechanism, was capable of setting only specially made foundry type which was to be used over again, not melted. Some smaller newspapers use it but it is not in general use because of the fact that the modern slug casting and individual type casting machines offer new type for each job. Type of any kind which is used over and over again becomes in time blurred, the serifs break off and the printed work appears "dirty," es- pecially if used without proper care when in the press. In addition to book, magazine and college catalog typesetting, the monotype, the linotype and the inter- type machines are producing for newspaper and maga- zine advertising composition, type ranging as large as a half inch in vertical dimension. As an instance, the magnificent department store advertising pages of the New York Times and many other newspapers are the product of the monotype machine. The headlines on all newspapers of any size whatever are now composed on machines. Dimensions and Position of the Type Page The proportion of height to width of the type page and the position of the type page on the trimmed paper page, are matters which the early printers settled several centuries ago, but which are given no heed whatever in the great majority of well equipped American printing plants today. Some few years ago Professor Brander Matthews of Columbia University brought out a most delightful 1 THE TYPE 55 book, Bookbindings Old and New. He dedicated his work to the Grolier Club of New York, which, he states is a gathering of those who love books for their external beauty — for the choice quahty of the paper, for the graceful firmness of the type, for the even clearness of the presswork, for the harmonious elegance of the illustrations, and for the decorative skill bestowed on the binding. * * * Neither in England nor in France is there any society exactly equivalent to this New York Club, On the subject of page proportion. Dr. Matthews writes as follows: — Although there are an increasing few in America who know a beautiful book when they see it, there are also, alas! not a few who dwell in outer darkness. * * * There are not a few, I fear me greatly, who know not the proper proportions of a printed page, and who do not exact that the cruel knife of the reckless and mercenary binder shall never shear a hair's-breadth from width or height; who do not consider whether the fair white space of the outer and lower margins shall be precisely twice as full as the inner and upper margins; and who take no care that the width of the page of type shall be strictly one-half of the length of the diagonal of the page. There are not a few to whom these niceties are unknown — not a few in the United States and not a few in Great Britain. The matter of page dimensions and position of page can best be shown by reference to the following figures A, B, C and D. Thus we learn a general rule for use in the best style of book printing. On the supposition that the paper page is about one and one-half times as high as it is wide and that it does not exceed in size about 7xio>^, the horizontal dimension of the type page should be one-half the diagonal, including the page heading and the folio. This would make the height of the type page, including folio and head, one and three-quarters the width. If the delightful old rule of the ancient printers were observed, the position of the type page on the 56 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG Zd^'^m^ GEORGE WASHINGTON UNTVERSITT ^ course in Physiology consists of lectures, demonstrations and labo\tory exercises. The lectures cover all the important facts and theori\ regarding bodily functions of the animal, and are illustrated by diag^ns, models and prepared specimens. In the^boratory each student perform? a number of experiments on blood, «i the circulation, on digestion^ on the general functions of nerves and n^scles, and on the special senses of animals. Special emphasis is laid on the relation of normal physiological func- tions to the di^rbances of function In disease and upon the physiologi- cal action of drl^s. It is intended in^is way to bring the work of the Physiological Labo- ratory and other e^^cises into closer relation with the succeeding course in Pathology, Thera«uti(«^fli General Veterinary Medicine. Text-book. — HoweluJbBhwttlfi&Xi Smith's Veterinary Physiology. Rfi>«|^MISTRY Kst Year Charles Edward Munrob, ]^.D., LL.D Professor Otis Dow Swett, S.M \. .^ Assistant Professor General Chemistry. — A series d&ill' recitations and exercises on theorMpal^ Chemistry. The student is requin which he must submit for examinaticn: Laboratory Practice. — A laboratory ciples of chemistry which is designed to of conducting chemical experiments. jPext-feoofc.— Holland's Medical Chemisti PHYSIOLOGICAL Second Year Edwin Henry Inqersoll, M.S — lectures, accompanied by S rganic, organic and technical 1^ e notes on these lectures, the study of the prin- ^ ^denta in the methods y ) and Toxicology ^ ... — Instructor This course will consist of lectures and laboratory instruction, and includes the study of jvater from a sanitary standout; the chemical examination of milk, the tissues and fluids of the b^hr; the isolation of the digestive enzymes, and a study of their action in\jtro. MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS David Eastburn Buckingham, V.M.D ., .'^'rofessor Harry A. Lochboehler, D.V.M ^tructor First Year (1) Lectures upon and demonstrations of drugs and their preparl^ona and doses used in veterinary practice will be followed by recita»n« to assist in memorizing. (2) Practical exercises will be given in preset tion writing, also a short course in Veterinary Pharmacology. Figure A. Slightly reduced diagram of a type page of perfect dimensions viz. height 1% that of width, diagonal twice that of width. Nearly all better class catalogs present dimensions in the same proportions or approximate them closely, no matter what the size of the page may be. THE TYPE 57 ■lOt nonzMf3pUuni'Vt''^<'™^d I 4i|unitB^)jqii •*4;'j*»J0 J [omdoioiiMd pvi ta'Bo\ *mj»9 t< a<»icmp3 |o iioiq^ jqi (o ij|<ii3Uuj ooj Trinaplcs of Uk Thcofy of Edut^tion Pnnaplcs o* tbr Thtryry o( Educatioit t>)7 {jbaumouUl Figure B. Not until 1501 were type pages imposed in forms of eight, six teen pages to the sheet, by Aldus in Ven . This diagram of the fifteenth century four page form (eight page signature) exemplifies the basis for the ancient position ■" followed in the makmg of many of our nes indicate positions for folding. The . jle for type page on paper, a rule sti better class books today. The dotted _ white space between the pages is the same as that m each parallel margm. When folded the upper and inner margins are therefore just half the lower and outer margins respectively. Two pages being always visible in the open book the com- bined gutter margin should equal either outer margin. Wire stitches,_closmg a portion of the gutter, were not in use when this position rule was established. If the book is trimmed, the top, bottom and outer margins are slightly reduced. 58 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG Pu'^m. '/'fy^uax^ yOt''>'{Z^/yyV\, ^' '^^^4:^^ ;(^ >^^»*c/^ John B, Stetson University n lo every vowel and consonant. Nasal qualities, lisp- ngXand aspirated elements of speech are overcome. At- tentidn is given to the production of pure tones, the increase of theVocal register, the thorough understanding and abil- ity to reproduce the effusive, cxpukive and explosive qual- ities of tVie. The pupil is drilled in reading examples of suppressed\moderate and declamatory force, higli pitch and low pitch, phrasing and stress Monotones, one of the prmcipal difihyulties of readers and speakers, receives spe- cial attention. VTime, the rate of delivery, movement, ac- cent, rhythmic qVialities of intonation and richness and full- ness of voice are Cultivated. Gesture as a language b/ itself is taught as a meatos of expression. ' First Year. Vbice culture, breathing exercises, enun- ciation, quality S^Jpi^, the increase of the vocal register, the delivery of seleCTj^Ndeclamations and criticism. Second YEAR.^^nVhasis, pitch, time, stress, accent. \oice culture continuw^g^sture, the principle of action declamation and the po^c\elivery of short selections DEPAI<TMENT>OF GERMAN. The aim of the work in the\rst two vears is to fit stu- of ordinary difificulty. ork The work of 1 upon pronunciati6rf ; 1 sentences illustrat- rule\ and principles of a. and \vord-order , eas y^ ^^^ s gramftatical principles^ ■^ O^ dents for reading literaryO^aJ "^Vand to serve as a basis forattWi. the first two years covers: frequent repetition of memorizi ing idioms and colloquial usage; grammar, ordinary prepositions, prose composition, designed to fi and develop a fair degree of readiness in i^btural forms of expression; and the reading in class of abou\ two hundred pages of texts from Standard German authors. The course in the Academy covers a peiHod of two years. A third year may be elected. The regulV work as follows : First Year. Introductory course, based on Meissner German Grammar, with the reading of son\ ele mentary German text. "7 Second Y'ear. Advanced work in Grammar. Read? N^ of Heyse's "L'Arrabbiata." or Storms' "Immensee," Fa' "^^i^^rf y^yna^A^t^ 7//A^^^ ' Figure C. Diagram much reduced in size, of the page position commonly- used in better class catalogs. If the edges were deckled and the tops only were trimmed, this position would comply perfectly with the ancient rule. Wire stitch- ing must however be reckoned with in a catalog or book to be bound by this cheap method. This diagram is intended for use in connection with sewed binding. THE TYPE 59 « ;^3 jij^^o^ — «^-- — > REGISTER OF STUDENTS. HoKS Address School Last Attkk Lande, Nathan (Dent.) . . . , Leahy, Michael Lawrence. Little, George Douglas. . . , Loiinsky, Ezra (Dent.)..., .Montreal, Que. . . .Franklin Centre, Que .Outremont. Que. . .Montreal, Que. . . McCaffrey', Laurence Ed. . . . •McConey, George Andrew P. Ormstown, Que. . Georgetown, B.G. MacDoogall, James A. McEwen, Charles Stuart . MacGregor, Donald McGregor, Douglas U MacLean, Basil Clarendon (Dent.) McLellan, WiUridGiUis... (Dent.) McNabb, Atholl Munra. . Madden, Francis Charles . Male, Robert Florent Markson, Moses - . Moisescu, Manole Don. . . Montpetit, Jean Moret, Herman Murtha, Dale P Notkin, Louis Notkin, Myers. Ofiesh, Kanaan Fares . Pendrigh, Robert Murray. Quin, Frank Ashtor Rabinovitch, CarV^ Riddell, Arthur Ryan, Clarence Miberi S^ll, Harold jTathan. Shapiro. Chaijfc Engleson Sihler, CharWlHardd .MacDougall'sP.O., P-E.I .Montreal, Ql .St. Thomas, OntJ .VVaterdown, Oij . Montreal, Qd .Montreal, .Montreal High '. .University of .Montreal Hij^ School. .Montreal CcMflmercial & Tech. Hi/i School. .Ottawa Uj Jososn's Interme- diate^hool. .St. D/nstan's College. Prii/te Tuition. Ws/Wstock College, ilton Collegiate, ichine Academy. I Montreal High School. .Otta' .Ottawa .Sudbu: _ .Alexandi Skinner, Otuwa Collegiate. Ottawa Collegiate. . Sudbury High School. .Alexandria High School Montreal High School. Bourget College, < Rigand, Que. Switzerland. Mich ... . Shepherd High School. ^ 1, Que Dulierin School. Que Montreal High School. treal. Que Shortell's Academy. John, N.B Yarmouth Academy, N.S. Iderson. Ont Bishop's College School. CowansvUle, Que. . .University of Bishop's College. Cookshire, Que Cookshire Academy. Quebec, Que Laval Um\ ersity, Quebec, Que. St. Croix, Danish W.l. Montreal, Que Montreal High School. Morrisburg, Ont Morrisburg College Vancouver. B.C. . . .Okanagan College. B.C. Montreal, Que Montreal High School. Ottawa, Ont Ottawa Collegiate. Litchfield, lU. . . . . . .Culver Mihtary Academy. Montreal, Que St. Andrew's College, Toronto, Ont. Montreal, Que Woodstock College. Montreal, Que Montreal High School. Hoboken, N.Y Hoboken High School. Cobalt, Ont. . . _ Shortell's Academy y Smith, Ifimes Wallace H Solomgftl^ Abraham (Dent.) JStua^ William Charles TayJBr, Clifford Ethridge ^Trafnor, Owen Connolly Hunter River, P.E.I.Si. Dunsun's Colleg 'PartiaL :Double ( ^«««'v2v»'^-'*-?^*-*t<!l.'V«^.-t<^ f'^gyCCi "^ii^*^^ ^yWi^ ^,^1*4^X0 ^-^o^A^y*-}^ S'. Figure D. Diagram, much reduced, of a type page of perfect proportions, which cannot in this instance be properly placed on the paper page owing to size of paper stock. Much paper comes in sizes which present this insoluble problem. The outer and inner margins should be a trifle smaller or the lower and top margins a trifle greater, neither of which conditions is here possible without trimming to waste. Better class printers are frequently compelled by such circumstances to only approximate the ideal in some of the finer points of style. Wire stitching will necessarily enlarge the binding edge margins. 6o THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG trimmed paper page would give an outer margin double the inner and a bottom margin double that at the top. Harvard, Yale 1914, Vassar, University of the Philip- pines and but few others follow this ancient book rule in their catalogs. There is reason for its use in book- making and unless the book or catalog be wired instead of sewed, thus demanding extra binding space, there is not much excuse for radical departure from it in catalog making. The majority of really good printers follow another position rule known as that of 3-4-5-7, allowing 5 parts outside margin to 3 parts inside and 7 parts bottom margin to 4 at top. Naming these proportions beginning with inner margin 3, top 4, outer 5, and bottom 7, we have the name of this common position rule, 3-4-5-7. Swarthmore and many other catalogs in its high class, present this style of position. See Fig C. The North American Review has of late upset the traditions of the centuries by placing the wide margin in the binding edge and the narrow margin in the outer edge. In an address delivered before the Bibliographical Society over twenty years ago, William Morris said : We now come to the position of the page of print on the paper, which is a most important point, and one that till quite lately has been wholly misunderstood by modern, and seldom done wrong by ancient printers, or indeed by pro- ducers of books of any kind. On this head I must begin by reminding you that we only occasionally see one page of a book at a time; the two pages making an opening are really the unit of the book, and this was thoroughly under- stood by the old book producers. I think you will seldom find a book produced before the eighteenth century, and which has not been cut down by that enemy of books (and of the human race), the binder, in which this rule is not adhered to: that the binder edge (that which is bound in) must be the smallest member of the margins, the head THE TYPE 6l margin must be larger than this, the fore larger still, and the tail largest of all. I assert that, to the eye of any man who knows what proportion is, this looks satisfactory, and that no other does so look. But the modern printer, as a rule, dumps down the page in what he calls the middle of the paper, which is often not even really the middle, as he measures his page from the headline, if he has one, though it is not really a part of the page, but a spray of type only faintly staining the head of the paper. Now I go so far as to say that any book in which the page is properly put on the paper is tolerable to look at, however poor the type may be, whereas any book in which the page is wrongly set on the paper is intolerable to look at, however good the type and ornaments may be.* The niceties of type page position, no matter which style may be preferred, can not always be observed for the simple reason that certain standardis:ed sizes of paper stock make some marginal proportions impossible unless the paper be trimmed to waste on one edge or another. From the viewpoint of the best typographic appearance this unavoidable condition is to be deplored. There is positively no excuse but that of ignorance for the type page in a college catalog appearing in the center of the trimmed paper page, as is so frequently the case; or below center and out from center ("down and out" as distinguished from the correct style known by printers as "up and in"), a position sometimes observed in catalogs of small colleges where the work is usually done in the job shop of a country newspaper. There is reason for this distressing position. It is due to the placing of the type page in the center of the untrimmed paper page, according to custom in a newspaper or circular, the lock-up man forgetting that a catalog trims. *Mr. John Clyde Oswald, editor of the American Printer and president of the American Institute of Graphic Arts, in showing me a few of his many valuable fifteenth, sixteenth and seventeenth century books during a discussion of this sub- ject of page position, said that he does not agree with William Morris's statement in which he eliminates the running-head from the page dimension. 62 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG Page Heads In books, magazines and catalogs, both commercial and educational, the page head, or as it is technically termed the "running-head," has become a fixture. Usually the title of the publication, or in catalogs the name of the institution, appears at the top of each left hand page throughout. Opposite this generally appears a heading designating either the subject of the chapter in a book, the article in a magazine, or the sub- ject of the department or section of a catalog in a com- mercial or educational publication. Sometimes the right hand running-head covers the subject treated on that particular page and possibly the page preceding or following it. Practically all college catalogs now carry the run- ning-head. The examples herewith shown are not many in number but cover styles now in use. Upon this sub- ject, some discussions have appeared in the trade journals. In a most interesting article published in Printing Art some few years ago, we find the following: The Running-Head as an Embellishment The running-head or running-title is an important fac- tor in bookmaking and worthy of more attention than is usually given to it. It can do much to mar or to give charac- ter to the page. The treatment of head-lines is varied and in far too many instances shows incongruities of combinations. The book having a Modern title-page often has an Old Style heading, or the reverse may be the case. A Modern type page with a Priory Text or Black Letter line, a page of solid matter covering a widely interspaced line, and similar instances, illustrate the variety of contradictions in style, which, while they may sometimes be termed unique, are not good typog- raphy. The body type, dimensions of the page, and character of the book to be printed — whether it be ecclesiastical, bio- graphical, historical, scientific, or fiction — are all factors in determining the style of running-head to be used. THE TYPE 63 In laying out a book page, the running-head has to be considered as the eye-catcher — the Hne that gives character to the whole page — and in order to do this conscientiously, the manuscript must be examined carefully to ascertain what the chapter heads will be. These head-lines alternate with the book-title, the latter being on the left-hand page and the former on the right, affording identification to the book and to the subject-matter wherever opened. The leading of a page has an important bearing upon the running-head. If the page matter is leaded openly, the head-line must be set off at considerable distance. On this style of page, an interspaced, italic line can often be used to better advantage than on a compact page. With a generously spaced page, rule treatment can be used, care being taken that the whitening out of type and rule be ample. Serious errors are made in combination of body letter and headings. A type page in Modern can carry a running-head of capital letters of the same face and two-thirds the size of the body type. If the length of line does not permit the use of capitals an italic lower-case line of a modern face, one size larger than the face of the body letter, can be used. Folios should be in both cases the same size as the text. A lower- case Hne of Roman or a mixed capital and small capital are not at all desirable. * * * * Priory Text or Black Letter can be used with Old Style to good effect. Rule treatment. Old Style Antiques and designed running-headings are all applicable to the Old Style faces. The dimensions of a page rather than the size of type used in the text are essential in determining the size of type used in the running-head. The long, narrow page can have a running-head the full width; while a short page, that is, a page out of proportion in width to the length, should not carry a very wide line as it would add to its squatty appear- ance. The blank line between running-title and text should be the width of a quad line of the type used up to twelve- point. In larger sizes, it is generally desirable to hold to the twelve-point basis. Rules above and below running-head lines must bear a definite relation in weight of face to the color effect of the types used in conjunction with them. Rules present difficul- ties in folding and binding because, with pages having narrow margins, the slightest irregularity is noticeable. 64 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 114 Medical College of Virginia 164 Omo Wesleyan University 354 Unioersify of Southern California 74 BOSTON UNIVERSITY 382 BULLETIN OF WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY 604 TOWNE SCIENTIFIC SCHOOL 114 University of Toronto Faculty of Medicine 378 NORTHWESTERN UNIVERSITY HAVERFORD COLLEGE WASHINarON AND LEE UNIVERSITY 144 MIAMI UNIVERSITY THE TYPE 65 School of Pharmacy 115 School of Music 165 College of Fine Arts 355 COLLEGE OF LIBEIL\L ARTS 75 THE SCHOOL OF FINE ARTS 383 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION STUDENT ACTIVITIES 60s Calendar for 1915-1916 115 THE THEOLOGICAL SCHOOLS 379 THE TEACHERS COLLEGE 14S 66 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG St. Luke's School THE Scliool was founded at Fox Chase, Pennsyl- jjjgjQj^, vania, in 1863, as "Ury House School" by Mrs. Jane Crawford, In 1884 the present Head Master took over the School, removing it to Bustleton, Pennsylvania, and renaming it St. Luke's School. In 1902 it was moved to its present location. Special page head at outer edge. Appears to better advantage when opposite page, always a full page illustration in this catalog is seen. Heading "St. Luke's School" and marginal heads such as "History" are in red. of NORTHWESTERN UNIVERSITY Departments and Instructors "RinlntfV Lewis Hart Weld — Instructor in Biology. B.A. University of »^ Rochester; M.A. University of Michigan. Graduate student at Cornell University. Phi Beta Kappa, Alpha Delta Tau. Mem- ber of American Association for Advancement of Science. Botany — Seven hours a week throughout the year ; field and museum trips. Bergen and Caldwell's Introduction to Botany used .as a text. The work consists of Specially designed running-head for a large type page, 5x8, printed on page with most generous outer and lower margins. Honor Roll of 1913-1914 CLASS A. John Ewing Russell 5, 8. Henry Grant Wasson, Jr. 8. HAJiRY Aaron Sipe 6. 7, 8. CLASS B. Edward Philip Becker 6, 7. Samuel Davidson Herron 3, 4, 5, 6. Clark Miller 2, 3, 4, 5. Toland Kirk Nicholson 7. Harry Aaron Sipe 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. Alden Wrhen Foster 4, 5. Lucian Reinhart Henry 1, 4, 5, 7, 8. Louis Oliver Klingelhofer 2, 4, 5, 7. Kenneth Frick Lovejoy 3. Stanley Marshall Rinehart, Jr. 8. William Lincoln Stewart, Jr. 4, 5, 6. Ralph Leo Bollinger I. John Prestley Fife 3. Andrew Patton Happer 5. Louis Hirsch Sichelstiel 3, 7,8. William Dosh Bickel 3, 5. Boyd Ross Ewing, Jr. 1, 2, 3, 4, 7. Nelson Barker Garden 5, 7. James Dunlap Gray 1, 2, 6, 7, 8. Edwin Wainwright Macfar- lane 5. Wilfrid Murtland 2, 3, 5. John Ewing Russell 1, 2, 3, 4, 7. Henry Grant Wasson, Jr. 5, 6, 7. Charles Bedell Monro 7. Francis LeMoyne Page 2, 6, 7, 8. Herbert Houghton Phillips 6, 7, 8. Robert Cooper Davidson 5. John Dunlap 5. George Armstrong Kelly 2, 5, 8. Paul William Kelly 3, 8. Joseph Harry Morehouse 4, 5, 6, 7. 8. John Rae 5, 8. Wallace Hurtte Rowe, Jr. 3, 5, 8. Thomas Ewing Shaw 4, 6, 7, 8. CLASS C Henry Clay Fownes, H. 5. John Rae 4. Philip Stokes Patton 5. Wallace Hurtte Rowe, Jr. 7. Joseph Harry Morehouse 1, 2. Shady Slde Academy The running-head in this catalog appears oddly at the bottom instead of at the top of the page. The folio, not embodied here, is still below and a half inch from the bottom and the outer edge. 67 68 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG Setoanee ^ilitarp ataHem? 35 in strict accordance with the requirements as recommended by the Committee of Twelve for college entrance. The work includes a careful drill in vocabulary, gram- matical forms, and pronunciation ; reading from standard texts, writing from dictation, etc. Students are required as a part of their daily work to express themselves cor- rectly in the idiom — in fact, every means is taken to give the student a fair mastery of the language. French is taught in the Fourth and Fifth Forms ; Ger- man in the Third and Fourth Forms ; and Spanish in the Second and Third. FRENCH Fourth Form.— Grammar: Chardenal's Complete French Course Reader: Easy French (Snow and Lebon). Fifth Form.— Chardenal's Complete French Course completed. Elementary French Composition (Lazare). Une semaine a Paris (Bacon). La Poudre aux yeux (Labiche et Martin). Atala (Chateaubriand). Oral and written exercises. Examination papers. GERMAN Jhird Form.— German Lesson Grammar (Joynes and Wesselhoft) . Gliick Auf (Miiller and Wenckebach). Fourth Form.— Joynes and Wesselhoft's German Lesson Grammar completed. German Prose Composition (Osthaus and Bierman). Willkommen in Deutschland (Mosher). Vetter Gabriel (Heyse). Oral and written exercises. Examination papers. SPANISH Second Form.— Grammar: Elementary Spanish Grammar (Lois- eaux). Reader: Elementary Spanish Reader (Harrison). Third Form.— Spanish Grammar completed. Spanish Prose Com- position (Umphrey). Spanish Reader (Ramsey). Partir a Tiempo (Larra). Zaragiieta (Carrion y Aza). An attractive style, the body matter (upper portion of page) being thoroughly legible. Printed in brown ink on rich deckle edge paper with ample white margins. Text-letter running-head. THE TYPE 69 In a recent issue of the Inland Printer, the following paragraph is introductory to an interesting and pro- fusely illustrated paper on this subject: Next to the initial letter, the running-head, or running- title, offers greater advantages for the embellishment of an otherwise plain and severe type page than can be attained in any other way and it can be used on practically every page. It adds snap and character to the page of text-matter which inspires interest. That it deserves more attention than Is often given it, is proved by the many unattractive pages, made so because of carelessness or ignorance of essentials to its proper use as part of the page. Other running-heads may be observed in the re- productions of catalog pages shown in this book. A Calendar A number of engraving houses sell stock calendar electrotypes, such as usually appear in college catalogs. Some institutions use a calendar covering the entire current year and the entire year following. Some use type set calendars, the last four months of the current year and five or six months of the succeeding year, special days being in black type, while others, notably eastern colleges, prefer an electrotyped calendar showing the latter half of the current year, the whole of the succeeding year and sometimes the first half of the year following. Such electro frequently appears on the page succeeding the title page of the catalog. Usually it precedes the page or two of type known as "The Calendar," or "Days and Dates." Wesleyan uses the outside back cover for a calendar plate. Brown and some other institutions use bold-face figures for all holidays and Sundays in the academic year. The slight expense and the small space occupied by such calendar electro are much more than overbalanced by the convenience and usefulness thereby secured. 70 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG Calendar 1917 | JANUARY FEBRUARY MARCH APRIL S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T P S S M T W T PS ... 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 11 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 MAY JUNE JULY AUGUST S M T WT F S S M T W T PS S M T W T F S S M T W T F S 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 ... 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 SEPTEMBER OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEMBER S M T W T PS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 S M T W T PS ... 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 S M T WT F S S M T W T P S 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 ... "2 "3 "4 "5 "e "7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Calendar 1018 | JANUARY FEBRUARY MARCH APRIL S M T W T F S S M T W T PS S M T W T P S S M T W T PS 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 ... 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 MAY JUNE JULY AUGUST S M T W T F S S M T W T PS S M T W T PS S M T W T F S 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 ... 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 ...123456 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 SEPTEMBER OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEMBER S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 THE TYPE 71 1917 1918 JANUARY JULY JANUARY JULY 1 s M T w T F s s M T w T F s s M T w T F s s M T w T F s I 2 3 4 5 6 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 I 2 3 4 5 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 II 12 13 8 9 10 II 12 13 14 6 7 8 9 10 II 12 7 8 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 29 30 31 27 28 29 30 31.- 28 29 30 31 FEBRUARY AUGUST FEBRUARY AUGUST 1 I 2 3 I 2 3 4 I 2 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 5 6 7 8 9 10 II 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 2021 22 23 24 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 17 18 19 20 21 2223 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 2728 26 27 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 27 28 25 26 27 2829 30 31 MARCH SEPTEMBER MARCH SEPTEMBER | I 2 3 1 ..|.. I 2 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 8 9 10 II 12 13 14 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 lb 17 18 19 20 21 22 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 25 26 27 28 29 30 ". 23 30 "' 25 26 27 28 29 24 31 25 26 27 28 29 30 29 30 APRIL OCTOBER APRIL OCTOBER 1 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 I 2 3 4 5 6 I 2 3 4 5 6 I 2 3 4 5 8 9 10 II 12 13 14 7 8 9 10 II 12 13 7 8 9 10 II 12 13 6 7 8 9 10 II 12 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 29 30 .. 28 29 30 31 28 29 30 27 28 29 30 31 MAY NOVEMBER MAY NOVEMBER | I 2 3 4 5 I 2 3 I 2 3 4 I 2 6 7 8 9 10 II 12 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 5 6 7 8 9 10 II 3 4 S 6 7 8 9 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 20 21 22 2324 25 26 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 27 28 29 3031 25 26 27 28 29 30 26 27 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 27 28 29130 JUNE DECEMBER JUNE DECEMBER | I 2 I ..|.. .. I I 2 3 4 5 6 7 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 II 12 13 14 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 IS 16 17 18 19 20 21 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 29 30 31 30 31 ..!.. 30 .. 72 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 1916 1917 1918 JULY JANUARY JULY JANUARY S M T W T F S S M T W T F s s M T w T F S s M T W T F S .... I ..12 789 3 10 4 II s 12 6 13 I 8 2 9 3 10 4 II s 12 6 7 13 14 6 7 I 8 2 9 3 10 4 5 II 12 2 3 \ ^ 5 6 7 8 9 lo 1 1213 14 15 14 IS 16 17 18 19 20 IS 16 17 18 19 2021 13 14 15 16 17 18191 i6 17 iJ \ 19 20 21 22 21 22 23 24 2S 26 27 22 23 24 25 26 27 2h 20 21 22 23 24 2S2b| is !J 2 : 26 27 28 29 28 29 30 31 29 30 31 27 28 29 30 31 AUGUST FEBRUARY AUGUST FEBRUARY I 2 3 4 5 B 9 10 II 12 I 7. 3 I 2 3 -f , I 2 6 7 4 S 6 7 8 9 10 S 6 7 8 9 10 I 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 13 141 5 16 17 18 IC II 12 13 14 IS 16 17 12 13 14 IS 16 17 iJ 10 II 12 13 14 isit> 2021 2 2 23 24 25 2( 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 19 20 21 22 23 242 ;i7 18 19 20 21 2223 27282 93031 .. . 25 26 27 28 26 27 28 29 31 3L_ .24 ?5_ 2627 28 SEPTEMBER MARCH SEPTEMBER MARCH I 8 2 9 3 10 2 3 4 S 6 7 I . . 8 3 4 S 6 7 1 8 2 3 4 5678 9456 7 9 10 II I 213 14 15 I 6 II 12 13 14 IS 16 17 9 10 II 12 13 141 510 II 12 13 14 151 b 17 18 I 92021 22 2 3 18 1920 21 22 23 24 16 17 18 19 20 21 2 217 18 19 20 21 222 3 24252 6 27 28 29 3 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 23 30 24 25 ''. 27 282 924 ■ 31 25 2b 27 28 293 OCTOBER APRIL OCTOBER APRIL I 2 3456 7123 4 S 6 7 •■1 I 2| 3 4 5 6 .. I 2 3 4 5 6 8 91 II 12 13 I 4 8 910 II 12 13 14 7 8 9 10 II 12 I 3 7 8 9 10 II 12 1 3 IS 16 1 7 18 19202 I IS 16 17 18 iq 20 21 14 15 16 17 18 192 014 IS 16 17 18 192 22232 4 25 26 27 2 8 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 21 22 23 24 25 262 721 22 23 24 25 262 7 29 30' I . 29 30 . . 28 29 30 31 . 28 29 30 NOVEMBER MAY NOVEMBER MAY .123 4 .. .. I 2 3 4 S ..(.. I 2 3 ■• I 2 3| 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 I 1678 <5 10 II 12 4 S 6 7 8 91 S 6 7 8 9 10 I I 12 13 4 IS 16 17 I 8 13 14 IS 16 17 18 19 II 12 13 14 15 161 712 13 14 IS lb 171 8 1920- 51 22 23 24 2 5 2021 22 23 24 2S 2fc 18 19 2C 21 22 232 4 19 20 21 22 23 242 5 2627 58 29 30 . . . . 27 28 29 3C 31 .25 26 27 28 29 30 . . 26 27I28 29 30I31I • DECEMBER JUNE DECEMBER JUNE 1 II 2 2 1. 6 7 I . . 8 2 3 4 5 6 7 I 3 4 5678 9 3 4 5 t 7 8 9 4 S 8 10 II 2 13 14 IS I 6 10 II 12 13 14 IS It 9 IC II 12 i: 141 5 9 IC II 12 13 141 5 17 18 92021 22 2 3 17 18 I? 2C 21 22 21 It 17 ih i<5 2C 21 2 2ie 17 iti 19 2C 21 2 2 2425 j6|27 28 29 3 24 25 2t 27 28 29 3C 23 24 25 26 27 282 923 24 25 2t 27 282 9 31 •• .1 • J^ JJ • ■ •3C ) . _!. . 1. .1. .1 _ THE TYPE 73 CALENDAR 1917 S M 1 7 8 14 15 21 22 28 29 ■ JANUARY T W T 2 3 4 9 10 11 16 17 18 23 24 25 30 31 .. F 5 12 19 26 s 6 13 20 27 s 1 8 15 22 29 JULY M T W T F S 20 21 27 28 S M FEBRUARY T W T F 2 9 16 23 s 3 10 17 24 S AUGUST M T W T 1 2 F S 3 4 10 11 17 18 24 26 31 .. 4 6 11 12 18 19 25 26 6 7 8 13 14 15 20 21 22 27 28 .. 5 12 19 26 6 7 8 9 13 14 15 16 20 21 22 23 27 28 29 30 ■ S M MARCH T W T 1 F 2 9 16 23 30 S 3 10 17 24 31 S SEPTEMBER M T W T P S 1 4 6 11 12 18 19 25 26 6 7 8 13 14 15 20 21 22 27 28 29 2 9 16 23 30 3 4 5 6 10 11 12 13 17 18 19 20 24 25 26 27 7 8 14 15 21 22 28 29 S M 1 2 8 9 15 16 22 23 29 30 APRIL T W T 3 4 5 10 11 12 17 18 19 24 25 26 F 6 13 20 27 S 7 14 21 28 S 7 14 21 28 OCTOBER M T W T 12 3 4 8 9 10 11 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 25 29 30 31 F S 5 6 12 13 19 20 26 27 1 S M 6 7 13 14 20 21 27 28 MAY T W T 12 3 8 9 10 15 16 17 22 23 24 29 30 31 F 4 11 18 25 S 5 12 19 26 S NOVEMBER M T W T 1 F S 2 3 9 10 16 17 23 24 30 .. 4 11 18 26 6 6 7 8 12 13 14 15 19 20 21 22 26 27 28 29 , S M JUNE T W T F 1 8 15 i§ s 2 9 16 23 30 s DECEMBER M T W T P S 1 3 4 6 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 2 9 16 23 30 3 4 5 6 10 11 12 13 17 18 19 20 24 25 26 27 31 7 8 14 15 21 22 28 29 Note the bold-face figures in June and July. They indicate dates on which the summer school is in session. 74 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG CALENDAR 1915-1916 Examinations for Admission 9th Mo. 20, 21, 22, 1915 College Year, 1915-1916, begins, 9.10 a. m 9th Mo. 23 First Quarter ends, 4.00 p. m 1 1th Mo. 17. Thanksgiving Recess 11th Mo. 25, 26, 27, 28 Winter Recess begins, 4.00 p. m 12th Mo. 22 Winter Recess ends, 8.30 a. m 1st Mo. 6, 1916 Second Half-year begins, 8.30 a. m 2nd Mo. 7 Third Quarter ends, 1.00 p. m 3rd Mo. 25 Spring Recess begins, 1.00 p. m 3rd Mo. 25 Spring Recess ends, 8.30 a. m 4th Mo. 3 Senior Class Day 6th Mo. 15 Commencement and Alumni Day 6th Mo. 16 Examinations for Admission 6th Mo. 19, 20, 21 1916-1917 Examinations for Admission 9th Mo. 25, 26, 27, 1916 College Year, 1916-1917, begins, 9.10 a. m. . . .9th Mo. 28 First Quarter ends, 4.00 p. m 11th Mo. 22 Thanksgiving Recess 11th Mo. 30, 12th Mo. 1, 2, 3 Winter Recess begins, 4.00 p. m 12th Mo. 20 Winter Recess ends, 8.30 a. m 1st Mo. 4, 1917 Second Half-year begins, 8.30 a. m 2nd Mo. 12 Spring Recess begins, 1.00 p. m 3rd Mo. 24 Spring Recess ends, 8.30 a. m 4th Mo. 2 Third Quarter ends, 1.00 p. m 4th Mo. 7 Senior Class Day 6th Mo. 14 Commencement and Alumni Day 6th Mo. 15 Examinations for Admission 6th Mo. 18, 19, 20 In Haverford College's calendar may be noted the Friends' method of desig- nating the months. The leaded lo-point is far more legible than the smaller type used in the great majority of catalog calendars. Running-head omitted over drop-head on this page. THE TYPE 75 gllnmnut imx tjic fear 1916 aui) part jof t\t Ijcar 191 7. toit^ CaUnSir of liiiljersitg Cenntouieran^ |lcmarl;al)It fags. NOTE.— Those Sundays or Holydays on which the DoctorB wear their robes at Church are marked thu8(*). The Doctors wear their Congregation habits at Sermons on all Sundays daring Term, except on Quinquagesima Sunday and the Sundays in Lent. The Sermons, except on some particular days wliich are noticed in this Calendar, are delivered at St. Mary's at 10.30 a.m. The hour of the Assize Sermon varies according to the arrangements of the Assizes. JANUARY XXXI. 1916. 31 •^Circumtision. Bodleian Library closed. Radcliffe Camera open. Second Sunday after Cliristnias. Bodleian Library open from 9 to 3 in January. *C?i)ipJ)anp. Lucian. Cambridge Lent Term begi First Sunday after Epiphany. Hilary Law Tenii begins. nUary. Oxford Hilar)' or Lent Term begins. Second Sunday after Epiphany. Piisca. Fabian. Agnes. Vincent. Third Sunday after Epiphany. Full Term begins. [1] donbcraion of St. IpauL Fourth Sunday after Epiphany. [2] Sermon on Application of Messianic Propliecy. Preaclier nominated by the Yice-Chancellor. Hilary Law Term ends. Oxford University's calendar is quite intricate and detailed, an interestmg study to the American. The bold perpendicular line begins with the term. 76 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG Forms To aid those unacquainted with the mathematical intricacies of the composing room, there is here shown one of many imposition diagrams used in laying out the 17 24 81 03 IS Zl BINDER'S GRIPPER 4 29 28 6 \ S8 QS 8 Layout of form for one side (outside) of 32 page signature THE TYPE TJ form, which, when sent to the folding machine, must be correct. There are different forms, the positions of the various pages conforming to the several methods of folding. The ordinary machine however folds across the middle of the sheet, short way first, and continues right angle folds until the three folds (for sixteen page form) or four folds (for thirty-two page) have been made. The usual form is a thirty-two page which, in book or catalog work, is automatically slit while leaving the press after printing the second side of the sheet; thus, in a thirty-two page form, sixty-four pages are printed on a sheet which is divided into two thirty-two page forms, sixteen pages on each side of the half-sheet. One side of such half-sheet is here shown. See page 17. A competent lock-up man lays the pages of type on the stone without consulting any diagram. The reverse form is so laid that each page appears in its proper sequence. Printing the Backbone On catalogs of great bulk the title is almost in- variably printed across the top of the backbone. On those of lesser thickness but still of fair bulk the title is printed at right angles, usually reading from top to bottom. Pamphlets of only 32 or 48 pages are saddle- stitched, a method not admitting of any backbone surface. Every catalog or pamphlet bound in style known as side-stitch, or book-sewed with thread and with cover attached to the back by glue, should by all means be identified on the backbone. The importance of this item will be at once appreciated when examining an Exchange Catalog Shelf in which the catalogs of several hundred institutions are seen. Catalogs not identified on the backbone must be labelled with pen and ink, a tedious and usually unattractive method. n > H O >• O c w o n PJ M o . w ?o r H > z z n o r o m c r r ;d ca CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY CALENDAR 1915-1916 Price 7l6 Net CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS n: n a m z H CO n O po H 78 THE TYPE 79 Not only should the title, but the name of the In- stitution and the year of publication, appear. If all catalogs were like those of Boston University 191 5, the University of Virginia 191 5-16, the University of Illi- nois, or the General Theological Seminary, Exchange Shelves would present a wilderness of blank backbones, or if all were like that of Cornell 1914-15, the title of the publication would appear without the name of the institution. Nearly all Canadian catalogs, that of McGill being an exception, bear no title on the back- bone. It is quite surprising to note the absence of such title on the otherwise magnificent catalog of the Uni- versity of the Philippines. See opposite page 16. Practically all boys' and girls' schools oflFer no title on the backbone of their catalogs, a serious oversight. Although some college catalogs are made with the backbone title reading from bottom to top, many are properly printed with the title reading from top to bottom. The reason for this form is that when the catalog is laid flat on a table or desk, front side up, and other catalogs are placed on top of it, it is possible to read the backbone title without taking it out of the pile. The best explanation of this matter would be a glance at a pile of old magazines. It would be far better if the few catalogs whose backbone titles read from bottom to top could be treated as the great majority are, with the backbone title reading top to bottom, for the sake of uniformity of appearance in the Exchange Catalog Shelves of hundreds of institutions and libraries. The librarian customarily passes along a shelf from left to right reading from top to bottom. He is entitled to some consideration. 8o THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG r oS ' >7i > C/J wg a E^ 1 NEW YORK i| UNIVERSITY 00 UNIVERSITY g OF CALIFORNIA 10 o ♦^ C3- )|14 o ^ REGISTER ♦^ CD 1915-1916 5 e m , 1 S" 3 n ♦^ CATALOGUE 1914-1915 ^ % % « ♦^ a <1 ♦— » CD ff. m ^ 3 ^-^ 2. 1 ^ ♦-^ m _^ V-* t z ^ S3 I— ' < § en THE TYPE 8l THE STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA CATALOGUE 1914-1915 ANNOUNCEMENTS 19151916 REGISTER OF THE UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS 1915-1916 E 1914 1915 McGILL UNIVERSITY CALENDAR SESSION 1916.1917 HARVARD UNIVERSITY CATALOGUE > o 2 O > n P3 o o 6* CD Si 1915-1916 82 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG But no matter how small the catalog or bulletin may be it should be properly identified on the backbone, if it be sidestitched or sewed. Printing of Catalog Envelopes From the artistic point of view, the style of corner card appearing on the envelope used for enclosing a catalog or bulletin should be in harmony with the typographical style of the cover of the catalog. While there is no necessity for such uniformity, it is considered to be as much in good form as would be the harmony in style between one's hat and one's clothing. Some schools, particularly boys' and girls' schools, and now and then a normal school, use a mailing envelope specially made of the same paper and in the same shade and finish as the cover of the catalog, the type and ink used in the corner card conforming in style and shade to that used on the cover. Such envelopes are expensive in both material and labor for making. The examples shown herewith are reduced to one- half in each dimension, but will no doubt be sufficiently clear to convey the idea of the many styles in use. As shown in the chapter on Postal Regulations, it is well to give the notice of second-class entry on the envelope, even though the type for such notice be very small. Six-point is sometimes used for this purpose. The postal authorities request that this notice of second- class entry be printed on the envelope for the con- venience of the postmaster at destination. See page 270. return REQUEST Printers often use for all manner of catalog en- velopes, commercial or educational, return request electrotypes shown on page 86 or in other forms. These electrotyp es are used without any expense whatever to THE TYPE 83 Denison University Bulletins! E«itr.d .< tt,, CRASVILU. O. P« Ofc, BULLETIN %\^ ©nitjersitp of tift #outt) SEWANEE, TENNESSEE ONIVERSITf OF CALIFORNIA BVLLZtiH BERKELEY. CALIFORNIA t B«rkclrr C4lifamtft. m o4 Coosrett jt Juty l» ©Ijto fflfHl^yan Uniwrathi iudrtitt Splamarp. ®Ijio. QUARTERLY BULLETIN^ Washington and Lee University LEXINGTON. VIRGINIA Jibe 'Unlvcrstt? of dblcago cncuui OF e UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA W«ST PHILA. STATIO^. PHILADtUfHU. Pa. THE UNI VERSITY TuLLETINS BNTtRED AT THt PHILA . PA . POST OffIC« AS SECOMOCLASS MATTEJL ruLANE UniV£R3ITY OF LOUISIANA NEW ORLEANS BULLETIN UNIVERSITY OF NOTRE DAME, i N<rb^ Daa», tadiu* OFFICIAL REGISTER PRINCETON UNIVERSITY CEORCE WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY BULLETIN WASHINCTON. D. C 0llf¥ERSITY OF mmik RECORft raivMsmr of virginu CbH^ttenilie, Vofiiik McGILL UNIVERSITY MONTREAL CALENDAR 1916-1917 OKIVERSITY or PENNSYLVANIA THE UNTVERSITY BULLETmS TEREO AT PHILA, PA. P03I omct AS SCCOHS OPriCES OF BOSTON UNIVERSITY 688 BOYLSTON STREET BOSTON. MA5S. Boston University Bulletin Miami University Bulletin — ^la^^—a— e— — ■iB. i iiMiuM i i m— — i Published monthly by the Univeraity. Entered at OicfoKl, Ohio, as s^oo-nd- closs mall mattor. t^ (^ ^ ^ Some quarter size reproductions of catalog envelope printing. 84 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG m BULLETIN of THE WESTERN COLLEGE for WOMEN OXFORD, OHIO C.--..c.-..» i>r. ,..-.- BRYN MAWR GOLLEQE ICratttckg (Eolk^r for Bmnni SMITH CX3LLEGE BULLETIN laOUNT HOLYOKE COLLEGE BULLETINS SOUTH HADLEY, MASSACHUSETTS I Shorter College Bulletin | I ==( CATALOG NUMBER) == I I Eotood u ScMsd Clu. -UUntt •! tfc« Poit 0«iM Q I ROME. GEORGIA- \ Caft School naalciuvcn. CROrON SCHOOJ. CiBOTON. MASsjicMUsrrre Po£tA^e wilt be fonrarO«d if notificatioo of iMD-detiTer7 ifl wot to VASSAR COLLEGE WELLS COLUEGE AURORA. N. Y RETURN TO the ofi Cktl»> Sqyoro, NEW YORK. N. V »]. , r»kHl ParH Scul^ BULLETIN PHILLIPS ACADEMY ANDOVER, MASS. a irmkHi Park ScuiA CoIUDtllli. OMo "'.fi/». /■" /"""^ ''■'■" THF.nU>';1CAL SKMINAKY TO THE POSTMASTEB-lf thl» packsgo remain* uncalled ♦&» after 5 CONCORD. N. H. da,s, please notify sender and return ST. PAULS SCHOOL orricc or tnc oeam op ctudcntg Union Olljfologiral S-pratnarg IIOTH ST.. NEW 1 .jSizmri^lilitarB institute. «RMANT0*-a.0H10. MANLIUS BULLETIN SAIMT JOHKS SCHOOL MANUUS NEW YORK ,^ KISKIMINETAS SPRINGS SCHOOL SALTSBURG. PENNSYLVANIA ASHEViLLE SCHOOL. ASHEVILLE. N. O. VIRGINIA MILITARY INSTITUTE LEXINGTON, VIRGINIA ANNUAL. CATALOGUE IDotDentoton £(^ilitatp Jn»titutc SnDrntotDn. iSrti 2tWf «- TO POSTMASTER; II uD<W.veredL tt.' Ivm postage wUI be hirauhed on receipt ol notice as prescribed in section 637 P. L & R MOUNTAIN HERALD Euaed M Second Oau Minn 11 iIk |M»<*c«, ■WEST TEXAS MILITARY ACADEMY p. O. DBAWSK.UtSe SAN ANTONIO. TEXAS Some quarter size reproductions of catalog envelope printing. THE TYPE 8s Kenyon College Bulletin ■glM4HSccaa«CU«M<tl«r>ltk< Pot Oft» at S>iiiarlIiiHorp dnUrgr ffluUrtin. fruiarllminrr. Pa. Eniered at ihe Post Office at Swirihmorc, P». •s secondclaM tnattcr DARTMOUTH COLLEGE BULLETIN H \NOVER. N ,'H. Crinitp Collegt Bullcttn Ct/nitp College, E)artfotD, Conn. The College of Wooster • Ull).LET)N or Tllk CAANEaiE INSTITUTK Of TbCiINt PlTT«DDMOM. PKNK«V1,VANIA IF NOT CAXLED FOR. RETURN TO HAVERfORD COLLEGE, HAVERfORO P. 0., PA. HAVERFORD COLLEGE BULLETIN ErcerrJ Dtccmbcr 10. 1902. >t Hi.erford, Pa., u Second CUs< Mailct uikIci Act o/ Conprwol Juir UiN UM BULLETIN GEORGETOWN COLLEGE GEORGETOWN. KY HANOVER COLLEGE BULLETIN HANOVER, INDIANA MARSHALL COLLEGE HUNTINGTON. WEST Va. AmhoTsi College Ballctji Williams G)llege Bulletin WILUAMSTOWN, MASS. Entcfdu KCoud-cUa mjttCT it Ibc Pml OfUci, thil tUi copr b uodtUvtted. CEDAHVILLE COLLEGE BULLETriM CEDAKVILLt. OHfO THE REGISTRAR, AMHERST COLLEGE. AMHERST, MASS. WAYNESBURG COLLEGE BULLETIN ■Vol JX June J9I6 Na I PUULISHtD BY WAYNESBURG COLLEGE Wayncsburg, Pa. t« not eeituttfe In flue eovs noiirc Ibe Catbollc "Ulnlvcrsltp of Hmerlca Scbool of Science TOaeblnflion, S>. 0. BowdoJn College Bulletin i^cnnsplbania £0ilitarp College Ct)e0tct, ipa. Per Book Post, FROM THE REGISTRAR University of toRONTO. Some quarter size reproductions of catalog envelope printing 86 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG the printer. When such request containing pledge that return postage will be furnished appears on the catalog or bulletin envelope, the postmaster is bound to notify the sender. By this arrangement, names of persons deceased or removed to unknown address may be dropped or, in case of a new address, the mailing list may Postmaster: If not claimed please notify us and postage wi" be forwarded for return I IF NOT DIUVERED IN TEN DAYS I POSTMASTER I please send Cabd NoncB. form 3540. to I the above address, in accordance with I SrcTioN 437. P»«AOBAPB 5a. Postal Laws i and RwinLiTioKS, 1813. Return postaee 1 guaranteed. Immmm, u n i n ,„.,nn.,u,um .um,m»»K NOTICE TO POSTMASTER If impossible to deliver this to the exact address, please advise sender as the law requires aiW return postage will be furnished NOTICE TO POSTMASTER If impossible to deliver this to the exact address, notify us as the law re- quires and return stamps will be sent NOTICE TO POSTMASTER If Impossible to Deliver this to Address Given, Advise us ( As the Law Requires) and Stamps for Return Will be Sent. be corrected at the cost of a letter or two.. The catalog or bulletin may not be of value sufficient to warrant the return postage (at one cent for each four ounces or fraction thereof, if the publication be entered as second- class matter or at one cent for each two ounces or THE TYPE 87 fraction thereof if third-class or if the catalog be bound as a book, that is to say if it is fourth-class matter, at the rate of one cent for each two ounces or fraction thereof up to eight ounces and at the fourth-class pound rates if it weighs more than eight ounces), but the correction of the mailing list so secured is of real value to the institution. ENVELOPE manufacturer's NAME FORBIDDEN Certain envelope makers have, within the past year, been notified by the Third Assistant Postmaster General that the manufacturer's name can under no circumstances appear on the envelope in which college publications of second-class entry are mailed, such name being classified as advertising matter. See page 268, note. PREPARATION OF COPY COPY for a college or school catalog, being mostly reprint from former editions, should be prepared by tearing out leaves from two old catalogs and pasting them to the right of the center of copy sheets, with the changes itemized in the spacious left hand margin so afforded. Thus, for instance if pages ii and 12 (one leaf) of the old catalog contain faculty list, first apply some library paste to page 12 and affix it to a blank sheet of copy paper, thus allowing page 11 to be visible. Then repeat the operation, pasting page 1 1 to another sheet of copy paper, allowing page 12 to be visible. Delete with pencil or pen the names of any members of the faculty of the preceding year to be omitted and add in the margin (never interline reprint copy) the new name, degrees and sources. While this method of rearranging the bulk of an old catalog may seem a trifle tedious in comparison with preparing copy from just one old catalog left bound, it is the only safe method. Any errors in spelling, punc- tuation, capitalization, style or arrangement of headings will in this manner be caught in advance, and satisfac- tion as to final appearance and elimination of any bill for "Changes from Original Copy or Arrangement," will result. Style (See page ii6) By style we mean prearranged uniformity as to the kind and size of types for use in the various departments of the catalog and the headings; in the use of italics, small capitals or bold face; in the punctuation; in the PREPARATION OF COPY 89 handling of quotations and extracts; and uniformity of indentation. In some catalogs as many as four sizes of body type appear on a single page, to say nothing of italics, small capitals and perhaps several different indentations. Naturally such style is more expensive. The printer is not supposed to originate style or arrangement. Nearly all college catalogs are practically reprints of former numbers of the same publication, in which the problem of style had been solved many years before. Now and then, however, a change in style in part or all of a catalog is desired. When in doubt the editor or compiler who has access to a good Exchange Catalog Shelf can quickly solve his problem by arrang- ing his copy to conform to a satisfactory style found in the catalog of some other institution. The sending of a leaf of such other catalog to the printer will explain perfectly to him just what is wanted. The desired style should be well understood before preparation of copy is begun. If several editors are to be employed on a publication all should be given to understand that one uniform style, and that style only, is to be employed in each department. For example, if the student list should be divided by colleges in a university, the copy from each college should be identi- cal in style. As will be noted under the head of Changes, it is quite expensive to change style after the type has been set. No printer can be expected to edit and re- arrange poor copy before typesetting is begun unless he render a bill for such work. Such a charge would be just and proper but might cause ill feeling on the part of a customer whose business is no doubt valued highly by the printer. 90 THE AMERICAN COLL EGE CATALOG Uniformity in style for headings is often quite a problem when a change from former style is desired. It is suggested that a satisfactory major heading style be discovered in some other catalog. This could be marked "Heading Style A." Another style could similarly be found for a minor heading and marked "Heading B." Likewise a sub-heading "Heading C" and so on. Thus with a heading style sheet arranged by the editor to his own satisfaction, preceding the actual copy, and with style for each heading in his manuscript properly designated in the left margin, "A," "B," "C" or "D," both printer and proofreader will understand. Preparing Copy For the new lists of students, new courses of study and any other matter not reprint, copy should be type- written on a good typewriter having a good ribbon. A pale ribbon, indistinct printing of one letter on top of another, blurring from poor manifolding or failure to space between lines, will produce copy which would be termed an abomination by both the keyboard operator and the proofreader. Occasionally a new ribbon, dirty letters and a hard stroke combined, make miserable copy. Hand-written manuscript, if unusually clear and carefully prepared, may work out very nicely until proper names or foreign words appear. Trouble will then be inevitable. Copy should be on one side only of uniform sheets of white paper not too heavy and of size about 8>^xii. In new copy, not reprint, uniform spacing of three type- writer lines to the inch allows ample opportunity to insert words or lines in final editing. It is also much more easily read than if solid. Leave an inch blank at the top and at the left edge of each sheet. The printer PREPARATION OF COPY 91 needs these spaces for notation of instructions to the typesetter. Never pin anything to a sheet of copy paper. Any afterthought or insert should be prepared on a slip of paper and pasted — at the left margin only — securely to the copy sheet, with a mark to show exactly where it is to be introduced into the type. Pins invariably drop out during the heavy usage to which copy sheets are subjected in the many proofreadings and checkings required. Care should be taken that paragraphs are neither too long nor too short for the best typographic appear- ance of the page. When a paragraph of copy appears too long, the paragraph mark (^) may be inserted in the manuscript before any sentence, to indicate to the typesetter that the copy is to be broken at that point for the beginning of a new paragraph. In case there are too many paragraphs, the mark commonly used for eliminating the paragraph formation in the manu- script is "No 1[." See Glossary, page 286. Copy for title page and for cover is quite frequently forgotten by the editor. This is an important item which should not be left to the judgment of the printer. It is also a detail which should be given much thought, in case there is any possibility for improvement in style. The simplest method of designating a new typographical style for the cover is to prepare the copy on a sheet of copy paper and attach thereto with a clip the cover and backbone taken from some catalog of satisfactory style, or the front cover from one such catalog and the cover backbone from another. Of scientific copy it is well to retain a carbon of each sheet. This is inexpensive, as cheap tissue paper is 92 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG used. A duplicate set of copy sheets in the possession of the author facilitates communication by wire, telephone or even letter. In the case of a valuable manuscript, duplicates should by all means be retained. CAPITALS, SMALL CAPITALS, itdics and bold face should be uniformly underscored by hand, with three lines for CAPITALS, two lines for small capi- tals, one line for italics and a wavy line for bold. The use of small capitals, italics and bold face some- times adds to the expense of typesetting, but not always. To specify italics = italics To specify small capitals =• small capitals To specify capitals and small capitals = Capitals and — ^ ' = " Small Capitals To specify capitals = CAPITALS To specify bold face =- bold face To specify boMc^a£itah=== BOLD CAPITALS Each sheet of copy should be consecutively num- bered in the upper right hand corner. Numbering should not be begun until every sheet of copy is ready, including title page and table of contents. Sometimes the index is in the front of the book, in which case pages are not assigned until the book is paged in print. See page 144. For temporary use, sheets of copy might be numbered slightly in lead pencil, to be erased when final numbering is made. If duplicate carbon copies are retained, they should be numbered to correspond exactly with the original copy sheets. The printer desires his copy to be in sheets of uniform size and so carefully numbered that in the event a sheet or a PREPARATION OF COPY 93 number of sheets should be dropped on the floor or blown out of the window, the consecutive order of the copy- could be immediately rearranged. This is possible because of the job number placed by rubber stamp at the top of each sheet, after the copy reaches the printer. It is usually best and more economical in point of time, to hold back copy on a book until it is all ready. Unless the catalog makes hundreds of printed pages, it is poor economy to send copy to the printer in instal- ments. This only makes confusion. Student lists, however, if in the last department of the catalog, being usually of different size type and always of different style, may be sent later, without inconvenience. The index is prepared from page proofs. See page 145. Author's notes of explanation or instruction to compositor should be written in left margin of copy sheet. It is difficult for the inexperienced author to specify exactly how much or how little copy is to be contained in a single page of type. Editors of wide experience and knowledge may be able to do this. It is sometimes hard for even the printer to arrange type pages where one or even two lines at the beginning or at the end of a para- graph must be taken away from or added to a page of type. The first line of a paragraph should never appear at the bottom of any type page. Neither should the last line of a paragraph appear at the top of any type page. Monotype System in its chapter "Preparation of Copy," sounds the following warning to all concerned : The proprietor buys a composing machine to enable a man to work at five or six times his speed setting type by hand. But is there anything about any composing machine to enable its operator to decipher bad copy more quickly 94 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG than a man setting the same matter at the case? The com- posing machine speeds up a man's fingers, not his brain. Careful tests show that bad copy will often reduce an opera- tor's output more than one-third; that is, to save the fancied expense of preparing copy, the proprietor will be content with but two-thirds of the return he should receive from his money invested in a machine and the wages he pays its operator. Remember that this loss occurs not only on bad copy, but also on the good copy that follows; the operator who must slow up for bad copy inevitably loses the free and easy finger motion necessary for speed. What is the cost of editing copy.^ Is it not a fact that the errors must be taken out of the copy some time .'' Is it not cheaper to read and correct the copy, in the proof-room, as carefully as a first proof is read from unedited copy.^ After that, proofreading consists of comparing proof with edited copy. Certainly it is quicker and cheaper to correct a mistake in the copy with a pencil than to correct a mistake in type. But the cost of correcting the type is insignificant compared to the loss of product caused by unedited copy. An operator producing 5,000 ems an hour hits three KEYS every second, sets thirty words a minute, a word every two seconds. Surely no further argument as to the advantage of furnishing the operator clean copy is necessary. COPY PAPER For the sake of uniformity, all better class printers prefer to furnish, free of charge, sufficient copy paper for the entire book, in advance of the preparation of the copy, upon notice that they are to have the contract for the printing. This they will furnish in size 8^x11 or 8^x5^ to suit the preference of the author. Number of Words to Page The mathematical problem of twelve points to the pica, six picas or seventy-two points to the inch, seems simple at first, but when the uninitiated is shown how 7.2 lines of solid lo-point or nine lines of leaded 6-point fill one inch vertical and how a "22 em" (pica) line of lo-point contains 26.4 ems actual measurement, he finds himself in a hopeless labyrinth. PREPARATION OF COPY 95 APPROXIMATING AN ESTIMATE The practical question to be settled quickly and reliably is, how many words of copy can be allowed for given specifications as to number of printed pages of a certain size type and of fixed type-page dimensions The average typewritten line contains about twelve words. The average sheet of typewritten copy, 8^xi i, if spaced, will contain three typewritten lines to the inch. About twenty-eight lines of such copy, total about 336 words, will fill such a sheet. An editor can in a moment check these average figures by counting words in his own lines, the style of language causing only slight variation. For the other part of the problem it is short work to count words in two or three dozen lines of printed matter set in same type and same measure as specified for the prospective publication, strike an average, then average the number of printed lines to the full size style of printed page desired and divide the total number of words in the entire copy by the number of printed words in the specimen page. Illustrations, dropped headings and blank portions of pages must be taken into account. Excluding such exceptions, this simple method of estimating will be found fairly ac- curate. Partial lines at beginning and end of para- graphs should be counted as full lines in fitting manu- script to prospective printed page. It appears also that 5.4 keystrokes, including spaces, on any make of typewriter of any size letter, make one average word of ordinary reading matter copy. Thus the average twelve word line above referred to will con- tain 65 strokes, including spaces. The length of such line will be, if on the ordinary pica typewriter, 6.5 inches (10 strokes to inch) ; if on the larger letter, great primer 96 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG typewriter, 7,2 inches (9 strokes to inch); if on the small letter elite typewriter, 5.4 inches (12 strokes to snch). Two characters, that is to say two strokes, on any typewriter will average one set-em of type. There- fore in averaging ordinary reading matter set in roman lower case, we find that one word equals 2.7 set-ems of any size of printed type, the twelve word line 32.4 set-ems and the 28 line (336 word) page of such copy, 907 set-ems. See pages 109, 115, 287 for method of reducing set-ems to ems of point measure. A MORE ACCURATE METHOD The great monotype catalog of faces contains a vast amount of information of assistance in rapidly cal- culating the number of words in any size and face of monotype cast type to be contained in any given space. These figures apply to ordinary reading matter only when set in the usual roman caps and lower case and can not be used in connection with caps alone, caps and small caps or bold-face, all of which are more extended than ordinary lower case. Italics, being more condensed than roman, must not be computed by this system, which is based upon the decimal of a word to the horizontal pica. Thus in 12-point Caslon .37 word in one pica is multiplied by the line length in picas, which in the specimens here given is 24, (four inches) 8.88 words to line, six lines to vertical inch equaling 53.28 words to four square inches. For num- ber of words to running inch in each line multiply the decimal of word to pica by six, which in this in- stance would be 2.22. Lines of text matter in this book being i2-point type, 24 picas long, will be found to contain an average of 8.88 words each. PREPARATION OF COPY 97 Some Type Specimens The sizes and faces shown in the following pages are selected because of their popularity. No showing is made of y-point, 9-point or ii-point, as such sizes are not so frequently used. In the type examples selected not only is the body type (capitals and lower case of roman) shown, but also the CAPITALS as in the headings, the Capitals and Small Capitals as in the first half of the lines "Sample of, etc.," SMALL CAPITALS as in the second half of the same lines, italic in CAPITALS, lower case and some figures as in the lines "4 square inches, etc.," and lastly the arable figures. There are also shown in some in- stances 14-point and i8-point type suitable for certain kinds of headings, generally used in capitals and lower case as all-capitals would be too large for a dignified style. Bold face is occasionally used for headings of various kinds. A minimum showing of this style is given. A number of other examples of type face and size may be found in the sample pages from catalogs appearing elsewhere in this book. In many instances the face and size are mentioned in the caption beneath the page example. Reference to the index under the item Type will reveal many such exhibits of type faces. The matter used is from Thayer's Life of John Hay. The averages may be proven, not from the few lines se- lected, but from a goodly portion of the book. 98 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG CASLON FACE, 12-Point, 12 set Sample of Solid Type, 6 lines to inch When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. "I saw it was best for him to start off that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for 4 SQUARE INCHES will average 53.28 words; 13.32 words to square inch, .37 to pica Sample of Leaded Type,* 5.14 lines to inch When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. "I saw it was best for him to start off that 4 SQUARE INCHES will average 45.64 words; 1 1. 41 words to square inch, .37 to pica 1234567890 CASLON FACE, io-Point, 10 set Sample of Solid Type, 7.2 lines to inch When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. "I saw it was best for him to start off that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it would be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to go out at once." Until Mr. Hay's death, nearly four years later, he and 4 SQUARE INCHES will average 76 words; jg words to square inch; .44 to pica *The body matter of this book is set in 12-point Caslon, leaded. PREPARATION OF COPY 99 CASLON FACE, io-Point— Continued Sample of Leaded Type, 6 lines to inch When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. "I saw it was ^est for him to start off that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it would be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to go out at 4 SQUARE INCHES will average 63.36 words; 15.84 words to square inch, .44 to pica 1234567890 CASLON FACE, 8-Point, 8 set Sample of Solid Type, 9 lines to inch When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. "I saw it was best for him to start off that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it would be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to go out at once." Until Mr. Hay's death, nearly four years later, he and President Roosevelt lived on intimate terms, official and personal. The President enjoyed Hay's sparkling con- versation and irony; Mr. Hay appreciated the President's vigor and down-rightness, his humor and dash and talent, and his enlivening surprises; he felt, too, the Presi- 4 SQUARE INCHES will average 118. 8 words; 2g.j words to square inch, .55 to pica Sample of Leaded Type, 7.2 lines to inch, When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. "I saw it was best for him to start off that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it would be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to go out at once." Until Mr. Hay's death, nearly four years later, he and President Roosevelt lived on intimate terms, official and personal. The President enjoyed Hay's sparkling con- 4 SQUARE INCHESwillaverage g5.04words;2$.76words to square inch, .55 to pica 1234567890 This line is 18-Point CASLON This line is 14-Point CASLON lOO THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG CHELTENHAM WIDE FACE, 12-Point, 12 Set Sample of Solid Type, 6 lines to inch When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay- met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. " I saw it was best for him to start off that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for 4 SQUARE INCHES will average 53.28 words; 1332 words to square inch, .37 to pica Sample of Leaded Type, 5.14 lines to inch When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. " I saw it was best for him to start off that 4 SQUARE INCHES will average 45.64 words; 11.41 words to square inch, .37 to pica 1 234567890 CHELTENHAM WIDE FACE. 10-Point, 10 Set Sample of Solid Type, 7.2 lines to inch When the President reached Washington. Mr. Hay met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. " I saw it was best for him to start off that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it would be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to go out at once." Until Mr. Hay's death, nearly four years later, he and 4 SQUARE INCHES will average 76 words; 19 words to square inch, .44 to pica 1 8-Point CHELTENHAM WIDE This line is 14-Point CHELTENHAM WIDE PREPARATION OF COPY lOI CHELTENHAM WIDE FACE, 10-Point, Continued Sample of Leaded Type, 6 lines to inch When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of Ustening to the Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. " I saw it was best for him to start off that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it would be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to go out at 4 SQUARE INCHES will average 63.36 words; 15.84 words to square inch, .44 to pica 1 234567890 CHELTENHAM WIDE FACE. 8-Point. 83^ Set Sample of Solid Type, 9 lines to inch When the President reached Washington. Mr. Hay met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. " I saw it was best for him to start off that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it would be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to go out at once." Until Mr. Hay's death, nearly four years later, he and Presi- dent Roosevelt lived on intimate terms, official and personal. The President enjoyed Hay's sparkling conversation and irony; Mr. Hay appreciated the President's vigor and down-rightness, his humor and dash and talent. 4 SQUARE INCHES will average 112.32 words; 28.08 words to square inch. .52 to pica Sample of Leaded Type, 7.2 lines to inch When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. " I saw it was best for him to start off that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it would be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to go out at once." Until Mr. Hay's death, nearly four years later, he and Presi- dent Roosevelt lived on intimate terms, official and personal. The President 4 SQUARE INCHES will average 89.86 words; 22.46 words to square inch, .52 to pica 1 234567890 This line is 12-Point CHELTENHAM BOLD This line is 10-Point CHELTENHAM BOLD This line is 8-Point CHELTENHAM BOLD Thi.s line is 6-Point CHELTENHAM BOLD I02 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG SCOTCH ROMAN FACE, 12-Point, 12 Set Sample of Solid Type, 6 lines to inch When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. "I saw it was best for him to start off that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for i SQUARE INCHES will average 53.28 words; 13.32 words to square inch, .37 to pica Sample of Leaded Type, 5.14 lines to inch When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. "I saw it was best for him to start off that 4 SQUARE INCHES will average Ji.5.64 ivordsf ILIfl words to square inch, .37 to pica 1234567890 SCOTCH ROMAN FACE, 10-Point, 10 Set Sample of Solid Type, 7.2 lines to inch When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of Ustening to the Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. " I saw it was best for him to start off that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it would be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to go out at once." Until Mr. Hay's death, nearly four years later, he and 4 SQUARE INCHES vnll average 76 words; 19 words to square inch, 44 to pica PREPARATION OF COPY I03 SCOTCH ROMAN FACE, 10-Point, Continued Sample of Leaded Type, 6 lines to inch When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of hstening to the Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. " I saw it was best for him to start off that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it would be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to go out at 4 SQUARE INCHES will average 63.36 words; 15.84 words to square inch, .44 to pica 12345 67890 SCOTCH ROMAN FACE, 8-Point, 8 Set Sample of Solid Type, 9 lines to inch When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. "I saw it was best for him to start off that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it would be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to go out at once." Until Mr. Hay's death, nearly four years later, he and President Roosevelt lived on intimate terms, official and personal. The President enjoyed Hay's sparkling con- versation and irony; Mr. Hay appreciated the President's vigor and down-rightness, his humor and dash and talent, and his enlivening surprises; he felt, too, the Presi- i SQUARE INCHES will average 118.8 words; 29.7 words to square inch. .55 to 'pica Sample of Leaded Type, 7.2 unes to inch When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of listening to the Secretary's desu-e to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. "I saw it was best for him to start off that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it would be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to go out at once." Until Mr. Hay's death, nearly four years later, he and President Roosevelt lived on intimate terms, official and personal. The President enjoyed Hay's sparkling con- ^ SQUARE INCHES will average 95.0^ words; 23.76 words to square inch, .55 to pica 1234567890 This line is 18-Point SCOTCH This line is U-Point SCOTCH I04 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG CENTURY FACE, 12-Point, 12 Set Sample of Solid Type, 6 lines to inch When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay- met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stayon and carry out the work he was doing. "I saw it was best for him to start off that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for Jf SQUARE INCHES will average 53.28_ words; 13.32 words to square inch, .37 to pica Sample of Leaded Type, 5.14 lines to inch When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay- met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. " I saw it was best for him to start off that Jf SQUARE INCHES will average U5.6\ words; ll.Jfl words to square inch, .37 to pica 1234567890 CENTURY FACE, 10-Point, 10>^ Set Sample of SoLm Type, 7.2 lines to inch When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. " I saw it was best for him to start off that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it would be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to go out at once." Until Mr. -4 SQUARE INCHES will average 72.58 words; 18. lit words to square inch, .^2 to pica PREPARATION OF COPY IO5 CENTURY FACE, 10-Point, Continued Sample of Leaded Type, 6 lines to inch When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. " I saw it was best for him to start off that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it would be worse to say I would U SQUARE INCHES will average 6048 words; 15.12 words to square inch, 42 to pica 1234567890 CENTURY FACE, 8-Point, 8% Set Sample of Solid Type, 9 lines to inch When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. "I saw it was best for him to start off that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it would be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to go out at once." Until Mr. Hay's death, nearly four years later, he and President Roosevelt lived on intimate terms, official and personal. The President enjoyed Hay's sparkling conversation and irony; Mr. Hay appreciated the President's vigor and down-rightness, his i SQUARE INCHES will average 108 words; 27 words to square inch, .5 to pica Sample op Leaded Type, 7.2 lines to inch When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. "I saw it was best for him to start off that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it would be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to go out at once." Until Mr. Hay's death, nearly four years later, he and President Roosevelt lived on intimate terms, official ^ SQUARE INCHES will average 864 words; 21.6 words to square inch, .5 to pica 1234567890 I06 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG CENTURY FACE, 6-Point,* 7 Set Sample of Solid Type, 12 Lines to Inch When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. " I saw it was best for him to start off that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it would be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to go out at once." Until Mr. Hay's death, nearly four years later, he and President Roosevelt lived on intimate terms, official and personal. The President enjoyed Hay's sparkling conversation and irony; Mr. Hay appreciated the President's vigor and down-rightness, his humor and dash and talent, and his enlivening surprises; he felt, too, the President's masterful grip on the international relations of the government. Mr. Roosevelt, a voracious reader, found in Mr. Hay not only a lover of literature but a maker of it, and a critic of fine taste. At the outset a day rarely went by when the Secretary and his Chief did not meet to confer on public matters, and on the margins of the frequent notes which passed between them there were often i- SQUARE INCHES will average 181. Wt words; US.SG words to square inch, .63 to pica 1234567890 Sample of Leaded Type, 9 Lines to Inch When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. " I saw it was best for him to start ofif that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it would be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to go out at once." Until Mr. Hay's death, nearly four years later, he and President Roosevelt lived on intimate terms, oflBcial and personal. The President enjoyed Hay's sparkling conversation and irony; Mr. Hay appreciated the President's vigor and down-rightness, his humor and dash and talent, and his enlivening surprises; he felt, too, the President's masterful grip on the international relations of the government. Mr. Roosevelt, a voracious reader, found SQUARE INCHES will average 136.0S words; 3^.02 words to square inch, .63 to pica 1234567890 This line is 18-Point CENTURY This line is 14-Point CENTURY This line is 12-Point CENTURY BOLD This Une is lO-Point CENTURY BOLD This line is 8-Point CENTURY BOLD This line is 6-Point CENTURY BOLD *Such small type should not be used in any quantity in such wide measure. It is more properly used in quantity in two columns for index pages in very large catalogs. See pages 32, 150, 151 and 180. PREPARATION OF COPY lO/ The larger the type the less the number of words to the printed page and vice versa. Thus, any given surface of 6-point type solid will contain theoretically, but not actually, four times as many words as of 12- point solid, if of the same face. When the President reached Washington, Mr. Hay met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to re- sign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. "I saw it was best for him to start off that way, and so I said I would stay, for- ever, of course, for it would be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to go out at once." Until Mr. Hay's death, nearly four years later, he and President Roosevelt lived on intimate terms, official and per- sonal. The President enjoyed Hay's sparkling conversation When the President reached Washing- ton, Mr. Hay met him at the railway station; and Mr. Roosevelt, instead of listening to the Secretary's desire to resign, made him promise to stay on and carry out the work he was doing. " I saw it was best for him to start off that way, and so I said I would stay, forever, of course, for it would be worse to say I would stay awhile, than it would be to go out at once." Until Mr. Hay's death, nearly four years later, he and President Roosevelt lived on intimate terms, official and personal. The President enjoyed Hay's sparkling conversation 12-P01NT vs 6-PoiNT. To disprove the supposition, occasionally met with, that 6-point type occupies only one fourth the space required for i2-point: — ^The reading matter above is of exactly the same volume in each specimen. The set- em of i2-point Century is square whereas the set-em of 6-point Century is 6 points high but 7 points wide, requiring nineteen lines of 6-point as against only sixteen lines of i2-point. Different faces of type in the same size differ some- what as to number of words to the line or page. A I08 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG hundred pages of manuscript would therefore require less pages of print if set in lo-point Caslon than if set in the wider lo-point Century. The typesetting would cost the same to produce in the galley but there would be a little less paper, paging, press-work and binding. In lO-point Caslon solid, the average is something like 19 words to the square inch, whereas the same in lo-point Century would average about 18.14 words, 4-8 per cent more words in the Caslon than in the Century. Thus it will be seen that lo-point Century is a more expensive face of type by reason of the extra pages it would require for the same amount of manuscript. See the lo-point types on pages 98 and 104. In comparing what are known as the same faces in foundry cast type, monotype, and linotype, it is to be observed that monotype, usually a trifle more "lean," contains from two to six per cent more matter in any given space. ESTIMATING MONOTYPE COMPOSITION Each stroke of a typewriter, no matter whether the key struck be a capital or a small letter, M, 1, or . , covers exactly the same horizontal space in the type- written line. There can be no possible variation in space in typewritten copy, unless more than one space be used between words. In type there is no such uni- formity, M or W being several times as wide as 1, i, j, or several other characters. Certain averages however, in wide and narrow letters and spaces in type have been discovered and are sufficiently well established to be considered a law governing space occupied. This is especially true of the product of the monotype machine. For the preparation of copy for composition on the monotype, there is a simple rule that 53 strokes, including spaces, on the keys of any typewriter will PREPARATION OF COPY IO9 result in 25 set-ems of roman caps and lower case read- ing matter in any size. The 53 strokes on the stand- ard pica typewriter which makes 10 strokes to each horizontal inch, will cover a line 5.3 inches in length. 53 strokes on the elite or long primer typewriter making 12 strokes to the inch, will cover a line 4.42 inches long. 53 strokes on the great primer typewriter making only 9 strokes to the inch would stretch the line to 5.9 inches in length. If the typewriter be adjusted to the average length of line mentioned it will be found that a sheet of 25 lines of such manuscript will equal 625 set-ems of composition, 8 such sheets making 5000 set-ems, 80 such sheets 50,000 set-ems, etc. Thus what might be termed the standard size type page, used in so many college catalogs, 23 X 40 pica ems (3% x6% inches) will contain, allowing % inches from vertical dimension for running-head, an occasional drop-head, and now and then a page not quite full, the following: 828 set-ems in 36 type lines of 12-point solid 690 set-ems in 30 type lines of 12-point leaded 1 187 set-ems in 43 type lines of lo-point solid 994 set-ems in 36 type lines of lo-point leaded 1863 set-ems in 54 type lines of 8-point solid 1484 set-ems in 43 type lines of 8-point leaded 3312 set-ems in 72 type lines of 6-point solid 2484 set-ems in 54 type lines of 6-point leaded In connection with the above it should be borne in mind that the set-em is not always identical with the em used as a basis for estimating the quantity of com- position. Thus the 12-point faces of type are practical- ly all known as 12-set, in which size foundry type and monotype closely correspond. There is some variation in the smaller sizes, especially in the 6-point faces, no THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG ClQ) C^ U>H SCL.r^ O CO 4^ P*> •t-'Oi 9'> _. . w la COx: <lir-ltD «4a«m>>00 Eh oI lO W ©SoJlS H-1^ C4:> C"^ iEHc8rC;<DH«D Pd 0«f-i <y«t-'tO *^ . O * ^ g (0 W ^*^ «+* ^^ ^ ^ «._i5S2 EH lO W 4^ 0» <Dr-l«r^t- g rt GO ^""o^^O S^cS^g Mg-'^-g <cu}^^'^cD rtofi^^oo ;:|«§^rtS pt3 O) t3 C1D^^- a Ona cat- rt0;'O>> c- O^^P-HIO CDghP^HjO «a&8?S ^''rH^^gS ^Ir^^t^ S^^'S^S -^•tif^ :*^^a^^g -l-SsSI 01 •^ • r- ^o^^oio B'S'^mSS; S-.2'gp.2 g'^^'cd^S i*^D.^*SS «,S5g§S g-^co'^'S^ ^«r:3'3>.g «ov..^g CDX10>0 "S*^W§S «^^.^oS cja>4^pccr> oo^ c- ^ S « p.co ^ CO cooo •HMO •<Htc ^to4>o)P>>w TOO<M o -P jqoin ' '^ -* lO E^ lO •H <» hiiH With mathematical accuracy 53 strokes, including spaces, on typewriter of any size or make will produce 25 set-ems of type on the monotype machine. PREPARATION OF COPY III Admission of Students Application for Admission Candidates for admission are registered only after they have filled out and returned to the Dean a registration blank and presented satisfactory evidence in regard to character, ability as students, and physical fitness for a college course. This blank must be accompanied by a deposit of ten dollars. This deposit will be transferred from year to year when the application is renewed and deducted from the final tuition payment. In case of withdrawal, or transfer of the application to another year, notice must be sent to the Dean before August 25th; otherwise the deposit will be forfeited. Requirements for Admission Total Requirement: 15 units. (A unit represents such an amount of work as is ordinarily ac- complished in one subject during a school year with five recitation periods a week.) COLLEGE COURSE Required of all Candidates Enghsh 3 units Mathematics 2>^ units History 1 unit Above is a portion of a page set from a sheet of copy as reproduced in the accompanying insert. It will be noted that the major head is of 14-point caps and lower case, designated in the copy as "heading style A," mutually understood in advance. The type to be used is also understood in advance to be lo-point Century, 22 ems pica wide. The heading "College Course" is underscored by the three parallel lines for all caps, the sub-head propedy marked for caps and small caps, the matter desired to be emphasized by italics underscored with one straight line, the bold heads underscored with the wavy line, and the indication for smaller type properly noted. The typewritten lines average in length the 53 strokes necessary to fill the space between the vertical lines, some lines being longer and some shorter. In the left margin the lay-out man in the composing room is to enter his instructions for the keyboard operators. The job is known by number only in the shop, which number is placed with large rubber stamp in the upper right corner. The consecutive copy sheet number is entered above with a pen by the author before the manuscript is sent to the printer. 112 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG Caslon for Instance being 6}4 set-ems to each 6 ems of point system measurement, while Oldstyle, Century, and many others are 7 set-ems to each 6 ems of measure by points. In this connection it should be noted that printers invariably measure type on the point basis and as if set for the full dimensions of the type page, making no allowance for any leading or blank space appearing on the page. See also page 115. AVERAGE NUMBER OF WORDS TO GIVEN SPACE It has been found that practically all ordinary copy, descriptive or historical, runs about the same number of words to any space of set type in the same size, set and face. Lincoln's Address at Gettysburg and Lee's Oration at the Funeral of Washington average well in this particular with ordinary manuscript. Copy which is botanical, geological, or of other scientific nature is apt to contain longer words, which means less words to the line and page, than would be found in the essay of a preparatory school student. Tabular, mathematical, centered or displayed matter, lists of names in columns, indented paragraphs, quotations in smaller type, and schedules containing lines of various sizes of type cannot be considered with any degree of accuracy in calculating set type space to be occupied. Any copy which can be prepared in straight lines on the typewriter can be so estimated. ACTUAL ESTIMATE OF LINES OF TYPE By the following table the editor may reach approx- imate conclusions as to the number of such typewritten lines of copy required to fill a type page of given dimensions and containing a certain number of lines of certain size and face of type. The table is prepared for the so-called standard {t) size catalog page 23 X 40 PREPARATION OF COPY "3 pica ems (3% X 6% inches). Allowance of % inch is made for running-heads and blank space, thus making 6 inches of vertical type measurement. The only pos- sible variation lies in the fact that no two individual operators on the monotype keyboard will handle their spacing problems alike. Variations bound to exist between different operators will therefore be observed in the preparation of any such table as the following. The variations between some of the faces of type in some of the sizes, especially the smaller sizes, are due to technical differences in the very accurately calculated set-ems of the monotype system, a matter not to be quickly understood by the layman. Number of S3 Stroke Typewritten Lines Required to Fill a Type Page 23 X 40 Pica Ems, j% X 6% inches {net 23 X 36 reading matter.) NAME OF TYPE 12- point solid lines of type 12- point leaded ,3° lines of type 10- point solid 43 lines of type 10- point leaded lines of type 8- point solid lines of type 8- point leaded lines of type 6- point solid 72 lines of type 6- point leaded 54 lines of type Caslon 33-1 27.6 47.6 39-8 74-5 59.3 I2I.6 91.6 Scotch Roman 33-1 27.6 47.6 39-8 74.5 59-3 I 21.6 91.6 Cheltenham Wide 33-1 27.6 47.6 39.8 69.6 SS-4 II2.9 84.7 Century 33-1 27.6 45-3 37.8 68.1 54-2 II2.9 84.7 Bodoni 33-1 27.6 47.6 39.8 69.6 55-4 II2.9 84.7 French Oldstyle 36.1 30.1 47.6 39-8 69.6 55-4 1 12.9 84.7 Oldstyle 33-1 27.6 47.6 39-8 69.6 55-4 II2.9 84.7 114 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG For Other sizes of type page, calculations may be based on the foregoing table as follows: if it be desired to know how many 53 stroke lines of typewritten copy will fill a page of solid 12-point Caslon, the type page dimensions being 22 X 38 pica ems instead of the 23 X 40 page in the table, the problem is, (allowing the ^ inches, 4 pica ems vertical measure for running- head, spaces, etc.) : 23 X (40 -4) =23 X 36. 22 X (38 -4) =22 X 34. 23 X 36:33.1 lines of copy: : 22 X 34: ^ lines of copy. 23 X 36 = 828. 22 X 34 = 748. 828 : 33.1 : : 748: x. x = 29.9 lines of copy. The same result may be reached by using inches instead of pica ems, in the calculations as follows (still allowing the same ^ inches vertical for running-heads, spaces, etc.) : for the page in the table, 23 x 40 pica ems, 23 pica ems horizontal is 3% inches, 3.83+. 40 pica ems vertical is 6^ inches, from which deduct the ^ inches for head, etc., net 6 inches. For the compara- tive page 22 X 38 pica ems, 22 pica ems horizontal is 3^ inches, 3.66+. 38 pica ems vertical is 6>^ inches, from which deduct the ^ inches for head, etc., net 5^ inches, 5.66+. 3.83 X 6 = 23 square inches. 3.66 x 5.66 = 20.77 square inches. 23 square inches : 33.1 lines of copy : : 20.77 square inches : x lines of copy. 33.1 X 20.77 = 687.4 687.4 -^ 23 = 29.9 lines of copy. Thus the amount of copy to fill any size type page of any size type, solid or leaded, may be determined in similar methods of computation. PREPARATION OF COPY II5 NUMBER OF EMS TO SQUARE INCH Reduce page dimensions to square inches of surface. Multiply the number of square inches by the number of ems per square inch in the table below. Thus if the type page measure 4x7, the exact size of the ordinary pages in this book, 28 square inches, and is set in i2-point, as is the body matter of this book, multiply 28 by 36, equalling 1,008 ems to full page. One hundred such pages would make 100,800 ems. Leaded matter is measured in the same manner as though it were set solid. In 5-point type multiply square inches by 207.36 In 6-point type muhiply square inches by 144. In 7-point type muhiply square inches by 105.8 In 8-point type multiply square inches by 81. In 9-point type multiply square inches by 64. In lo-point type multiply square inches by 51.84 In ii-point type multiply square inches by 42.84 In l2-point type multiply square inches by 36. In 14-point type multiply square inches by 26.45 A word averages 2.7 ems, but the em (by points) is not always the same as the set-em. For instance 12- point French Oldstyle is ii-set,less than an em, whereas Caslon and many other 12-point faces are 12-set, each an exact em. Century 6-point is 7-set, the set-em measuring as iVe ems, point measure, etc. STYLE AND EXAMPLES (See page 88) The Typothetae Style-book SOME few compilers of college catalogs are not so careful as they might be in their style for abbreviations, capitalization, italics and the like, in their preparation of copy. For such, several pages of extracts from the Style-book of The United Typo- thetae and Franklin Clubs of America, the one great organization of master printers, are given. The follow- ing rules for style, brought out in 1916, are based generally upon Goold Brown's Grammar of English Grammars, "the most thorough and exhaustive treatise on the English language ever written," and the Standard Dictionary. Brief extracts from several other style- books are appended. Abbreviations Abbreviate military and civic titles when preceding a full name: as, Dr. John Smith; Gen. U. S. Grant. Spell them out when they do not precede a full name: as, Doctor Smith; Colonel Bryan. Abbreviate Company when character & is used: as, A.J. Johnson & Co. When short & is not used, spell out company: as, Todd-Davis Company. Abbreviate names of states and territories following towns, except Alaska, Idaho, Iowa, and Utah, as follows: Ala., Ariz., Ark., *Cal., Colo., Conn., D. C, Del., Fla., Ga., 111., Kan., Ky., La., Md., Me., Mass., Mich., Minn., Miss., Mo., Mont., Neb., Nev., N. C, N. D., N. H., N. J., N. M., N. Y., O., Okla., Ore., Pa., R. I., S. C, S. D., Tenn., Tex., Va., Vt., Wash., W. Va., Wis., Wyo.f" *Californians generally use "Calif.," which differs from all style-book ab- breviation for that state. Postal authorities use "Cal." fThe postal authorities use some abbreviations differing from those common- ly considered proper, as follows: — Kans., Nebr., N. Dak., N. Mex., Oreg., S. Dak., Maine and Ohio not being abbreviated. 116 STYLE AND EXAMPLES II/ Capitalization In capitalizing, the style should be down except when special instructions to the contrary are given. Wayne county, Clyde river, New York Central railroad, state, president, etc. But capitalize the full corporate title when it is given: as, The Chicago & North-Western Railroad Company. Capitalize words designating definite regions: as, the Orient, the boundless West, the Gulf Coast. Lower-case eastern New York, northern Maine, and similar phrases. Capitalize names of important events and things: as, the Reformation, the Revolution, the Middle Ages, the Union, the Government. Capitalize the names of political parties: as, Republican, Democratic, etc. Capitalize titles of nobility when referring to specific persons: as, the Prince of Wales. Capitalize titles preceding names: as. President Roose- velt, Doctor Jones ; but not the president of the Erie railroad. Capitalize specific titles: as, Thank you. Professor; the Colonel will soon be here. Capitalize Church, when used as opposed to the world. Capitalize the principal words and the last word in titles of books, plays, lectures, pictures, and newspaper and maga- zine articles. Capitalize fanciful names given to states, cities, etc.: as, the Keystone State; the Crescent City. Capitalize First ward. Fifth street, Third regiment, and the like. In compound words capitalize each word if it would be capitalized when standing alone. Put a. m. and p. m. in lower-case. Use capitals for genus and lower-case for species: as. Staphylococcus pyogenes. Bacillus coli communis, etc. Citations In citing pages or years, commas between the figures mean that only the pages or years actually shown are to be considered. If an en dash is used the figures appearing and all that have been omitted are meant. Thus, "Code of Civil Procedure, pp. 20, 24, 36," refers to the three pages only; while "General Statutes, pp. 147-153," means all the pages from 147 to 153 inclusive. Citations must appear as follows: I Kings, iv, 3; Acts, ii, 4. Hamlet, act iv, scene 3. Art. IX, Sec. 9. Il8 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG The State, ex rel. Jones, v. Rid. Co., 56 Kan. 325. Thompson v. Dundy et al., 21 N. Y. 79. National Bank v. Murphy, 54 Iowa, 728. Osier, Modern Medicine, vol. viii, pp. 26, 27. Dates In dates omit d, th, and st, when the year is given: as, October 9, 1906. Use them when the year is omitted: as, the work must be shipped October 20th. Make it 2d and 3d, not 2nd and 3rd. In giving a series of two or more years express them thus : 1906-07, not 1906-7. Italics Set names of newspapers, magazines, and books, in italic, and do not quote them. Words and phrases from foreign languages are to be set in italic. Italicize e. g., i. e., viz. Possessive Case Singular nouns ending in s take an apostrophe and another s to show the possessive case. King James's reign; Jones's scales; Bass's ale; Chambers's encyclopedia. Quotations* Periods and commas following the last word of a quota- tion always precede the quotation-marks. The other points precede them when the whole sentence is quoted, and follow them when the last word or clause is quoted. Example: The telegram read, "Come at once." Does the telegram read, "Come at once?" In quoted poetry the marks of quotation at the begin- ning of a line must be set into the indention-space, so that the first words of lines with the same indention will be in- dented evenly; thus: "Lives there a man with soul so dead Who never to himself hath said, 'This is my own, my native land'?" Spell Out Spell out the names of the months. Spell out ages: as, twelve years. Use figures in statistics: as. Of 152 operations, 76 died and 76 recovered. In general, numbers containing less than three figures are to be spelled out, though when they occur in groups of three or more use figures. *For short quotations. See also page 120. STYLE AND EXAMPLES 119 Spell out indefinite amounts. Numbers containing fractions or decimals should be put in figures. Time of day should be put in figures, using a period between hours and minutes and a colon between minutes and seconds: as, 2.30 p. m.; 2:10 class. Spell out county, street, avenue. The following extract from Stewart's The Use of Capitals in Printing is self explanatory: Capitalize the name of the Deity in every person, and in all synonyms or attributes: Father, God, Lord, Jehovah, Creator, Christ, Saviour, Holy Ghost, Son, Almighty, All- wise, etc. The pronouns Thee, Thou, Thy, He, His, Him, specifying God, always begin with lower-case letters in the Bible, but in prayer-books, hymn books, and secular works, these words are capitalized. The pronouns who, whose, which, whom, when used in the same manner, do not have capitals except at the beginning of a sentence. The pronoun I and the interjection O are always capitals in English, but oh is not capitalized except when it begins a sentence. Names of the days of the week and months of the year should always begin with capitals. This rule is extended to also include specific names of holidays, fast-days, etc., as: Fourth of July Christmas Arbor Day New Year's Patriot's Day Good Friday Labor Day Whitsuntide Memorial Day Easter Evacuation Day Thanksgiving Names given to days of historic importance are also capitalized, like: Black Friday Blue Monday Titles of books, periodicals, plays, pictures, etc., always call for capital letters. Every important word in such titles should begin with a capital, but not the unimportant words like the, of, to, a, for, by, in, etc. Three Years Before the Mast The Wonder-book for Boys and Girls The House of Seven Gables Twenty Thousand Leagues Under the Sea. I20 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG Footnotes From Handbook of Style, The Riverside Press Footnotes should be put at the bottom of the page, or separated from the text by lines running across the page above and below each note. In hand-written manuscripts, notes may be written with ink of a different color. The word in the text to which the note belongs should be marked by a superior figure (0* corresponding to the number of the note. Quotations There are numerous styles for long quotations. Some styles call for five lines or more of quotations being set without quote marks in smaller type, flush or indented at each end of the lines; or if the text be leaded, set in the same size type solid, with or without indention. Quote marks must invariably be used for short quotations in the same size type as the text. Poetry quotations are usually set in smaller type. Quotations From Stewart's Use of Quote-Marks If an extract consists of two or more paragraphs, the turned commas are used at the beginningof each paragraph, but the apostrophes appear only at the end of the whole matter quoted. Elimination of Periods Modern style demands the elimination of periods after titles, bastard-titles, sub-titles and running-heads. Here and there may be seen a catalog of typographic appearance which would be good but for such periods. It is the exception to the rule, an evidence of a style not quite right in this day. Oxford University uses such periods while Cambridge does not. *Superior figures(i) or lettersf*) are used in the event of many footnotes. Star, dagger, etc., are generally used when there are but one or two footnotes to the page. Mr. DeVinne used the superior characters, an example followed by many good printers. See pages 32, 169, 180. STYLE AND EXAMPLES 121 Congressional Library Card Style The style in use by the Library of Congress on its cards as sold to all Hbraries, is in some details odd. Many librarians follow it because established by such a notable institution. Following is an example. Ward, Harry Parker, 1865- Some American college bookplates ; a presentation of plates, old and new, used by educational institutions, in- dividuals, fraternities and clubs, to which are added those of a few learned societies, by Harry Parker Ward ... with an introduction by Theodore Wesley Koch ... and A check-list of bookplate literature by Winward Prescott ... Columbus, 0., The Champlin press, 1915. 482 p. mounted front, illus. (part col.) mounted plates (part col.) 23i"». I. Book-plates, American. 2. Book-plates— Bibl. L Prescott, Win- ward, 1886- n. Title, ui. Title : College bookplates. 15-23626 Library of Congress Z994.A5W2 Copy 2. Copyright A 416197 Alphabetizing In alphabetizing names some puzzling items are bound to occur. For those who like it, it is usually safe to follow the city directory style. As an instance, Mc appears first, followed by Maa and Mab, which in turn are followed by MacA, etc. There is, however, no generally accepted system in college catalogs, as may be noted by reference to the student lists in some of the larger publications. All manner of styles will be found. It seems unfortunate that some system can not be standardized, not only for catalogs but for other publications. Librarians will probably favor the system in Cutter's Rules for a Dictio7iary Catalog,'^ pages 31-39- *Whole number 340. U. S. Bureau of Education, Special Report on Public Libraries— Part II, Rules for a Dictionary Catalog, by Charles A. Cutter, Librarian of the Forbes Library, Northampton, Mass., Fourth Edition, Rewritten, Washing- ton, Government Printing Office, 1904. A most valuable aid in all manner of library work, filing, indexing, etc. 122 TPIE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 136 Denison University James Irving Lemon, Ph., Blue Island, 111. Walter Bartlett Lister, Ph., Twinsburg. Paul Revere Lyne, Ph., Cambridge. George Carltox McConnaughey, -Ph., Hillsboro. Arthur George McQuate, Ph., Litchfield. Clifford Ben'Jamin Marshall, Sc, Pittsburgh, Pa. Herrick Stuart Massie. Sc, Edinburg, Va. Blaine Ewing ^L'\TTHEWS, Sc, Jackson. Ralph William Mead, Sc, Dayton. William Forest Meredith, Ph., Cambridge. •Frederick Allen Meridith, Sc, Newark. Walter Isaac Merriam, Ph., Columbus, Wis. Parker James Montague, Sc, Toledo. Bernard O. Moss, Ph., Cambridge. Theodoric Charles Neal, Sc, Newark. Miller J. Xewton, Sc, Maineville. Paul Eugene P^endleton, Ph., Granville. Joel Bigelow Peterson, Sc, Chicago, III. John Ellis Putnam, Sc, Warren. Herman Ward Quartel, Ph., Dayton. EIdcar Eugene Rice, Sc. Roseville. Alpheus Wayne Rogers, Sc, Toledo. John Lawyer Rose, Ph., Granville. John Llewellyn Rosensteel, Ph., Springfield. Nelson Gadd Rupi», Sc. Port Clinton. Dean W. Sage, Sc, Granville. Charles Arthur Scott, Ph.. Cambridge. George Herbert Shorney, Sc, Oak Park, 111. Emory Harold Shreve, Sc, Union City. Pa. Blaun Wills Sicler, Sc, Richmond Dale. Altiia Elmer Simmons, Ph., East Liverpool. Earl McCall S.mith, Sc, Bucyrus. Mark Bryan Smith, S'c, Chicago, III. Hal Frank Snyder, Sc, Cambridge. David Harold Speicher, Sc, Granville. Frank AVinegarner Spencer, Ph., Newark. Her.man Gear Spencer, Ph., Granville. Paul Burnside Stager, Sc, Alexandria. Dean Norman Stalker, Sc, Toledo. Roy Matthews Stevens, Sc, Niles. Christopher Pit.man Stivers, Ph., Manchester, Ky. Lee Russell Thrailkill, Ph., Mt. Vernon. Parker Henry Tilbe, Sc, Granville. Virgil Harold Traxler. Sc, Butler. Tames Prime Turner, Sc, Coshocton. Page from student list in single column leaded, lo point caps and small caps, with addresses in roman. State not given for towns in Ohio. STYLE AND EXAMPLES I23 478 New York University DIRECTORY OF STUDENTS DECEMBER 1. 1913 The italic letter following the name indicates the School in which the student is primarily registered — as follows: a— School of Applied Science p— School of Pedagogy c— School of Commerce *— Summer School d— Washington Square College m— University College g — Graduate School t— Veterinary College / — Law School it — Woman's Law Class m — Medical College The numbers 1, 2. 3 and 4 preceding these letters indicate the class in which the student is registered, the numbers begmniag with the year of entrance. The abbreviation Sp. indicates a special student. The names of women are indicated by an asterisk. Where no city is given New York City is meant. STUDENTS* DIRECTORY 1913-1914 Name Address Name Address Aaron, A.* d 119 E. 60 Abrams. L. Ic 1014 Home St. Aaronowitz. S. 11. .359 Madison St. Abrams, S. B. hi. Aaronson. I. 2a 5296 E. S 25C3 Baiabridge Av. Abbott, C. N.* Ic. Achenbach, M.* d. 151 Palisade Av., W. Hoboken, N. J. 450 Summer Av., Newark, N. J. Abeles, J. T. 2/ 266 W. 77 Acker, O. E. 2u.... Ardsley, N. Y. Abelson, G. hi 8 W. 114 Ackerlind, C. U. Ic, Aberle, A. Ic 128 E. End Av. 709 Carroll St., Bl-m. Abraham, \.sp.m... 138 .\ venue D Ackcrman. H. J. g. Abrahams, M. R. Ic, Great Neck, N. Y. 188 Ashburlon Av., Yonkers, N. Y. Ackerman, L. W.* p. Abrahams, S. 11 Ii5 W. 33 1201 Maple Av., Peekskill, N. Y. Abrahams-, S. Ic 131 E. 110 Ackerman, S. ic 514 W. 134 .Abrahams, S. C. la, Adachi, S. ic 140 W. 57 105 Stockton St., Bkn. Adam, F. C. 3c, Abrams, B.* d 500 E. 163 348 Adelphi St.. Bka. Abrams. ). Im 760 E. 156 Adams, A. T., g. . . .Madison, N. J. By omitting full names and by using asterisk for designating women, this style makes possible the use of larger and thereby more legible type than is custom- ary in large student lists. This arrangement is suggested in the celebrated Wis- consin Survey. Type is Scotch Roman throughout. 124 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 114 Appendix A LOCATION NAME OF SCHOOL SUPT. OR PRIN. Louisa High School E. M. Kennison. Louisville Girls High School Louisville Male High School C. E. Reed. Ludlow High School W. D. Reynolds. Madisonville High School R. H. Gatton. Mayfield High School M. M. Fanghender. Maysville High School W. J. Caplinger. Midway High School W. R. Chandler. Middleboro High School F. A. Cosgrove. Mt. Sterling High School W. 0. Hopper. Morganfield High School R. A. Edwards. Murray High School J. W. Jones. Newport High School W. P. King. Nicholasville High School W. G. Hart. Owensboro High School J. H. Risley. Owenton High School B. L. Vallandingham Paducah High School J. H. Bentley. Paris High School T. A. Hendrix. Princeton High School J. M. Calvin. Richmond Caldwell High School D.W.. Bridges. Richmond Model High School H. W. Dutter. Richmond Eastern Kentucky Normal J. G. Crabbe. Shelbyville High School H. H. Elliott. Somerset High School J. W. P. Brouse. Springfield High School G. C. Colvin. Stanford. High School W. C. Wilson. Sturgis High School C. C. Justus. Winchester High School CLASS B. 0. H. Harris. Adairville County High School E. H. Ellis. Alexandria County High School Cynthia E. Riley. Arlington High School Elmer Tarter. Bardstown High School P. H. Neblett. Barlow High School J. B. Ward. Beaver Dam. West Ky. Seminary J. L. Stilwell. Bedford Trimble County H. S. John Howard Payne. Benton High School G. E. Everett. This page from Georgetown College catalog presents a portion of the list of Accredited Public High Schools, carried in a number of Kentucky college catalogs. Midway, Mt. Sterling and Richmond Model should each be dropped one position. STYLE AND EXAMPLES 125 The University of Chicago Press Style Book, page 87, shows the following list: "Machiavelli Maclntyre, Henry Mclntyre, James M'Intyre, Thomas Mack, Joseph Muller, A. Mufola, C. Muller, B. St. Louis Sainte Beuve Sah Lake City." In alphabetizing French and Italian names with prefixes, the University of Chicago lists the part of the name following the prefix when the latter begins with a small letter, but lists the prefix if it begins with a capital letter, as Du Pin, Le Sage and Bouille, de. Princeton, however, places the name deCoppet after Decker, not among names beginning with C. The University of California lists de la Cuesta in the D list, not under C. The University of Chicago style is Hoffman, von, placed among names beginning with H, while the University of California places von Hagen in the V section, notwithstanding the fact that the German prefix von never begins with a capital letter. The Dutch preposition Van is always capitalized with but very few exceptions, the most prominent of which is that of van Dyke, Henry. The Holland Society of New York lists its members whose names begin with Van in separate divisions for Van A, Van B, Van C, etc. Yale's catalog lists names with given names before surnames but the surnames are alphabetized. 126 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG Style Books The suggestion Is offered that it would be well for the editor or compiler of any college or school catalog to have within reach a good style-book. Lists and prices of such publications may be secured on application to Printing Art, Cambridge, Mass., The American Printer, New York, or to The Inland Printer, Chicago, 111. Such books are not expensive. Although government style varies in some few details from generally accepted styles, the person who is to begin for the first time preparation of copy for a catalog or book should secure the Style Book, A Com- pilation of Rules Governing Executive, Congressional and Departmental Pri^iting. This can be had from the Superintendent of Documents for twenty-five cents. Abbreviations In showing the faculty list of Columbia to a number of professional gentlemen, I was struck with the fact that some abbreviations of degrees appearing therein are not generally understood. Just so with the lists in other catalogs. This led to some interesting investi- gation. Naturally the same degree appears in different arrangements of the letters when given by different universities, as for instance B. S., S. B., B. Sc, and Sc. B. Oxford abbreviates Doctor of Medicine, D. M. In Webster R. P. D. abbreviates Royal Purple Degree, but in the list following it stands for Doctor of Political Science. It would appear that no complete separate list of all degrees and titles used in American college catalogs is to be found in any dictionary or encyclopedia. Nearly all such works contain long lists of common and un- common abbreviations. One, Beach's America^ia, offers STYLE AND EXAMPLES I27 twelve pages in its collection, but by no means all degrees or titles are therein. Probably the largest lists are given in the Monroe Cyclopedia of Education, Vol. II, p. 284, in the Schoolmasters^ Yearbook and Educa- tional Directory of Great Britain, 191 5, and in the Reports of the Commissioner of Education. There is no standardized system, institutions establishing such individual systems as appeal locally. The Council on Medical Education of the American Medical Associa- tion is now attempting to standardize higher degrees in medicine. A similar movement is under way among the various organizations of engineers. M. E. alone or in groupings of letters might refer to Marine, Mechanical, Metallurgical, Military, Mining, or Municipal Engineer. For six hundred years the creation and conferring of degrees has been increasing, but for the last fifty years this increase has been tremendous in Great Britain and in America. On the continent of Europe there have not been so many degrees created or conferred. This is true especially of French and German universities. The University of Oxford, in proportion to its size, has not been so liberal with degrees as have some other uni- versities, British and American. Forty-seven degrees are now granted in America according to the Cyclopedia of Education. The first Ph. D. degree in America was conferred as late as 1861. No pretense is made as to the completeness of the following list of abbreviations. It is merely a compila- tion of such as are to be found in the catalogs of some of the universities and colleges in North America. For the names of and the memberships, associate mem- berships and fellowships in, the recognized American and British learned societies, institutes and academies 128 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG and for the names of foreign orders of chivalry and the rank of members therein, there is no possibility of correct and up-to-date listing. Probably more such abbreviations may be found alphabetically placed through the pages of Webster's International Dictionary than in any other work but with each succeeding year some such organizations pass out of existence and others are formed. A descriptive list of American Learned Societies is to been seen preceding the literary and educational sections of the World Almanac. The Alman- ack de Gotha, to be found in many libraries, is to all na- tions in smaller compass, what the World Almanac is to the United States. Orders of Chivalry are presented in comprehensive form in The Encyclopedia Brittanica, unless one cares to explore such massive tomes as Ed- monson's Heraldy, 1780, orFavine's Theatre of Honour y 1626. Whitaker's Peerage, Baronetage, Knightage and Companionage might be termed the Baedeker of modern British chivalry. Burke's Peerage or DeBrett's should also be of assistance in this line. Some Abbreviations, Educational, Scientific, Ecclesiastic, etc. A. A. A. L. — American Academy of Arts and Letters A. A. — Associate in Arts A. A. A. S. — ^American Association for the Advancement of Science A. A. P. S. — American Association for the Promotion of Science A, A. S. — Academiae Americanae Socius, Fellow of the Ameri- can Academy. A. A. S. S. — Americanae Antiquarinnae Societatis Socius, Member of the American Antiquarian Society A. B. — Artium Baccalaureus, Bachelor of Arts Abp. — Archbishop A. C. — ^Analytical Chemist A. G. O. — Associate of the Guild of Organists A. G. O. — American Guild of Organists STYLE AND EXAMPLES 129 A. G. S. S.— American Geographical and Statistical Society A. I. A. — American Institute of Architects A. I. A. L.— American Institute of Arts and Letters Amer. Inst. Chem. Eng. — American Institute of Chemi- cal Engineers A. I. E. E. — American Institute of Electrical Engineers A. I. M. E. — American Institute of Mining Engineers A. M. — Artium Magister, Master of Arts A. N. A. — Associate of the National Academy A. R. A. — Associate of the Royal Academy A. R. C. A. — Associate of the Royal Canadian Academy (in Canada) A. R. C. A. — Associate of the Royal College of Arts (in England) A. R. C. M. — Associate of the Royal College of Music A. R. C. O. — Associate of the Royal College of Organists A. R. C. S. — Associate of the Royal College of Science A. R. E. — Associate of the Royal Society of Painter Etchers A. R. I. B. A. — Associate of the Royal Institution of British Architects A. R. S. A. — Associate of the Royal Scottish Academy A. R. S. M. — Associate of the Royal School of Mines A. R. S. S. — Antiquarium Regiae Societatis Socius, Fellow of the Royal Society of Antiquaries A. S. A. M. — Associate of the Royal Society of Art Masters A. S. C. E. — ^American Society of Civil Engineers A. S. M. E. — American Society of Mechanical Engineers Bart. — Baronet B. A. — Bachelor of Arts B. Ace's. — Bachelor of Accounts B. Agri. — Bachelor of Agriculture B. Arch. — Bachelor of Architecture B. A. Sc. — Bachelor of Applied Science B. C. E. — Bachelor of Civil Engineering B. Ch. — Chirurgiae Baccalaureus, Bachelor of Surgery B. Ch. E. — Bachelor of Chemical Engineering B. C. L.— Bachelor of Civil Law B. Com. — Bachelor of Commerce B. Cr. E. — Bachelor of Ceramic Engineering B. C. S. — Bachelor of Commercial Science B. D. — Bachelor of Divinity B. E. — Bachelor of Engineering B. Ed. — Bachelor of Education 130 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG B. E. E. — Bachelor of Electrical Engineering B. E. M. — Bachelor of Mining Engineering B. en Dr., en Med., en Th. — Bachelier en Droit, en Medecine^ en Theologie B. Eng. — Bachelor of Engineering B.es A., esL.,esSc. — Bachelier es Arts, es Lettres, es Sciences B. F. — Bachelor of Forestry B. F. A. — Bachelor of Fine Arts B. Journ. — Bachelor of Journalism B. L. — Bachelor of Letters B. Litt. — Litterarum Baccalaureus, Bachelor of Letters B. LL. — Legum Baccalaureus, Bachelor of Laws B. M. — Bachelor of Medicine B. M. E. — Bachelor of Mechanical Engineering B. Mus. — Bachelor of Music B. O. — Bachelor of Oratory Bp. — Bishop B. Painting — Bachelor of Fainting B. Pd. — Bachelor of Pedagogy B. P. E. — Bachelor of Physical Education B. Fed. — Bachelor of Pedagogy B. Ph.— Bachelor of Philosophy B. Phil.— Bachelor of Philosophy B. S. — Bachelor of Science B. S. — Bachelor of Surgery B. S. in A., C, E., F., H., H. E., etc.— B. S. in Agricul- ture, Chemistry, Entomology, Forestry, Horticul- ture, Home Economics, etc. E. S. A. — Bachelor of Scientific Agriculture B. U. J. — Baccalaureus Utriusque Juris, Bachelor of Both Laws B. V. Sc. — Bachelor of Veterinary Science C. A. — Chartered Accountant Camb. — Cambridge Can. — Canada, Canadian Cantab. — Cantahrigiensis, of Cambridge University C. B. — Companion of the Bath C. E. — Civil Engineer Ch. B. — Chirurgiae Baccalaureus, Bachelor of Surgery Ch. E. — Chemical Engineer C. L E. — Companion of the Indian Empire C. M. — Chirurgiae Magister, Master in Surgery Cr. E. — Ceramic Engineer C. M. G.— Companion of the Order of St. Michael and St. George C. S. C. — Congregatio Sanctae Crucis, Congregation of the Holy Cross STYLE AND EXAMPLES I3I C. S. C. E. — Canadian Society of Civil Engineers C. S. I. — Companion of the Star of India C. V. O. — Commander of the Royal Victorian Order D. B. — Divinitatis Baccalaureus, Bachelor of Divinity D. C. L.— Doctor of Civil Law D. D. — Divinitatis Doctor, Doctor of Divinity D. D. S. — Doctor of Dental Surgery D. en Dr., en Med., en Th. — Docteur en Droit, en Medecine, en Theologie D. es S. — Docteur es Sciences D. Lit. — Doctor of Literature D. Litt. — Litterarum Doctor, Doctor of Letters D. L. S. — Doctor of Library Science D. M.— Doctor of Medicine (Oxford) D. M. — Doctor of Music D. M. D. — Dentariae Medecinae Doctor, Doctor of Dental Medicine D. Mus. — Doctor of Music D. Pd. — Doctor of Pedagogy D. Phil. — Doctor of Philosophy D. P. H.— Doctor of Public Health D. P. H.— Diploma of Public Health Dr. d' Univ. — Docteur d' Universite, University Doctor. D. S. — Doctor of Science (Ophthalmology, Pediatrics, Sur- gery, etc.) D. Sc. — Doctor of Science D. T. — Theologiae Doctor, Doctor of Divinity Dub.— Dublin D. V. M. — Doctor of Veterinary Medicine E. D. — Doctor of Engineering Edin. — Edinburgh E. E. — Electrical Engineer E. M. — Mining Engineer; Engineer of Mines Eng. D. — Doctor of Engineering F. — Frater, Frere, Brother F. A. A. S. — Fellow of the American Antiquarian Society F. A. A. A. S. — Fellow of the American Association for the Advancement of Science F. A. C. S. — Fellow of the American Society of Surgeons F. A. L A. — Fellow of the American Institute of Architects F. A. S. — Fellow of the Antiquarian Society F. B. A. — Fellow of the British Academy F. B. S. — Fellow of the Botanical Society F. C. P. S.— Fellow of the Cambridge Philological Society F. C. S. — Fellow of the Chemical Society 132 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG F. F. P. S. — Fellow of the Faculty of Physicians and Sur- geons, Glasgow F. A. G. O. — Fellow of the American Guild of Organists F. G. O. — Fellow of the Guild of Organists F. G. S. — Fellow of the Geographic Society F. G. S. — Fellow of the Geological Society F. G. S. A. — Fellow of the Geographical Society of America F. H. S. — Fellow of the Horticultural Society F. I. C. — Fellow of the Institute of Chemistry F. K. Q. C. P. I.— Fellow of the Kings and Queens Col- lege of Physicians, Ireland F. L. S. — Fellow of the Linnaean Society F. N. B. A. — Fellow of the North British Academy of Arts F. P. S. — Fellow of the Philological Society F. P. S. — Fellow of the Philosophic Society Fr. — Frater^ Frere, Brother F. R. A. S. — Fellow of the Royal Astronomical Society (E, Edinburgh; I, Ireland; L, London) F. R. C. P. — Fellow of the Royal College of Physicians F. R. C. P. E. — Fellow of the Royal College of Physicians, Edinburgh) F. R. C. S. — Fellow of the Royal College of Surgeons F. R. C. V. S. — Fellow of the Royal College of Veterinary Surgeons F. R. G. S. — Fellow of the Royal Geographical Society F. R. Hist. Soc. — Fellow of the Royal Historical Society F. R. I. B. A. — Fellow of the Royal Institute of British Architects F. R. S. — Fellow of the Royal Society F. R. S. A. — Fellow of the Royal Society of Arts F. R. S. C. — Fellow of the Royal Society of Canada F. R. S. E. — Fellow of the Royal Society of Edinburgh F. R. S. G. S. — Fellow of the Royal Scottish Geographical Society F. R. S. L. — Fellow of the Royal Society of Literature F. R. S. L. — Fellow of the Royal Society of London F. R. S. S. — Fellow of the Royal Societies F. R. S. S. — Fellow of the Royal Statistical Society F. R. S. S. A. — Fellow of the Royal Scottish Society of Arts F. S. A. — Fellow of the Society of Antiquaries F. S. A. — Fellow of the Society of Arts F. S. A. E. — Fellow of the Society of Antiquaries of Edin- burgh F. S. S. — Fellow of the Statistical Society F. Z. S. — Fellow of the Zoological Society STYLE AND EXAMPLES I33 G. C. B.— Grand Cross of the Bath G. C. H. — Grand Cross of Hanover G, C. I. E. — Grand Commander of the Order of the Indian Empire G. C. K. P. — Grand Commander of the Knights of St Patrick G. C. L. H. — Grand Cross of the Legion of Honor G. C. M. G.— Grand Cross of St. Michael and St. George G. C. S. I. — Grand Commander of the Star of India G. C. V. O. — Grand Commander of the Victorian Order G. M. K. P.— Grand Master of the Knights of St. Patrick G. M. S. I. — Grand Master of the Star of India J. C. B. — Baccalaureate in Canon Law J. C. D. — Juris Civilis Doctor, Doctor of Civil Law J. C. L. — Licentiate in Canon Law J. D. — Juris Doctor, Doctor of Law J. U. D. — Juris Utriusque Doctor, Doctor of Both Laws Jur. D. — Juris Doctor, Doctor of Law K. C. — King's Counsel K. C. B. — Knight Commander of the Bath K. C. I. E. — Knight Commander of the Order of the Indian Empire K. C. M. G.— Knight Commander of St. Michael and St. George K. C. S. I. — Knight Commander of the Star of India K. G.— Knight of the Garter K. P.— Knight of St. Patrick K. T.— Knight of the Thistle L. A. H. — Licentiate of Apothecaries' Hall L. C. D. — Legis Civilis Doctor, Doctor of Civil Law L. C. P. — Legis Civilis Professor, Professor of Civil Law L. D. S. — Licentiate of Dental Surgery Lie. es L. — Licencie is Lettres L. F. P. & S. — Licentiate of the Faculty of Physicians and Surgeons L. H. D. — Litterarum Hurnaniorum Doctor L. I. — Licentiate of Instruction Lie. en Dr. — Licencie en Droit Litt. B. — Litterarum Baccalaureus, Bachelor of Letters Litt. D, — Litterarum Doctor, Doctor of Literature L. L. A. — Lady Literate in Arts LL. B. — Legum Baccalaureus, Bachelor of Laws LL. D. — Legum Doctor, Doctor of Laws LL. M. — Legum Magister, Master of Laws L. R. A. M. — Licentiate of the Royal Academy of Music L. R. C. P. — Licentiate of the Royal College of Physicians 134 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG L. R. C. P. and S. — Licentiate of the Royal College of Phy- sicians and Surgeons L. R. C. S. — Licentiate of the Royal College of Surgeons L. S. A. — Licentiate of the Apothecaries' Society L. Th. — Licentiate in Theology M. — Monsieur M. A. — Master of Arts M. Ace's. — Master of Accounts M. Arch. — Master of Architecture M. Am. Soc. C. E. — Member American Society of Civil Engineers M. Am. Soc. M. E. — Member American Society of Mechanic- al Engineers M. A. Sc. — Master of Applied Science M. B. — Medecinae Baccalaiireus, Bachelor of Medicine M. B. A. — Master of Business Administration M. B. Sc. — Master of Business Science M. C. — Member of Congress M. C. D. — Doctor of Comparative Medicine M. Ch. — Chirurgiae Magister, Master in Surgery M. C. E. — Master of Civil Engineering M. C. S. — Master of Commercial Science M. D. — Medecinae Doctor, Doctor of Medicine M. D. C. M. — Medecinae Doctor et Chirurgiae Magister, Doctor of Medicine and Master of Surgery M. Dip. — Master of Diplomacy M. D. S.— Master of Dental Science M. D. V. — Medeciiiae Doctor Feterinariae, Doctor of Veteri- nary Medicine M. E. — Mechanical Engineer Mech. E. — Mechanical Engineer M. E. E. — Master of Electrical Engineering M. es A. — Maitre es Arts Met. E. — Metallurgical Engineer M. F. — Master of Forestry Mgr. — Monsignor M. Inst. C. E. — Member of the Institute of Civil Engineers M. L. — Master of Letters M. L. A. — Master of Landscape Architecture M. M. E. — Master of Mechanical Engineering M, P. — Member of Parliament M'. P. L, — Master of Polite Literature M. P. P. — Member of Provincial Parliament M. Mus. — Master of Music M. N. A. S. — Member of the National Academy of Sciences STYLE AND EXAMPLES I35 M. Pd. — Master of Pedagogy M. R. A. S. — Member of the Royal Academy of Science M. R. C. C. — Member of the Royal College of Chemistry M. R. C. P. — Member of the Royal College of Physicians M. R. C. S. — Member of the Royal College of Surgeons M. R. C. V. S.— Alember of the Royal College of Veterinary Surgeons M. R. G. S. — Member of the Royal Geographic Society M. R. I.— Member of the Royal Institute M. R. I. A. — Member of the Royal Irish Academy M. R. S. A. — Member of the Royal Society of Arts M. S. — Master of Science M. S. A. — Master of Science and Arts M. S. A. — Master of Scientific Agriculture M. Sc. — Master of Science M. Sc. in A. C. E., etc.— M. Sc. in Agriculture, Chem- istry, Entomology, etc. Mus. B. — Musicae Baccalaureus, Bachelor of Music Mus. D. — Musicae Doctor, Doctor of A^Lusic M. V. O. — Member of the Victorian Order N. A. — National Academician N. A. D. — National Academy of Design N. A. S. — National Academy of Sciences N. B. — New Brunswick (University of) N. D. D. — National Dairy Diploma N. U. I. — National University of Ireland O. P. — Ordinis Praedicatorum, of the Dominican Order O. S. B. — Ordinis Sancti Benedicti, of the Order of St. Bene- dict! O. S. F. — Ordinis Sancti Francisci, of the Order of St. Francis Oxf.— Oxford Oxon. — Oxoniensis, of Oxford University P.— Pater, P^re, Father. PP.,— plural P. B. — Philosophiae Baccalaureus, Bachelor of Philosophy P. C. — Privy Councilor P. D. — Philosophiae Doctor, Doctor of Philosophy Pd. B. — Bachelor of Pedagogy Pd. D. — Doctor of Pedagogy Phar. D. — Doctor of Pharmacy Phar. G. — Graduate in Pharmacy Ph. B. — Philosophiae Baccalaureus, Bachelor of Philosophy Ph. C. — Pharmaceutical Chemist Ph. D. — Philosophiae Doctor, Doctor of Philosophy Ph. G. — Graduate in Pharmacy Ph. M. — Philosophiae M agister. Master of Philosophy P. L. M. — Master of Patent Law 136 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG P. R. A. — President of the Royal Academy Prof. — Professor Prov. — Provost R. A. — Royal Academician R. A. M. — Royal Academy of Music R. B. A. — Royal Society of British Artists R. E. — Royal Engineers Reg. Prof. — Regius Professor Rev. — Reverend R. I. B. A. — Royal Institute of British Architects R. P. D. — Rerum Politicarum Doctor, Doctor of Political Science (German degree rating with Ph.D.) . R. S. D.— Royal Society of Dublin R. S. E. — Royal Society of Edinburgh R. S. M.— Royal School of Mines Rt. Hon. — Right Honorable Rt. Rev. — Right Reverend R. U. I. — Royal University of Ireland S. B. — Scientiae Baccalaureus, Bachelor of Science Sc. B. — Scientiae Baccalaureus, Bachelor of Science Sc. D. — Scientiae Doctor, Doctor of Science S. E. — Sanitary Engineer Sc. M. — Scientiae Magister, Master of Science S. J. — Societati Jesu, of the Society of Jesus S. J. D, — Sacri Juris Doctor, Doctor of Sacred Law Soc. C. E. — Society of Civil Engineers S. P. E. E. — Society for the Promotion of Engineering Education Sr. — Sister. Srs. — plural S. S. B. — Scientiarum Socialium Baccalaureus, Bachelor of Social Sciences (Catholic University of America, discon- tinued) S. T. B. — Sacrae Theologiae Baccalaureus, ^a.c\\e\oroiT)Wm\ty S. T. D. — Sacrae Theologiae Doctor, Doctor of Divinity S. T. L. — Licentiate in Sacred Theology S. T. M. — Sacrae Theologiae Magister, Alaster of Divinity. S. T. P. — Sacrae Theologiae Professor, Professor of Divinity T. C. D. — Trinity College, Dublin Th. D. — Theologiae Doctor, Doctor of Theology Univ. D. — Docteur d^Universite, University Doctor V. C. — Victoria Cross Vict. — of Victoria University V. S. — Veterinary Surgeon I STYLE AND EXAMPLES 137 <g0uermttg l0&g nf t\}t IntuFrBttg VISITOR. FIELD-MARSHAL HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE DUKE OF CONNAUGHT AND OF STRATHEARN. KG., K.T., TCP.. P.C, G.C.B., G.C.S.I.. G.C.M.G., G.CI.E., G.C.V.O., Governor-General of Canada, etc. GOVERNORS. SiK William C Macdonald, President and Chancellor of the University. Sir William Peterson. K-CM.G., LL.D., D.Litt., Principal and Vice- Chancellor. Edward B. Greenshields, Esq.. B.A., LL.D. Hon. John Sprott Archibald, M.A., D.C.L. Charles J. Fleet. Esq., B.A., B.CX.. K.C. RicSard B. Angus, Esq. Sir Thomas G. Roddick, M.D., LL.D.. F.R.C.S. W. M. Birks, Esq. G. E, Drummond, Esq. J. W. Ross, Esq. . James Douglas, Esq., B.A., M.D., LL.D. F. Howard Wilson, Esq. Charles ^. Gordon, Esq. H. Vincent Meredith, Esq. Sir Herbert S. Holt. J. K. L. Ross, Esq.. B.Sc. Percival Molson, Esq., B.A. PRINCIPAL . Sir William >; Peterson, K.C.M.G.. LL.D.. D.Litt., Vice-Chancellor. FELLOWS. Ex-OMcio- Chas. E. Moyse. LL.D., Vice-Principal and Dean of the Faculty of Arts. Frank D. Adams. Ph.D.. D.Sc. F.R.S.. Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science. Robert Warden Lee, M.A.. B.C.L., Dean of the Faculty of Law. H. S. Birkett, M.D., Dean of the Facuhy of Medicine. F. C. Harrison, D.Sc, Principal of Macdonald College. James Harkness, M.A., F.R.S.C. Chairman of the Committee on ' Graduate Studies. Note the number of abbreviations of titles, degrees, orders of chivalry and fellowships appearing on this page of McGill's catalog. 138 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 13 University Begister [2-16 WttUAM Henbt Wbloh, m. 0», tL.D., Boaley Professor of P&thology. A. B., Yals University, ISTO ; M. H., Oolmnbia University fCcll«g« of Phyjiciftna and Surzeoas, N. Y.). 1876; M. D. CRon.), University of Peimsylvaniu, 1854; LL. D-, Weetem Reserve UniVerflity, 1894, Yale University, 1E86< Harvard Uni- fersity, 1900, University of Toronto, 1903, Columbia University, 1904, JeSeroon Medical College, 1907, and Princeton University, 1910 ; Professor of Patho'iOB,ical Anatomy end General Pathology in the Bellevue Hospital Medical QcM^s^, N. Y., 1879-84 ; Dean of the Medical Faculty, 1889-08 ; President of the National Acad- emy of Sciencea; President of the Board of Directors of the Hockeleller Institute for Medical Research; President of the American Association for the Advanee- njent of -Science, 1906; President of the American Medical Association, 191(1- 11; Chairman, Administrative Committee of the Faculty, January 19i3-Jaa8 1914 ; Pathologist-in-Chief to the Johns Hopkins Hospital. 807 St. Paul St. Edwaeej Hesriok Gbiffin, d. d., LI.. D., Processor Emeritua of the History of Philosophy. [Absent.] A. B., V/illiams College, 1862, and A. M., 1865 ; Union Theological Seminary, N. Y.. 1867 ; D. D., Amherst College, 1880 ; LL. D., Princeton University, 1888, and Williams College, 1905; Professor of Latin in Williams College, 1872-81, Professor of Rhetoric, 1881-86, and Mark Hopkins Professor of Intellectual and Moral Philosophy, 1886-89 ; Executive Secretary, Administrative Committee of the Faculty, January 191^-June 1914 ; Secretary of the Academic Council, 1901- 1916; Projessor of the History of Philosophy and Dean of the College Faculty, 1889-1915. SiE William Osleb, Baet., m. d., ll. d., d. c. l., f. e. s., Honorary Professor of Medicine. M. D., McGill University, 1872 ; LL. D,, McGill, 1895, Aberdeen, 1898, Toronto, 1899, Yale, 1901, Harvard, 1904, Johns Hopkins, 1905 ; D. C. L., Edinburgh, 1898, Trinity (Toronto), 1902; M. D. (Hon.), Oxford, 1905; D. Sc, Dublin. 1912 ; Fellow of the Royal Society of London ; Fellow of the Royal College of -Physicians, London ; Professor of the Institutes of Medicine, McGill Univer- sity, 1874-84 ; Professor of Clinical Medicine, University of Penns>lvania, r884- 89; Dean of the Medical Faculty, Johns Hopkins University, 1898-99, and Professor of the Principles and Practice of Medicine, 1889-1905 ; Physician-in- Chief, the Johns Hopkins Hospital, 18S9-1905 ; Eegius Professor- of Medicine, University of Oxford. 13 Norham Gardens, Oxford, England. Hei^y Mills Hued, m. d., ll. d.. Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry. A. B., University of Michigan, 1863, M. D., 1866, A. M., 1870. and LL. D., 1895 ; Professor of Psychiatry, Johns Hopkins University, 1889-1906; Superintendent of the Eastern Michigan Hospital, 1878-89 ; Superintendent of the Johns Hop- kins Hospital, 1839-1911 ; Editor of the Johns Hopkins Hospital Bulletin and of the Johns Hopkins Hospital Reports, 1889-1911 ; Editor of the American Journal of Insavtity; Secretary of the Johns HopUns Hospital. 1023 St. Paul St. Howard Atwood Kelly, m. d., ix.d., uon. f. e. c. s., Professor of Gynecology. A. B,, University of Pennsylvania, 1877, and M. D., 1682 ; LL. D., University of Aberdeen and Washington and Lee University. 1906, University of Pennsylvania, 1907 ; Associate Professor of Obstetrics, University of Pennsylvania, 1888-89 ; Professor of Gynecological S\irgery in the Johns Hopkins University, 1889-99 ; Honorary Member, Royal Medical Society of Edinburgh ; Associate Foreign Member, Society of Obstetrics, Gyiiecology and Pediatrics, and Chirurgical Society, Paris; Corresponding Member, Obstetrical Society, Leipzig; Fellow, British G.vnecologioal Society ; Hon. Fellow, Edinburgh Obstetrical Society, Royal College of Surgeons, Edinburgh, Glasgow Obstetrical and Gynecological Society, Royal Academy of Medicine (Ireland) ; Hon. Member, Italian Society of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Rome; Gynecologist- in-Chief to the Jo/ins Hop- kins Hospital. 1405 Eutaw Place. The Johns Hopkins University, in its faculty list, w^isely presents the foreign and American memberships of its professors in full. STYLE AND EXAMPLES 39 < o 55 c3 w >H s «; < o ^ t. rn" o o o fc J^ c/3 a Di m W s > w 2 Jj P 45 S^ o Li ■~ 0- 3:' 1 < c^ a X rr: H "" >- F, CQ t; Q ii W M (^ 1^ ^ W rd fc a 55 o a U ■CO CO C3 u .=? M « « O S W Jd Q siejox 20j-«^«„ CO ^-.- c— cc^ 2 {-161 ^2 2 - - "•"* ;?^ s ei6l lOOvtOO O CO <^ "-"O «■* 2 Z16T CM^t^O >n<v fO — t-^ s II61 COM 2 ' -O -< CS~rO MM ^ 0161 l^SO (N'* — fO<N — — M f !5 6061 ^..r. ^ m:o u, ^M^ «M - -O S 8061 „_ „„w-.»H^'f^ VO ^ i06T oor^ «5 <Nco •*•* —lO QJ 9061 — t^O Ti-ioiO-t <N« <o S06I CKO „ tr> w- «« .o ^ t06T O^ -'-< ui S 1 jf06T to^;^ ts — ^ to <M o ro6i 0>2 '-"-' 00 -< (N « ^ ii 1061 cor- <0'- CO »< — « o l! 0061 -<in-. (N ro -< ^— M~ s J668I ^-~ MMM 00 o 8681 0-. « — 00 CO to ||Z68I 00 ~1 <0 <S— fO-.-< — Jo |968l s S68T <NOO ::: 1.68T -co s C68I ^^ o> 12681 1 o |I68I VOO M 0681 2 2 6881 o W Pi o w Q 1 ::::::::::::::;: :hw : : : : : :::::::::::::::: :dw :::: : W W CO >-^.-AQ H^J 2 J 73 a, fl. Oh J S 03 35 OQ u w 2 < < 52 An interesting table not found in other catalogs. No room for running-head over this page. One or two of the degrees here abbreviated are no longer conferred. 140 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 518 University of Illinois UNDERGRADUATE AND PROFESSIONAL COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS IN URBANA (Including the Colleges of Liberal Arts and Sciences, Engineering, Acri> CULTURE, AND LaW, THE LIBRARY SCHOOL, AND THE SCUOOL 01' MusiC) ABBREVIATIONS A Architecture LA Literature and Arts AE Architectural Engineering Lb Library Science Agr Agriculture BLA Business, Liberal Arts Md Medical Preparatory Mechanical Engineering and ME Sciences MnE Mining Engineering CE Civil Engineering MSE Municipal and Sanitary Cer Ceramics Engineering CerE Ceramic Engineering Mus Music Ch Chemistry RCE Railway Civil Engineering ChE Chemical Engineering REE Railway Electrical Engineering Railway Mechanical Engineer- EE Electrical Engineering RME HSAgr Household Science, Agri- ing culture S Science HSLAS Household Science, Liberal SS Summer Session Arts and Sciences L Law * CREDIT NAME COURSE HOURS RESIDENCE Aagaard, Arthur Hildeman Abbott, Louis Asa ME 110 Chicago Agr I02h Morrison Abney, Bertram Agr loo\ Harrisburg Abrahamsen, Fred LA Chicago Acer, Donald Winchester BLA 103 Medina, N. Y. Acer, Katharine Edith HSLAS loo Medina, N. Y. Acer, Victor Adna Agr Medina, N. Y. Ackerson, Esther Mae HSLAS Westfield. Ind. Adams, Albert Clark EE 37 Chicago Adams, Allan Madison Agr Rockinlle, Ind. Adams, Eugene Franklin AE 121 Ashland, Nebr. Adams, Pauline Hopkins Adams, William Calvin LA ^P 22 Grand Rapids, Mich. Ch 104 Watseka Adler, Leon ChE 4 St. Louis, Mo. Agg, Rachel, Ph.B., (Penn Col- lege) 1911 Lb Champaign Agg, Sarah HSAgr Champaign Agnew, Beulah Irene LA Villa Grove Ainsworth, Harry Francis Agr sol Greensbvrg, Ind. Ainsworth, Harry Gregory Agr 94 Mason City Ainsworth, William Howard Agr Mason City Alband, Laura Anna HSLAS 62 Streator Albaugh, Hazen Lowell AJbee, Chester Leon LA Oak Park Agr Pekin Albert, Harry D L Mansfield Albin, Harold Cornelius SS 6SJ Washington, D. C. Albrecht, Daniel Arthur s Champaign Albrecht, William Albeit, A.B., 1911 Agr (55) I7^i Champaign Albright, Joseph Clarence Albright, Raymond Bean ME Rossville LA 100 Minier Aldcn, John Leslie ME 102 Kalamazoo, Mich. Aleshire, Sarah Louise HSAgr 97 Ch icago Alexander, Grace Elizabeth SS i5h Chicago Alexander. John Alva Allan, Robert Howard SS io6^ Amorita, Okla. Agr Winchester Allen, Alice Alexandria HSLAS <5 S) 60 Urbana - •Computed October 1, 1912 There is a wide range of difference in abbreviations in local use at different universities. I STYLE AND EXAMPLES 14] Students 555 STUDENTS* COLLEGE OF ENGINEERirfG John Cyril Abbott M <)6 Staats Mead Abrams M 30 Roger Putnam Adair M 20 Robert Harpham Adams E William John Ahem E 43 Edwin Ryan Akers C 33 George Washington Akers Mar. 44 Spencer Thorndyke Alden C :ii Leonard Otis Aldrich Mar 33 Frederick William Alger Edward Richard Allan M 86 Heywood Henry Allan Ch 23 Wyeth Allen ' M 108 John Lucas Allison E 63 Jacob William Alt C 20 Felipe Altamirano S-Mar Andrew Daniel Althouse Darrell Dow Alton M 78 Joseph Kramer Ambruster M 113 Melvin Delaus Anderson E 47 Roy B. Anderson 4 Harold Orlin Andrew Ch 74 Neil Gordon Andrew Harold Lafayette Andrui Lyle Albert Andrus Philip Powell Angier C 36 Robert Samuel Archer Ch 79 Logan Reed Arnold M 51 George Forster Ashley 23 Detroit Orange, A'. /. Parkersburg, W. Va. Detroit IVaskitigton, D. C. Port Huron Port Huron Fort Wayne, Ind. Jackson Clarkston North Tonawanda, N. Y. Holyoke, Mass. Hood River, Ore. Canandaigua, N. Y. Houghton Valdivia, Chile Oxford Fremont Chicago, III. Grand Rapids Winnebago, HI. Springfield, Mass. Laurium Homer Kingsville, Ohio Chicago, HI. Detroit Delphi, Ind. Bentonville, Ark. • The letters following the names indicate the course or line of work the student has chosen to pursue; C, denoting civil engineering; M. me- chanical engineering; E, electrical engineering; Ch, chemical engineering; Mar, marine engineering; BSE, bachelor of science in engineering; S, miscellaneous studies not leading to any degree. As students are not asked to make choice of course until the beginning of their second year, the absence of a letter indicates that the student is in his first year. The figures following the names indicate the number of hours of credit earned by the student prior to the beginning of the current academic year. 1914- 1915, and completed without conditions, or credited to him on advanced standing. By an hour of work is meant the equivalent of one exercise a week for one semester. A dagger (t) preceding a student's name signifies that he also pursued studies for the whole part or part of the year, in some other School or College of the University indicated by an italic letter following th.o. n.ime, to-wit: a. College of Literature, Science, and the Arts; m. Medical School; 1, Law School; p. College of Pharmacy: h. Homoeopathic Medical School; d. College of Dental Surgery. The University of Michigan, in its great student list, uses a system of abbrevia- tions differing in some instances from such lists at other institutions. 142 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 382 INDIANA UNIVERSITY LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS .*, The following is a list of the abbreviations used in the accorapanyuig enrollment, Witrt atptac*- tioas of their meanings: College of Liberal Arts. The abbreviation C=College of Libe'-al Arts; to this is added tha number of hours of credit, and the major subject, where this has been chosen. Thus, C Gk. nO=CoIie«o of Liberal Arts, with Greek as major subject, and 110 hours credit. C Sp.=Special students in tho College. C Lflw=Students taking the combined Arts-Law Course. C Med.=those taking the Art3- Mediciiie Course. The following is the list of abbreviations' indicating the major subject: Anat. = Anatomy. Hist. = History and Political Science. A3t. = Astronomy. Lat. = Latin. Bot. = Botany. Math. = Mathematics. Chem. = Chemistry. Path. = Pathology. Com.Ph = Comparative Philology. PhU. = Philosophy. EcOTi. = Economics and Social Science. Pkys = Physics. Eng. = English. Physiol. = Physiology. F.A. = Fine Arts. Pol. Sci = Political Science. Geol. = Geology. Rom. = Romance Languages. Ger. = German. Social. = Sociology. Gk. = Greek. Zool. = Zoology. School OF Education, fid. = Students enrolled in the School of Education. Figures uninrlosed following the name indicate hours of credit which may be counted toward the A.B. degree. Figures inclosed in parentheses accompanied by Ed. Sp., indicate special students of the School of Education* with credit which may not be counted toward a degree. Graduate School. The symbols IG, 2G, 3C = First, Second, and Third year students in the Graduate School. The abbreviation following indicates the major subject. School of Law. The symbols IL, 2L, SL, = First, Second, and Third year students in the School of Law, candidates for the degree LL.B. L. 6'p. = Speciul students of the School of Law, not candidates 'or the degree. School of Medicine. The symbols M/, 2.V, = Students in the First and Second year of the regular Medical course, taking the work at Blooinington. IM (Indp.). £M {Indp.), 3M, -{.U^ Students Ln the various years of the regular Medical course, taking the work in Indianapolis. While this page is in the form of an explanatory note and therefore permissible in 6-pcint type, 8-point vi^ould have cost a few cents less for the page. 1 STYLE AND EXAMPLES 143 Register of Students In attendance between January 1st and December 31st, 1916. Abbreviations — CI., Classical Course; Sc, Scientific Course; Mus., Music; Spec, Special; Sr., Senior: Jr., Junior; So., Sophomore; Fr., Freshman; S-f., Sub-Freshman; '16, Graduate of June, 1916; P. G., Postgraduate. Standing is given as recorded on the Books of the Registrar, November 1, 191G. Name Rank Home Address Delaware Address Abbott, Dorothy CI. So. Mt. Healthy 96 S. Henry Abbott, Earl Gillespie M. A. '16 Delaware 96 S. Henry Abbott, Lionel Emerson Sc. Ft. Mt. Healthy 96 S. Henry Abel, Theodore Curtis B. A. '16 Waterbury, Conn. 120 Montrose Abernethy, Ruth Anice CI. So. Circleville Monnett Achtermann, Frieda Louise CI. Sr. Blanchester Monnett Ackerman, Louise CI. So. Columbus Monnett Adam, Oscar Michael CI. So. Cincinnati 149 N. Sandusky Adams, Catharine Barton CI. So. Boston, Mass. Monnett Adams, Charles Virgil CI. So. Lancaster Merrick Hall Adams, Dorothy CI. Jr. Jamestown Monnett Agler, Robert Wert CI. Jr. Van Wert 130 N. Washington Ahrens, Marjorie Ethel CI. Sr. Danbury Monnett Albaugh, Helen Elizabeth CI. So. Eaton Monnett Albertson, Aden Byron CI. Jr. Morrill, Nebr. 23 Oak HiU Albrecht, Helen Ruth CI. Fr. Galion Grove Albright, Emma Grace CI. Fr. Bellaire 32 Elizabeth Albright. Harriet Elizabeth CI. Fr. Eaton Monnett Alexander, Thomas Reid CI. So. Pataskala 17 Griswold Alkire, Fred Raymond Spec. Lewis Center Lewis Center Allen, Charles Henry CI. So. Miamisburg 293 N. Sandusky Allen, William Stanley Sc. Fr. Crooks ville 123 Oak Hill Allen, Thomas Benton CI. Ft. Nelsonville 61 W. William Alley, Hazel Arline Mus. Linden Monnett Allison, Otto McKinley Sc. Jr. Centerburg 52 W. WiUiam Allyn, Marguerite CI. So. Kenton Monnett Alspach, Ninde Newman P.-G. Delaware 109 Harrison Amspocker, Mary Anne CI. Jr. Delaware 100 Griswold Anderson, Arthur Henry CI. Fr. New Philadelphia City Y. M. C. A. Anderson, Margaret CI. So. Portsmouth Monnett Anderson, MUton Penrine Sc. Fr. Belle Center 112 Oak Hill Anderson, Paul William B. A. '16 Topeka, Kansas 163 N. Franklin Anderson, Lulah Virginia Mus. Cincinnati Monnett Ankeney, Lois CI. So. Xenia Monnett Arboleda, Eudofilia CI. Fr. Quito Ecuador, S. A. Monnett Archer, Bessie M. B. A.'16 Peoria. 111. Monnett Archer, Earle Spec. Belle Center 112 Oak Hil Armstrong, Alice CI. So. Hibbetts Monnett 184 Abbreviations in student list used by Ohio Wesleyan University. 6-point Century leaded. State not given for towns in Ohio. 144 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG Pagination The order in which to page a catalog or book would seem quite simple to one who has not been bothered with the study of the lack of system in this one of the many details entering into the making of a book. DeVinne, in his Correct Composition, said: Numerals in roman lower-case are the rule for the paging of prefaces and sometimes for introductions. In Jacobi's Printing we find the following: With regard to the preliminary matter of a volume (having defined it as any matter coming before the main text of a work) all these pages should be paged with numerals, not figures, in roman lower case, commencing with the half or bastard title. Mr. J. W. Bothwell of the DeVinne Press states that while he has occasionally produced a book with con- tinuous arable pagination, beginning with the title page, or the bastard title if there be one, he prefers even when the preliminary matter is furnished with the rest of the book, to hold to the old way, sanctioned by long custom, viz., to begin the arable figures only with the main text, putting whatever comes before in roman. Mr. Walter Gilliss, Secretary of the Grolier Club, also calls attention to the difficulties of any other course when the preliminary matter includes a table of con- tents, which cannot be safely reckoned with until the text is in final form. Mr. William B. Reid of the University Press, Cam- bridge, Mass., states regarding the rule in use by that firm, as follows: There seems to be no rule covering the matter of where the folios of a book should begin, but custom (and a very old one it is) has led the makers of the best books to use roman numerals for the preliminary matter, beginning the STYLE AND EXAMPLES I45 text proper with the so-called half-title (when one is used to divide the preliminary matter from the text), as page i, in the arable figures. Frequently, where a book has but a small number of pages, the folioing is inclusive, taking in all the front matter, and these preliminary pages are still folioed in the roman numeral, the text wherever it starts being in the arable. The best usage would seem to approve of beginning the text with the arable figure, and letting the front matter take care of itself (in the roman numerals). This is some- times done so that the first forms of the text may be printed without waiting for the preliminary matter, which is usually the last to be put into type, as the page numbers in the contents cannot be established until the text is all in pages. Our rule, in the absence of instructions to the contrary, would be to use the roman numerals for preliminary pages and begin the text with page i, using the arable. Dr. Koopman says In this connection: The excuse for preliminary pagination (usually roman) is that often there is preliminary matter that can only be made up after the book is in type and as its extent cannot always be foretold, an easy way out of the difficulty is to start the paging with the text and use a new paging with the preliminary matter when it is finally ready. Where there is no such reason for preliminary pagination I see no sense in it. I go back to the beginning and if there is a half title (or bastard title) I include it, reckoning from that page as one. In reprints the old excuse no longer holds and the double paging might as well be done away with. Catalogs are in a large sense reprints. Harvard's catalog contains thirty-six pages with roman numerals, including the history of the university. Columbia, McGill, Missouri and a few others use this pagination while Yale, Princeton, Pennsylvania, Cal- ifornia, Brown and the great majority of institutions use arable figures counting from the beginning of the catalog. Some printers prefer the latter method for the reason that by it pages 33, 65, 97, etc., mean the begin-, ning of new forms to the lock-up man and to the binder, whereas the former method entails more or less mental 146 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG arithmetic. In many books we notice the use of small letters or figures beneath the first pages of forms of thirty-two or sixteen pages to act as guide posts to the workmen. See example, page 153. In some books the title page is counted, but generally it is not. In some the introduction is counted. In some it is not. Perhaps the author or publisher often feels that the book itself does not begin until the type of the actual body matter appears. Government publications vary without any apparent reason. In any event pagination of the first few pages is largely a matter of personal taste. Style books generally ignore this item. The Index Mr. William Dana Orcutt, formerly Head of The University Press, Cambridge, says in his Author^ s Desk Book-* Every book of a permanent nature, or intended as a work of reference, requires an index. The length of the index, or its minuteness, depends upon the nature of the subject treated, and the importance of making it easily available to the reader. * * * The proper person to make an index is, first of all, the author of the book, provided that he possesses the natural characteristics. It does not at all naturally follow, however, that all authors are competent to do this, for the art of index- ing is not as simple as many superficially suppose. The author should be the one best fitted, because he knows better than any reader the exact meaning each of his sentences is intended to convey — and this meaning should be expressed in the index. INDEXING THE LARGE CATALOG My personal preference as to how to prepare the index is a system simple and easy, resulting from no little experience. It is as follows: *6o cents, the Frederick A. Stokes Co., New York. STYLE AND EXAMPLES I47 The printer should be asked to cut some scrap of thin white cardboard or fairly heavy writing paper to a uniform size approximately 4x2. There should be two or three such slips for every item in the index, as many will be duplicates. One or sometimes one and one-half pages of two column 6-point index should be required for each hundred pages of catalog. 300 blank slips would be ample for each such prospective page of index. Specimen of slip used in indexing a large catalog. Some convenient receptacle should be at hand in which to deposit the slips as they are written. An empty drawer, open, in the desk or a pasteboard box on the desk, will be found satisfactory. The author may work rapidly with lead pencil. By going through the page proofs of the entire catalog, each item selected for index will be entered upon a separate slip. It is not economy in time or effort to hunt through completed slips for one already made when the same subject is again met, the exception being when the same item repeats in consecutive order on the same or following page. After the slips have all been written, a work of no small magnitude, the sorting for alphabetical arrange- 148 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG ment is to be undertaken. Specially made indexing boxes may be bought but discarded paper boxes, not necessarily of uniform size or appearance, are always available about a home or an office. Twenty such will suffice, one for each letter of the alphabet except that the J slips could be placed in the I box, K and L to- gether, Q with P, U and V and XYZ in other boxes. The slips having been arranged alphabetically by first letter, those in each box should again be sorted for consecutive alphabetical position of the second and possibly of the subsequent letters in the word, if neces- sary to the end of the word or sometimes to the begin- ning of a second word. Duplicates carrying the same page are then eliminated and duplicates with different pages are placed in proper sequence. The final sorting of slips alphabetically arranged by first letter is some- times a nerve-racking job, especially if the author be wearied not only with the preparation of copy for the catalog but also with the proof-reading up to the index. When the slips are perfectly alphabetized, they should be handed over to a typist for copying, one column only to a sheet of copy paper. The typewritten copy should then be checked by the slips, which the typist should keep in exact order as the copying pro- ceeds. Small rubber bands may be used to advantage in keeping the slips in order. This copy should also be checked in reverse with the page proofs. In the proof- reading of the index, reference to copy is seldom neces- sary although the copy should be available for use. INDEXING THE SMALL CATALOG Professor Thomas E. French of Ohio State Uni- versity uses a very simple and rapid method for pre- paring a small index, as follows: STYLE AND EXAMPLES I49 A sheet of blank paper for each letter in the alpha- bet, 8>2Xii or preferably 8^^x14, should be secured and marked. These sheets should be arranged in con- secutive order around a large table. An assistant is necessary. The items are called off by the author and are promptly entered with pencil upon the proper sheets. By using a little judgment in making entries, these sheets may be so arranged that the typist can, with but little extra effort, alphabetize the items. Thus the item Absence would be placed at the head of the A list, the item Athletics at the bottom, while American History would be placed about the center of the sheet. This manner of indexing, with a capable assistant, will be found very short and quite accurate. A few universities and many small colleges use a full width 8-point index. Unless the type in the body of the catalog be as large as ii-point or 12-point, this style will be ungainly in appearance and extravagant in space occupied. Quite a number of indexes to cata- logs printed in lo-point type appear in 8-point and in two columns. For the sake of both style and economy, this is much better than the full measure 8-point index. Some small catalogs carry no index whatever, a condi- tion to be deplored. Printers are usually prepared to compile indexes, for which a charge is made, but it is considered far better for the author or compiler of the catalog to do this work himself because of his intimate knowledge of just what should appear in the index and just how it should appear. I50 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 795 Drawing, Public School. . College of Engineering Manual Arts ■'Mechanical Topographic for Teachers Drill. Military Drug Collection . . . Dynanioes, Design of • • • - Economic Entomology 44S. oovj Economics • --V 50? Agricultural 2o7. &bo Course in Commerce -510 .. 493 . . . 382 . . 225 ... 581 . .402 :uo 128, JH2 85 3s;J SG Engineering, College of. 74, and 354 35r. 35li 3(i2 460 576 162 585 study ['li Home Rummer Session Education Agricultural ; Correspondence-study -'ro Major in p"^^ Summer Session • • • ^^^ for Teachers 1^ '• ^11 Election of Studies \f^ Electlves • ^"^^ Electrical Engineering Course 580 37G 362 Summer Session Corre 580 sporidence-study 512 Electrochemistry 1^7 Applied 380 Employment Bureau »« Engineering and Commerce Com- biued "^* Engineering, Agricultural . . 440. 585 Pivil **"" Chemical" 372, 377. 580 Chemical Technology ■i'< Commercial Mechanical ^gi Contracts and Specifications. . 38b ,Correspondence-study ^^. . .^^^^ ^^^ Elec'tHcll' ■. '. ■. ■. ■. '. '. ■. ■ ■ 376; 382. 580 Electrochemical, Applied, and Electrometallurgy ^»o Geological ■■■■ 376 Hydraulic and Sanitary.. 386, 581 Inspection Toursf •■• 364 Machine Design 3S8, 581 Mechanlpal »•'••• ■^'^\ Drawing 5«1 Metallurgical Group 376 Mechanics • 390. 582 Mining 3^4 Mining and Metallurgy 391 Physics 250 Railway -^^j Roads and Pavements 395 Sanitary ^ 3S6 Shop Work 390. 582 Steam and Gas. . . < 398. OS;} Surveying 403, 58.5 Structural 401 Topographic and Geodetic 402 Wood Technology 404 Admission Algebra : • Buildings Courses of Study Combined Engineering Commerce Coarse Degrees : Departments of Instruction. . . Elective for Students in Let- ters and Science •"» Equipment ^%^ Fees and Expenses ^o^ Four Year Courses ^JJ^ Graduate Work ^»^ Graduation In more than oua Course ^^^ luspection Trips • t^o* I^aboratorics and .\pii;u-iUus. . ..■>* Language UequLreuicuts 36* Libraries • • • • °^ Letters and Science. Cour.ses lo 377 Non-Uesident Lecturers 3l>o. Organization .... Outlines Six Year Course. Student Advisers Summer Session Summer Worlc . . English 103. 35*- 308 36;t 355 580 36t 108 Correspondence-study • • • ^1^ College of Engineering. . . 108. 1/^ Composition I6J1 Course in Chemistry Course in Commerce • Doctor's Degree - • • • • Course in Journah.sni 171, 172 306 311 172 32* Language and Literature 110, 174 Library Work I^"' Major Study 109- Master's Degree ........ .... \t^ Rhetoric and Composition. 109, 172 Senior Honors In l)tf. Summer Session • • ' %li for Teachers !'"• ^'*^ Thesis Course j^' * Entomology ■ • •„' p%;. Economic 448. 08U EntrancQ, Jlxamlnations iif Requirements j"^ Time of ;. *"* Equipment; University tf^ Ethics t *■?*' Evolution, Industrial 25© Examinations. University llj Law aV K?tt Medical ^^'ril Physical • "oi Expenses, Fees and j-^* Experiment Station 45» E.xperlraental Breeding -. 44» Extension, University .... . iH)£ Correspondence- Study Depart- raent .• •• ^03 Debating and Public Discus- siou 620 Wisconsin's style is linotype composition, in some respects considered not quite equal to the Harvard index following. Several errors in alphabetizing appear. 6-point solid; nothing to denote separation between O and L.. STYLE AND EXAMPLES 151 INDEX 1003 Bachelor of Science in Civil and Sani- tary Engineering, Mechanical Engi- neering, Electrical Engineering, or iOning Engineering and Metallurgy, no- Master of Science in Civil and Sanitary Engineering, jMechanical Engineer- ing, or Electncal Engineering, 710. Mining Enmneer and Metallurgical Engineer, 710. Doctor of Engineering, 710. Bachelor of Theology, 752. Master of Theology, 753. Doctor of Theology, 754. Bachelor of Laws, 769. Doctor of Law, 770. Doctor of Medicine, 804. Doctor of Public Health, 805. Doctor of Dental Medicine, 824. Degrees, conferred in March, 1915, 313; June, 1915, 317. Statute in regard to, xxxii. Degree with Distinction, 310, 364, 5«9. "Dendrology, Instruction in, 699. Dental Jurisprudence, Instmction in, 821. Dental Schooi- Students in, 263. General Statement, 817. Building, 818. Administrative Boa-d, 81S. Admission, 818. Examinations for Admission, 819. General Regulations, 819. Registration, 819. Studies in which Examinations Mi held, 820. Arrangement of Studies, 820. Methods of Instruction, 821. Clinical Advantages, (821. Dental Faculties Association of Amer- ican Universities, 821. Extension of the Course in 1917-18, 817, 821. Libraries and Museums, 822. Examinations, 822. Degree, 316, 338, 824. Fellowships and Scholarships, 824. Fees and Expenses, 825. Dentistry, Instruction in, 820. Departmental and Special Librarians, 31. Libraries, 853. Departments, of University, v, xxs. of Faculty of Arts and Sciences, 356. Dermatology, Instruction in, 792, 797. Design, Instruction in. See Architecture and Engineering. Deturs, 302, 583. Diplomacy, Instmction in, 455. Dining Halls, 498. DiRECTORT, 919. Discipline, Statute regaraing, xxxiii. Diseases of the Nervous System,. Instruc- tion in, T92, 797. Dismission. See Discipline. Disquisition or Dissertation. See Com- mencement Parts. DivnnTT School. Statute concerning, xxziv. Students in, 207. General Stotement, 735. Andover Theological Seminary, 73«. Episcopal Theological School, 736. Faculty of Divinity, 737. Andover Professors, 737. Faculty of Episcopal Theological School, 738. Admission, 738. Courses of Instruction, 739 Chapel Services, 749. Tabular View of Exercises, 750. Instruction in Other Department*, 752. Library, 752. Degrees, 345, 752. Prizes, 755. Scholarships and Aid, 297, 756. Fees and Bxpenses, 768. Divisions and Departments of the Faculty of Arts and Sciences, 356. Division of Admission Examinations to College, 518. Division of Students, Medical Scjiool, 783. Dormitories, Rooms in, 501. Draper Memorial, Henry, 855. Drawing, for admission to College, 546. Drawing, Instruction in. See Architecture and Engineering. Earning Money, Opportunities for, 628. Economic History, 450, 469. Economics, Instruction in, 456. Education, Instruction in, 461. Egyptology, Instruction in, 370. Elective Courses open to Freshmen, 366. Elective Studies for Admission, 510. Electives, Rules for the Choice of, 364, 553. Electrical Engineering, 705. Embryology, Instruction in, 429, 430, 485. Employment Office, Students', 628. ENGiNEERrao Camp, 7i2. Ensineekinq Laboratorees, 715. Engineering and Mining, Insteuctioh AND Degrees in, 705. General Statement, 705. Officers of Administration and In- struction, 708. Degrees, 710. Admission, 711. Registration, 713. Tuition Fees and Expenses, 713. Scholarships, 714. Laboratories, 705, 715. Programmes for Degrees, Undergrad- uate Courses, 716, n7-726. EUective Subjects for Advanced 'Courses, 727-731. Summer Courses, 716. Engineering Camp, 732. Mjuing Camp, 733. Research Courses, 729-731. Students Civil Encrineerine, 183, 185. Electrical " " 183, 185. Mechanical " 184, lS9. MiningEnsrineering and Metallurgy, 203. Sanitary Engineering, 184, 202. Engineering Sciences, Instruction in, 418. English for admission, to College, 523, 548. to Dental School, 820. English, Instruction in, 330. Harvard index, with no dotted lines and with numbers immediately next to subjects, presents a better appearance typographically and is more quickly read. The typesetting is a trifle less expensive. Items are here arranged by consecutive positions of page numbers under alphabetized subjects. Monotype composition. 6-point solid; nothing to denote separation between D and E. IC2 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG DIRECTORY OF OFFICERS. The foUowing is a directory cf University officers both of ad.mnistration and instruction. The first address given in each case is the residence; the second, thg address to which mad matter should be directed Where one address only is given, mail should be directed accordingly. Unless otherwise specified, all street addresses given are in the city of Philadelphia. .... u r j » tu- Thf figures bracketed after each name indicate the page on which the name may be found at the beginning of the Catalogue. When these figures are lacking, it 13 understood that the appointment or election occurred too late for record in the earlier pages. ABBOTT, A. C. (Dr.). Professor and Direc. 4229 Baltimore Ave. Laboratory of Hygiene. ABBOTT. W. L.. Reader. [54] 6807 N. nth St. Logan Hall. ADAMS. J. S., Lecturer. [651 422G Pine St. ADAMS. J. W.. (Dr.), Professor. 132) Swarthmore, Pa. Veterinary School. ADDISON. W. H. F., Asst. Professor. [41] 3932 Pine St. Medical Laboratories. ALBRECHT, H. E., (Dr.), Asst. Instructor. [ 217 S. 40th St. ALEXANDER. T. R.. Jr.. Instructor. [49] Dorm. 103 Brooks House. ALLEN. A. R.. (Dr.). Associate. [40] 2013 Spruce St. ALLEN, F. W., (Dr.). Asst. Professor. [41] 1518 Arch St. 911 Flanders' Building. ALLEN. G. H.. Assistant. [64] 4041 Locust St. College Hall. ALLEN. J. H., (Dr.). Asst. Instructor. [47] 1325 Pine St. ALLISON. J. F.. Instructor. (50] Riverton. X. J. Box 100, Riverton. N. J. ALLWOOD. W. A., (Dr.). Instructor. [53] 4 S. 38th St. ALLYN, H. B., (Dr.), Associate. [44] 501 S. 42d St. AMES, H. v.. Professor and Dean. [35] 210 S. 37th St. College Hall. AMRAM. D. W.. Professor. [41] 024 W. Cliveden Ave.. Germantown. 1610 Real Estate Trust Building. [33] ANSPACH. B. M.. (Dr.). Associate. [45] 119 S. 20th St. APPLIN. S.. Instructor. [48] 816 S. Vogdes St. ARNAL. L. E.. Asst. Professor. [40] College Hall. ANDERSON. G. B., Instructor. Apartment 0, 225 S. 40lh St. Logan Hall. (62) [46] [52] ARNOLD. G. W.. Jr., Assistant. '[56] 4912 Mcn-ine St. Engineering Building. ARNOLD. W. C... Assistant. [62] 4408 Locust St. ASHHURST. A. P. C. (Dx.), Instructor. 811 Spruce St. ASNIS, C. E.. Lecturer. [02] 3237 Berks St. 1218 Chestnut St. AUSTIN. J. H.. (Dr.), Associate. [51] Ardmore. Pa. Medical Laboratories. BABB, M. J.. Asst, Profe9.sor. [.39] 157 Cricket A%e.. Ardmore, Pa. B.A.BBITT. J. A., (Dr.), Aast.Tnstructor. Haverford, Pa. 1901 Chestnut St. B.A.KER, R. J.. Asst. Professor. [41] 107 Owen Me., Lansdowne, Pa. Law School Building. BALDENSPERGER. H. L., Assistant. [59] 3722 Walnut St. Logan Hall. BALLAGH, J. C Asst Professor. [42] Logan Hall. BARK. E.. Instructor. [49] 4225 Regent St. Engineering Building. BARKER, F. P. K.. (Dr.), Instructor. [53] Gladwyne, Pa. 9(M Flanders' Building. BARKER. H. C, Asst, Professor. [39] Moylan, Pa. Laboratory of Physics. BARKER. W.. Trustee, I2(.I Port Roval Ave,. Uoxborough, Phila. 771 Bullitt Building. (713) The University of Pennsylvania catalog carries, toward the end of the book, a directory of officers and faculty alphabetically arranged. These names appear elsewhere with degrees, etc. The usual running-head is omitted over the drop- head on this page. STYLE AND EXAMPLES 153 MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY 1011 BA MA PAGE Walker, H. R. Trin. 1888 791 • — G. T. Trin. 1889 1893 767 SCD1904 i* — G. W. ■ Trin. 1897 1901 7&7 • — A, H. Trin. 1904 1908 787 • — G. Trin. 1904 1908 787 MB 1911, EC 1909 • — R. W. S. Trin. 1904 1908 770 BC 1909, MD 1912 — Sir \Trin. 1911 1915 789 R. J.M.Bart./ • — J.F.E.G.Sid. 1906 1910 833 — J. L. N.C. [E1914] 858 WalLT. Trin. [M 1914] 803 — E. G. Emm. [M1913] 814,824 Wallace, C.S. Pem. 1865 572 — R. B. P. Pem. 578 — P.B. Tr.H. 1904 615 — W.M. Kg'3[M19l2] 648 — D. W, Chr. 701 • — F. J. A. Trin 1862 1865 772 — A.W.W. Trin. 1910 1914 789 — J.A.V. Trin. 1913 797 — F. W. Emm. 1912 822 Wallace, J. C. Emm. 1912 822 • — J.M. Dwn. 1907 1912 844 Waller, A. R. Pet. If .^. 1905 544 • _ w. H. Tr.H. 1889 1893 613 — J.C. Kg's 1913 647 • — C. C. Joh. 1890 1902 728 • — E.H.M. 1893 1897 861 •Walley, S. C. Cla. 1884 1888 554 • — J. T. Jes. 1892 1896 674 Wallice, D. Cla. [iM 1913] 560 — P. Kg's 1911 646 •Wallington, F. M. Kg's 1892 1896 641 ♦Wallis, F. C. Cla. 1897 1901 555 — E. P. Cla. [M 1912] 559 • — G. D. Pem. 1905 1911 572 • — F. (Bp) Cai. 1676 1879 587 DD 1894 — A. A. C.C. 627 • — A. Kg's 1901 1906 642 • — R. L. M. Dwn. 1907 1913 844 — A. B. R. Dwn. [M 1903] 845 — W, C, see Colville-Wallis, W. Walls, F.R. Kg's 1913 647 — L. H. Kg's 649 Walm3ley,C. Kg's 1913 • 647 ♦Walpole, Sir C.G. Trin. 1871 1874 774 Walrond. V. Trin. [M 1908] 799 Walsh, A. St G. Tr.H. [M 1912]6ii,6i7 — A. D. Trin. 1912 796 — P. Trin. [M .1914] 764 — E.S. Dwn. [M 1913] 846 ^A MA PAOB •Walsham, H. Cai. 1879 1882 593 MB, BC 1887, MD 1897 +*Walsingllam, \Trin. 1865 1870 768 Lord(DeGrey,T.)/ LLD 1891 ♦Walter, J. A. Pet. 1868 1871 542 * — W. L. Joh. 1898 1902 728 ♦ — L. H. Trin. 1897 1901 7S4 Walters, W.J. Cla. 1912 558 • — H. B. Kg's 1889 1893 640 — G. Y. L. Trin. [M 1913] 802 — A. M. Trin. 804 »Waltham, R. Pet, 1869 1872 542 *Walther, D. R. P. Pem. 1903 1909 571 * Walton, J. M. Pem. 1884 1889 569 — J. Joh. [M 1914] 736 ♦ — T. A. N.C. 1908 1912 857, 862 Walworth, G. Joh. 1914 733 Wan, Y.S. Joh. 1915 733 Wandell, J. Trin. 804 Wane, J. S. Qu. 1915 658 Wang, K. R. Trin. [M 1914] 803 Wankowicz, W. Dwn. 1911 845 Wanless, G. L. Cla. 1909 557 LLB 1909 *Wanliss, J.N.W. Trin. 1884 1887 778 LLB 1884 — D. S. Trin. 1887 791 LLB 1887 ♦Wanstall, E. F. Cath. 1871 1874 664 ♦Warburg, O. E. Trin, 1898 1902 784 t^Warburton, C. Chr. 1888 1892 694 toward. Sir A. W. Pet. 1859 1862 539 LITTD 1884 — S. C. Pet. 1893 544 • — W. H. Cla. 1887 1892 554 • — E. Cla. 1899 1903 553 MB 1905, BC 1904, MD 1908 • — J. L. Pem. 1871 1874 568 ♦ — H. J. Pem. 1891 1896 570 • — A. H. M. Pem. 1901 1905 57i — R. I. Pem. 578 — G. H. Cai. 1914 6oi — J. H. Tr.H. 1873 614 — J. S. M. Tr.H. 1908 616 — D. C. L. C.C. 1913 626 — T, P. Kg's 636,649 * — V. S. Qu. 1902 1906 656 • — H. Cath. 1902 1906 665 * — Y, Cath. 1901 1906 665 — F. K. Chr. 1912 698 t* — J. T. Joh. 1876 1879 713 — G. W. C. Joh. 1883 731 * — R. F. C. Joh. 1897 1902 721 MB, 1900. BC 1902, MD 1903 64—2 Cambridge University's Calendar contains much information about its mem- bers. The figures in the lower right corner indicate to the binder the signature number. In this section of the book the page, being two column, is wider than the standard. 154 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 32 LAFAYETTE COLLEGE. ALPHABETICAL SUBJECT INDEX. Numbers immediately following the subject refer to the courses of study, pages 94-149. S^umbers in parenthesis indicate the year and term in which the subject ts given. Page. Agricultural Chemistry 973 (IV, 2) 146 Algebra 40i-5 (L ^s) "8 Alternating Current Engineering 811-12 (III, 1-2) 141 American History. 321-4 (H, 1-3; HI, 2) 115 Analytical Geometry - • .416-20 (I, 3; H. 1-2) "8 Anatomy, Mammalian 55i (HI, 128 Ancient History. 3" (I-IH) "5 Anglo-Saxon 10 (H- 2) 95 11-13 (III, i-3nV, 1-3) 95 Assaying 955 (IV. 2) 146 f Descriptive 53i (IV, 127 536 (IV. 1) 127 Astronomy^ Practical 541-2 (IV 2-3) 127 ( For Engineers 543 (IH-3) 127 Bacteriology and Hygiene 554 (IV. 129 [ English 221-6 (I, II. 1-3) "2 233-5(111, 1-3) 112 Greek.. ....227-9 (H, 1-3) H2 Bible ^ 236-8(111,1-3) 112 Latin 230-2 (II, 1-3) "2 239-41 (III, 1-3) 112 History of 244 (IV, i) 112 Tj;^i^,r„ / General 553 (HI. 3) 129 ^'°'^^y \ Sanitary 561(111.3) tjo Blackstone ,.--., 361-2 (IV, 2-3) 1 16 Boilers 102 1 (HI, 1-2) 148 Botany - ^.571 (HI, i) 130 Bridge Design 695-6 (IV, 2-3) i37 Business Law 363-4 (IV, 2-3) 116 Calculus . . .426-7 (II, 1-2) 119 429-31 (HI. 1-3) "9 An alphabetical subject index, so uncommon, should be of great value in catalog. STYLE AND EXAMPLES 155 Some Page Specimens It Is hoped that some ideas or suggestions may be derived from the following full page examples as well as from others appearing elsewhere under diflferent heads: Chart Showins the Number of Hours Given to Each Study per Week a: i 1 1 i 1 a. 1 X U 1 i M s S o. 1 en Sixth 3 5 4 3 4 4 5 4 2 Fifth ' 4 4 4 3 4 4 4 2 Fourth 4 4 4 3 4 4 4 2 Third 4 5 3 4 5 5 2 2 Second 4 4 3 4 5 5 3 I 2 First 5 5 3 4 6 ■ 2 From the almost diminutive catalog of the Groton School. IS6 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG Time-Schedule for the Year 1915-16 SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS AND JACKSON COLLEGE Initials are used for the days of the week. The numeral ioUowing theseletters indicates the program-hour, not the time of day. The working day is divided into eight periods as follows: 1 8.00 5 12.10 2 8.50 6 2.10 3 9-5° 7 3-IO 4 1 1 10 8 4.10 Thus MWF 2 means Monday, Wednesday and Friday at 8.50; TTS 4 means Tuesday, Thursday and Saturday, at 11. 10. (f) indicates that the subject is offered for the first half-year only, (s) that it is offered for the second half-year only AH subjects not so indicated extend through both terms. The hour for the Tufts division is indicated by the letter T; for the Jackson division by J. All subjects not so indicated are open to students of both colleges. For detailed description of the subjects, students are referred to the departmental statements. 1 2-1 (F) English T MlVFj or TTS3; J TTS 4 12-2 (s) English T MWF 3 or TTS 3; J TTS4 12-4 (s) English TTS 3 12-10 English TTS 2 1 2-1 1 English T MWFj; J AfWFa 12-13 (s) English TTSj 12-17 (F) English MWF 3 i2-i8 (s) English MWF3 12-23 (f) English yl//' 75 12-24 (F) English TTS 2 12-25 English TTS 4 12-29 English Tu 67 12-36 (s) English TTS 2 14-4 (F) Mathematics TTS 4 14-5 (s) Mathematics TTS 4 14-6 (F) Mathematics TTS 2 14-8 (s) Mathematics TTS 3 14-9 (F) Mathematics TTS 3 I4-10 (s) Mathematics TTS 2 ( 14-21 Mathematics 1 MWF 12 1 21-21 Graphics > or 67 First term also TTS 12 16-1 (F) Philosophy TTS 4 16-3 (f) Philosophy MWF 4 16-4 (s) VhWoso^hy MWF 4 16-15 Philosophy TTS 2 16-55 Philosophy MWF3 18-1 (s) Oratory MV/F 4 22-1 German T MWF 3 , J MWF s 22-2 German T MWF 2; J TTS 2 22-3 GermcLnT MWF 4;] MWF 4 22-3B German TTSj 22-4 German MWFj German MWF 6 Physics T TT4, J TT 3 Laboratory on M Tu W Th or F678 (f) Physics MWF 3 (s) Physics MWF 3 Physics W6j8 (f) Physics To be arranged Physics To be arranged 24-21 Physics TT7 26-4 (s) Education MWF 8 26-S (F) Education r/'i"/ 26-7 (s) Education To be arranged 28-1 (f) Class. Arch. MWF 4 22-5 24-1 24-2 24-6 24-7 241 1 24-17 Time schedule from catalog of Tufts College. Running-head omitted over drop head. STYLE AND EXAMPLES 157 38 KENTUCKY WESLEYAN COLLEGE en z o a: o D Q ^2o CO .2 ri|S s 1 nch in. CO ^ « g 6i .2 1 J^l fe 2^ .HH-^l .H^E> HH gi-5 1:^ Hist. ] Latin 1 Philos. Bible 1 Bible I Bible I Bible I '0PM 01 qitzi anoH NOUN II • . ■ M ^HH HH HH Hi^; 5 in 7: Greekll Latin ] Sociol. 1^ 11 ^5 .2,„ a^ hh'"' Sg2- . I-H ^li ^:2 si ^1^ in '3 p. C3 '3 a. 1 '3 p. 1 gs Greek I. Geology l-H . Ji to ¥ ^ bo 1" Woo Math. I. Physics I. S i 1-5 "^ ? i S t5 >" 5 >^ < «< W Q <J Q Q H CO Q Pi J3 Q P5 H < Eh ^ H w Expensive typesetting but thoroughly comprehensive for a small college. ilJ Qi — -2 iH 2i ^^ § ■< 3 « u «.2 « °-^-:r ^-i J! S >-^ ,-'r o t- o « H J2 5.5 If IP !=■ ■- 9. o : ^1 .^1 ^g Q S a CL K u -J< .-a! . o «LU «-^ « 3 < Oi beth; us; 1. seroso am's aulay's Johns Liincey : and Maiico ven C rave's Treas -1 Mae Com II Pen Mac De Q Ar Hawth S« Pali i < e- J u •s — UJ I -t 5= s s ^ ?> £ o a. E u U o Ch cs. bora ough sion u SI- t^^ 1 lo- u C7 •< g Fraser & Squai French Gramm Vos' Essentials German. Coester's Span Grammar. Gil Bias. Moratin's EI Si las Ninas. o fa i ffi H ■- t<!. u c^ . >- TO 5 A 1 X lo •§ < 5 H « il Histor Leafle rnmen wings, s. ii erican South 1 Go\ ip Dr Esss x^ lit- %cl li 1 z ?2^ is > J Gilde Gr (Schoo Jone Com Benne ology he age. ation, lish glish o 2 ar. Etym ynonyms. ory of t ,h Langu umentatio , Declam Themes, s of Eng Poetry, y of En terature. Gramm S Hist Engli Arg Debate Form Histor L ^3 S c S 3 8-1 Pc^e Thirty-two The Bulletin of the Western Theological Semifiary 1 1 !l <3 .si « g SI'S 1" Sacraments and Church Government -60 Prof. Breed Hebrew-1 Prof. Culley 00 il II ^1 •si ^4 in ^ 7^^ ^^ Ip o o o g 1 U5 1 Id ^ . ft. s-s .22 ^i X g^ IP ^2 If 6 t-^ z ^ (M <£> lO o (M ^ » 11 II 2S C^ o s g ^? ::j nt J-"^ ^1 o :z o J3 f it It o s 1 1 Wo 6 c3 X) il Hft. . <a3 1/5 rr llilill d ^1 2 g- 3 ft: 6 1 3 S If 13 ^1 it 'C ft .Sft, .a S wit .s s II CO it .22 (>3 a S 3 olilll g(3 CJ O ;-i GO S S 1 c^ '6 •-s W :2 »-3 W 3' 4 :^- ^^^ S^ s <°° <i^ <iS 63 (218) Schedule in 8-point. Many schedules are in 6-point admitting more matter to the page but less easily read. 159 l6o THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 52 WELLS COLLEGE 4. Plato. Plato, Apology, Crito, Phaedo; an outline of the teachings of Socrates and study of his teachings in relation to earlier and later Greek philosophy. Through the year, three hours. Open to students who have completed course 2. HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE Professor Lowe, Associate Professor Hickman, Mr. Collier, Miss Flumerfelt 1. European History. This course opens with a brief survey of the Ro- man Empire at the time of the rise of Christianity, and traces the general history of Europe through the period of the Religious Revolt. As it is introductory to the work of later years, careful attention is given to methods of study. A text-book is used as the basis of work and is supplemented by assigned collateral readings, lectures, the examination of the simpler forms of sources, the preparation of bibliographies, and the presentation of papers. Professor Lowe. Through the year, three hours. Required of Sophomores. Open to Freshmen who plan to do advanced work in the History Department. 2. Modern Europe. This course opens with a study of European condi- tions after the close of the Thirty Years' War and closes with a discussion of present day problems. In this and in all subsequent elections the work will be arranged in accordance with the training gained in the prerequisite courses. Associate Professor Hickman. Through the year, three hours. Open to students who have completed course i. Required of students who are majoring in the department, or who wish to do advanced work in Modern European history, 3. English History, including a study of the foundation and growth of the Empire. Professor Lo\^■E. Through the year, three hours. Open to students who have completed course i. Students are advised when possible to take this course before Senior year. Signified, concise, attractive; all type of same size; book titles properly italicized, see first line. STYLE AND EXAMPLES l6l lution and the Constitutional Convention of 1787. Atten- tion is paid to the social, economic, and religious life of the colonies in the eighteenth century. Lectures, collateral readings, and special reports. Prerequisite, Course 7. Open to seniors. Two hours, second semester. HOME ECONOMICS Miss James 1. Household Hygiene and Administration. This course includes a study of the house and its environ- ment from a sanitary and economic statidpoint. Systems of ventilation, waste disposal, water supply, questions affecting public health, and the duties of the householder as a member of the community are topics represen tati .'e of the scope of the course. It includes also a study of family incomes and their expenditure, standards of living, budgets, etc. Four hours, second semester. 2 and 3. Household Art. Four hours, first and second semesters. (See Department of Art, Courses 7 and 8.) 4 and 5. Food Economics. A study of the chemical composition, relative physiological and economic value of the animal and vegetable foods and their products; processes in production of raw food mate- xial; methods by which heat is applied to food material; principles of diet; simple food combinations; pure food laws. Lectures, laboratory work, collateral reading. Prerequisites, Chemistry, Courses 1 and 2, or their equivalent. Three class appointments; six laboratory hours. Four hours of credit, first and second semesters. 6. Household Physics. (See Department of Physics, Course 8.) Required of major students who have not had any other course in Physics. Three hours, second semester. 52 Lake Erie College's is a most carefully arranged style but absence of customary running-head is noticeable. If folio were at top of page embodied in a running- head instead of at bottom, neither space nor expense would be added. 8-poiat Century with 8-point Century- bold-face center and side-heads. l62 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 58 MOUNT HOLYOKE COLLEGE and reading of the best English translations of Greek authors, with special attention to Homer and the dramatists. Open to sophomores. Second semester, three hours. Professor Williams, Associate Professor Flint. 18. Greek Life. Lectures. Open to juniors. First semester, one hour. Associate Professor Flint. 19. Sophocles or Euripides. Prerequisite, Courses 1-5. First or second semester, three hours. Courses i, 2, and 4 or 6 must be included in a major. Courses 13 and 14 do not count toward a major. HISTORY 1. The History of Rome to 133 B. C. Open to all students. First semester, two or three hours. The third hour will be devoted to the study of the sources of the history of the period. Omitted in 1914-1915. 2. The History of Rome from 133 B. C. through the Reign of Tiberius. Open to those who have taken Course i for two or three hours. Second semester, two or three hours. The third hour will be devoted to the study of the sources of the, history of the period. Omitted in 1914-1915. 3 and 4. The History of Mediaeval Europe. These courses cover the period from the beginning of the Roman Empire to the thir- teenth century, and are conducted by means of lectures and collateral reading. Required. Open to Freshmen. Three hours throughout the year. Professor Neilson, Associate Professors Putnam and Morriss, Mr. Colegrove. 5. The History of Europe from the Beginnings of the Renais- sance to the Lutheran Reforjiation. Prerequisite, Courses 3 and 4. First semester, three hours. Professor Neilson. 6. The History of Europe from the Lutheran Reformation through the Eighteenth Century. Prerequisite, Courses 3 and 4. Second semester, three liours. Professor Neilson. 7 and 8. The History of Europe during the Nineteenth Century. Prerequisite,' Courses 3 and 4. Three hours throughout the year. Mr. Colegrove. 9. The History of England to 1154. The political, constitutional, and economic history of England through the reign of Stephen. The work consists of lectures, reports from the class on special subjects, and the study of the documents contained in Stubbs' Select Charters. Open to juniors who have taken Courses 3 and 4. First semester, three hours. Professor Neilson. A page of exactly perfect dimensions and a splendid style of its own. 8-point type throughout. STYLE AND EXAMPLES 163 52 SMITH COLLEGE BULLETIN C. Professional training, in vocations for which a college education is a natural preparation. If this ia m teaching, the courses are 1, 2, 4, 6, while 86 and 10 are highly desirable. For preparation as scientific assistant in some of the hnea now opening up to women, courses 1, 2, 3, 6 should be taken. For preparation to follow horticulture or landscape gardening, 1, 5, 9, are the suitable. courses. For all of these purposes, certain combinations of these courses with those in other departments are advisable, and upon these matters the students are invited to consult with members of the department. CHEMISTRY Professor: John Tappan Stoddard, Ph. D. Associate Professors: Ellen Parmelee Cook, A, M., Elizabeth Spaulding Mason, A. B., Mary Louise Foster, Ph. D. Assistant Professor: Laura Sophronia Clark, A. M. Instructor: David Elbridge Worrall, A. M. Demonstrator: Marion Katherine McNamara, A. B. 1. General Chemistry. Lectures on general and inorganic chemistry, two hours a week; laboratory practice, one period of two and a half hours a week. Alternative with Physics for Freshmen or Sopho- mores. Students offering Chemistry for entrance can enter this course second semester. Three hoxirs, through the year. Leo. M. T. at 10 in C. H. 1; Lab. A, M. at 2 in C. H. 16; Lab. B, T. at 2 in C. H. 16; Lab. C, W. at 9 in C. H. 16; Lab. D, Th. at 2 in C. H. 16; Lab. D, F. at 2 in C. H. 16. Professor Stoddard, Associate Professors Cook. Mason, and Foster, Assistant Professor Clark, Mr. Worrall. A laboratory fee of $5.00 a semester is charged for this course, but no fee is charged for any other course. 2. Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis. Laboratory practice, with lectures on the principles of chemical analysis. For students who have taken 1. Three hours, through the year. Lee. Th. at 12 m C. H. 1 ; Lab. Th. F. at 2 in C. H. 11. Professor Stoddard, Associate Pro- fessor Mason, Assistant Professor Clark. 3a. Chemistry of Microorganisms. The chemistry of the carbohy- drates, with special reference to the action of yeasts and moulds, and of various enzymes in spUtting the carbohydrate molecule. For students who have taken 2. Three hours, first semester. fLec. Th. at J2 in C. H. 14; fLab. Th. F. at 9 in C. H. 15. Associate Profesaor Foster. A page of practically perfect dimensions and good style, well spaced, and, for 8-point, legible, being leaded. The head "Chemistry" appears with more dignity in reman caps than if in bold-face. 164 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 70 Wkllesley College 1912-13 CHEMISTRY Professor: it charlotte Fitch Roberts, Ph.D. ASSOOIATE PBOFESSOa: CHARLOTTE ALMIRA BRAGQ, B.S. iNSTRUCTOaS: LOUISA STONE STEVENSON, PH.D., Jennie Tilt, M.A. Curator: Mary Marian Fuller. LA30RATORY ASSISTANTS: HARRIET ISABELLE COLE, Gertrude May Ware, B.A. 1. General Chemistry. Lectures and laboratory work. L Open to all midergraduates. Three hours a -Meek for a year. Miss Bragg, Miss Stevenson, Miss Tilt. Course i is for beginners in Chemistry, and is intended to familiarize the student with the important proper- ties of the elements and their compounds, with their modes of preparation, and with such tests as shall lead up to the study of systematic Qualitative Analysis; also to present the laws governing chemical reactions, the meaning of chemical equations, and the more recent theories adopted in the science. 2. Qualitative Analysis. II. Open to students ivho have completed course J or 4. Three hours a week for the frst semester. Miss Tilt. This course supplements course i by presenting more in detail the properties and characteristic reactions of the metallic elements. Practical methods of separating and recognizing the elements present in mixtures are taught, and the progress of the student is constantly tested by the examination of substances, the composition of which is unknown to the student. t4. Advanced General Chemistry. I. Open to students -who have met ike admission require- mettt or its equivalent. Three hours a -week for a year. Miss Bragg. The course aims to give a thorough knowledge of the fundamental principles of the science, and to take up, so far as time allows, subjects of interest and importance in daily life. T Absent on leave, t Withdrawn for the current year. This style page very expensive to produce by reason of the use of four sizes and three faces of type, four indentations. CotfBSEs OF Study. Spanish. Geaduatb Courses. {graduate The graduate seminary in Italian is varied froni year to year in order Courses, that it may be pursued by a student for consecutive years. Students electing Italian as a major subject for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy are required to offer French philology as an associated minor. For the list, of approved independent minors see the Regulations of the Academic Coimcil. The books needed by graduate students are collected in the seminary library of the department. No undergraduates are admitted to graduate courses or to the seminary libraries, Italian Seminary, Dr. Holbrook. Two hours a week throughout the year. (Given in each year.) This seminary presuppos,es a knowledge of Old French Philology and the equivalent of the minor and major courses in Italian offered at Bryn Mawr College. The work is founded upon the treatise entitled Die ItaKenische Sprache by D'Ovidio and Meyer Lubke in Grober'a Grundriss (Strassburg, 1906). Various passages from thirteenth and fourteenth cer.tury authors are examined criticially from a phonological and morphological point of view. Romance Languages Journal Club, Dr. DeHaan, Dr. Holbrook, Dr. Beck, Dr. Schenck. One and a hjilf hours a fortnight throughout the year. The instructors and advanced students meet to report on and discuss recent reviews and critical articles. Spanish. The instruction in this department is under the direction of Dr. Fonger DeHaan, Professor of Spanish. The instruction offered in Spanish covers eighteen hours of lectures and recitations a week; it includes ten hours a week of undergraduate minor and major work; two hours a week of post-major work open only to graduates and to undergraduates that have completed the major course in Spanish; and six hours a week of graduate work. A combination of five hours a week for one year of the minor course in Spanish with five hours a week for one year of the minor course in Italian forms a major course, and may be taken with any other language to form a group. Students may thus elect ten hours of Spanish, or five hours of Spanish and five hours of Italian to form a major course. First Year. {Minor Course.) (Given in foch year.) MtUiOT Spanish, Dr. DeHaan. Five hours a week throughout the year. xJoO^SCt The object of this covirse is to give beginners a good knowledge of modern Spanish, and to ground them thoroughly in the essentials of the grammar. As a preparation for Bryn Mawr presents its courses of study in an unusually expensive style; page dimensions are perfect; marginal heads being considered as outside; periods after centered and marginal heads are contrary to many style books. See page 120. i6s l66 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 56 Mount Union College H*. French Literary Criticism. — The principal French critics; the development of classicism and romanticism in the seventeenth and nineteenth centuries. For students who have had three years of French. Elective, year, each semester, two }iours. H". French Conversation. — Students who have had two years of French may join a class in French conversation. The work is based on Talbot's Le Francais et sa Patrie. Consult the instructor as to eligibility to join this class. Elective, year, each semester, tivo hours. Geology Professor Lamb. NOTE. — A laboratory fee of $1.00 is chargrcd in all cotirse'S ex- cept in I", first semester, for those w-ho have had Course I', an'1 in Courses I* and l^ r. Physiography. — A course dealing with the physical features of the earth and the agencies that have produced them. Topographic and physiographic maps are studied and field trips made. The course is designed for Freshmen. Recitation Tues- day and Thursday, laboratory, two hours. Elective, year, each sevicster, three hours. r. General Geology. — Dynamical and structural geology completed the first semester; historical geology, th« second semester. Recitation, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday; field exercise or laboratory work, two hours per week. Elective, year, each semester, four hours. r. Petrography. — An elementary course consisting of recitations, lectures and laboratory study of the more common rock-forming minerals, the derivation and classification of ig- neous, metamorphic, and sedimentary rocks. Recitation, Mon- day; laboratory Wednesday, two hours. This course may well be taken along with Course V, first semester. Prerequisite: Chemistry C, or C'. Elective, first semester, tivo hours. r. Field Geology. — This course is intended to accompany Course V, second semester. A brief review is made of the de- velopment of stratigraphical study, and special attention is given to the stratigraphy of Ohio and adjoining states. Field Rather expensive style due to three sizes of type and many superior figures, bold, caps and small caps, and italic, in addition to roman. STYLE AND EXAMPLES 167 Bowdoin College ENGLISH Professors Mitchell, Elliott, Davis and McConaughy 1. English Composition. First Semester: Div. A, Tuesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday, 10.30; Div. B, Tuesday, Friday, Saturday, 11.30, Thursday, 9.30; Div. C, Tuesday, Friday, Saturday, 9.30, Thursday, r.30. Espenshade's Composition and Rhetoric. A study of dic- tion and of the*"structure of the sentence and the paragraph. Recitations, lectures, readings; written work with confer- ences, six long themes and occasional page themes ; outside reading: The Jungle Book, Will o' the Mill, Virginibus Paerisque, Henry Esmond, The Golden Treasury, Henry V, Schurz's Abraham Lincoln. 2. Continuation of Course i. Second Semester: Div. A, Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday, 10.30; Div. B, Tuesday, Satur- day, 11.30, Thursday, 9.30; Div. C, Tuesday, Saturday, 9.30, Thursday, 1.30. Professor Mitchell Baldwin's College Manual of Rhetoric. A study of the theme as a whole, introductory to the more detailed study of exposition, description, narration and argumentation in Courses 3, 5 and 10. Recitations, lectures, readings; writ- ten work with conferences, five long themes and occasional page themes; outside reading: Twice Told Tales, David Copperfield, Othello, Adam Bede, Treasure Island. Required of Freshmen. 3. English Composition. First Semester: Tuesday, Thurs- day, Saturday, 11.30. Professor Davis Practice in writing, with emphasis upon Argumentation and Narration ; daily themes, brief and forensic, short story. Frequent individual conferences; required readings; corre- lation with other courses. Elective for Sophomores, Juniors and Seniors. 4. Public Speaking. Second Semester: Div. C, Friday, 8.30; Div. E, Friday, 9.30; Div. D, Friday, 10.30; Div. F, Fri- day, 11.30. Professor Mitchell iDformal lectures'; drill in articulation, intonation and 76 Possibly the use of bold-face for the heading "English" prohibited using the italics customary for titles such as "Espenshade's Composition and Rhetoric" See page 118. Had the folio been placed in the running-head two more lines of type would have been possible, thus saving about five per cent on the number of pages required. l68 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 134 NORTHWESTERN UNIVERSITY Semitic Languages PROFESSOR EISELEN, PROFESSOR RAPP, AND PROFESSOR FULLER These courses are given In Garrett Biblical Institute and students electing them are subject to the regulations of that school. HEBREW Minor: Courses A and B. Ai. Elements of Hebreiv Language — Inductive study ot the Hebrew language upon the basis of Genesis, Chapters I-VIII. Open to all students. Wed., Th., Fri., 8. Professor Rapp. A2, Prophecy and the Prophets — Study of the nature, function and historical development of Hebrew prophecy, and of the prophetic books of the Old Testament. Open to all students. First semester. Three hours. Hours to be arranged. Professor Fuller. A3. The Poetical, Legal, and Historical Literature of the He- breivs — Supplementary to the preceding course. The two together are intended to give a knowledge of the entire Old Testament. Open to all students. Second semester. Three hours. Hours to be arranged. Professor Fuller. A4, A5. General Introduction to the Study of the Sacred Books of the Hebrews — The History of the Old Testament cai.on, the con- dition and transmission of the Hebrew text, the Old Testament in the light of Science, Criticism, Archeology and Comparative Religion, and similar topics are studied. Open to all students. One hour. Time to be arranged. Professor Eiselen. Bi. Advanced Hebrew — Reading of selected portions of the Old Testament. Special emphasis is placed upon syntax. Idioms, and rhetorical forms. Open to students who have completed Course Ai. Three hours. Hours to be arranged. Professor Rapp. B2. Studies in Old Testament Prophecy (Hebrew) — Critical and exegetical study of the Book of Amos and other prophetic por- tions, with a general survey of the prophetic literature. Prerequisite the same as for Bi. First semester. Three hours. Hours to be arranged. Professor Fuller. B3. Studies in Old Testament Poetry (Hebrew) — Critical and exegetical study of selections from the devotional and wisdom liter- ature, with a general survey of the nature and contents of the poetical books of the Old Testament. Prerequisite the same as for Course lopoint solid with well spaced paragraphs, easy to read; low cost of produc- tion; Caslon type throughout. In many catalogs Old Testament is italicized. Chapters should be cited in lower case roman, see page 117. 93 MIAMI UNIVERSITY Romanic Languages and Literatures Edgae Ewing Bkandon, Univ. D., Professor Julius W. Kuhne, A. M., Associate Professor Henbt Jambs Young, A. M., Assistant Professor French loo. *Beginners' Course. First semester— Oral lessons based on the Gouin Series. Inductive study of the rudiments of French Gram- mar. Second Semester — Reading in simple texts of modern French prose. Reproduction in French of the texts read. Form- al study of an elementary grammar. Five recitations a week. Four hours credit. Mr. Brandon and Mr. Young. 68. 200. *MoDERN Prose. First semester— Rapid reading from modern writers. Review of gram mar. Composition. Second semester- Modern comedies. French oral and written reproduction of the texts read. Four hours credit. Mr. Young. 59. 221. Masterpieces of Romanic Literature. A critical study of the great authors of Southern Europe, and of their influence on European literature, with special emphasis on English literature: Dante, Petrarch, Boccaccio, Ariosto, Tasso; Cervantes and the great dramatists of Spain; Rabelais, Montaigne, Moliere, Hugo. Lectures and reports in English. Assigned reading in transla- tions. The course is designed especiall}' for those students who have no knowledge of Romanic languages. Given only in the Summer Term. One and one-half hours credit. Mr. Kuhne. 301. Classic Prose. Mme. de la Fayette, La Princcssc de Cloves; Lesage. Gil Bias; Voltaire, Zadig; Chateaubriand, Aiala; Selections from Pascal, Descartes, Pension, La Rochefoucauld, La Bruyere. Collateral reading and reports. Given in 1915-16 and in alternate years. Three hours credit. First semester. Mr. Kuhne. 18. 302. Classic Drama. Moliere, a half dozen of his greatest comedies; Marivaux. Le J eu de. I' amour ei dii hasard; Beaumarchais, Le Barbier de Seville. Collateral reading and reports. Given in 1915-16 and in alternate years. Second semester. Three hours credit. Mr. Kuhne. •Courses 100 and 200 must precede all others. Course 100 is conducted on the laboratory plan. At first much of the work is dono in the class room. Pronuncia- tion is taught by practice. Translation is avoided. The use of French in the class is begun with the first lesson, by both teacher and studenlt-. and English i? gradu ally discarded. Typographically a charming page with proportions lacking only one pica vertical of being perfect. The system of running-heads, heads, sub-heads and side heads, in connection with the indentations, the leading and the paragraph spacing constitute a style for which Miami publications are famous. The 6-point foot note on this page should be of the same family of type as used in the body of the catalog and should be, according to DeVinne's Correct Composition, in two columns. See pages 32, 106, 180. 169 lyo THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG /O LhlHIGII I^MVKRSITY 12, HisTouY OF Education. Recitations. Menroe's Brief Course. Second term (2) or with practice teaching (3) or (4). 13. Principlks and Practice of Tf.ACHixc. Principles of Sec- ondary Education, Monroe. Recitations and observations. First or second term (2^) or, with practice teaching, (.S) Science and Scientists 15. Science axd Scientists. This course consists of lectures by several members of the Faculty and assigned readings, treat- ing of the several fields of science, their methods of study, their beginnings and results, with some description of the lives of great scientists and their work. First term (1) ECONOMICS AND PUBLIC LAW PROTESSOR STEWART, DB SALIERS, MR BOWE.n 16. Eco.voMics. A study of the elementary principles of politi- cal economy. Lectures and required reading in selected works. First term (2) or (1). 17. Economics. Practical economic problems taxation, trans- portation, finance, labor, trusts and monopolies Second term (2) or (1) 18. EkroNOMics. Finance. Discussion of public expenditures, their nature, their relation to the industrial, political, and social conditions; their relation to the functions of government, also discussion of financial organization and administration First term (3). 19. Economics. Finance. Discussion of public revenues, of revenue derived from the public domain and public industries; the apportionment, classification, and administration of taxes, the nature and employment of public credit; the origin and growth of public debts. Second term (2) or (3) 20. Economics. Elements of Business Law The principles of contract; formation of contracts; operation and discharge of con- tracts; sales of goods; insurance contracts, negotiable instru- ments. First and second terms (2) or < ). 21. Economics.' Elements of Business Law Principal and agent; master and servant; business associations, partnerships and corporations. First and second terms (2) or (1) 22. Public Law. Constitution.\l Law. Studies in Federal and State constitutional law. First term (2). Inexpensive style of typesetting. Book titles in first and second paragraphs would appear better if in italics. STYLE AND EXAMPLES I7I 116 University of Toronto. PHILOSOPHY. University of Toronto: J. G. Hume, M.A., Ph.D Professor of the History of Philosophy. F. Tracy, B.A., Ph.D Associate Professor of Philosophy. A. H. Abbott, B.A., Ph.D Associate Professor of Philosophy. W. G. Smith, B.A Assistant Professor of Psychology. T. R. Robinson, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Philosophy. G. S. Brett, M.A Lecturer in Greek Philosophy. E. J. Pratt, M.A Demonstrator in Psychology. Miss M. E. Laird, B.A Class Assistant. T. V. MoONEY, B.A Class AssislanL University College: J. G. Hume, M.A., Ph.D Professor of Ethics. Victoria College: W. B. Lane, M.A., Ph.D Professor of Ethics. W. T. Brown, M.A., Ph.D Lecturer in Ethics. Trinity College: G. S. Brett, M.A Professor. St, Michael's College: Rev. H. Carr, B.A Professor of the History of Philosophy. Rev. M.J. Oliver, Ph.M Professor of Psychology. Rev. F. D. Meader, B.A Professor of Cosmology and Ethics. Rev. F. G. Powell Professor of Metaphysics and Logic. P. M. O'SuLLiVAN, M.A Lecturer in Psycho-physiology. Second Year. In the Colleges — 1. Ethics. Outline study of the systems of Plato and Aristotle. Fifty hours. Professor Brett and Professor Lane. In the University — 2. Theory of Knowledge. Fifty hours. Professor Abbott. Texts: Locke, Essay on the Human Understanding; Berkeley, Principles of Know- ledge; Hume, Treatise on Human Nature, Book I. 3. General Psychology. Fifty hours. Professor Smith. 4. Seminary and laboratory work to supplement Course 3. Seminary work for 1916-17, Titchener's Text-book of Psychology, Parts 1 and 2. Professor Smith. While thoroughly legible and not unattractive, this style differs in some details from that generally followed In the United States. Periods on this page follow centered heads, names of instructors are followed by full titles and degrees, already given in faculty list, thus requiring much space. Titles of books in Paragraphs 2 and 4 are not italicized, as best style would demand. See pages 118 and 120. 172 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 34 West Virginia Wesleyan Collegs high school; the demands on the high school; the aims of the high iscliool; the influencing conservative and progres- sive factors; the adjustment of the high school to modern conditions; kinds of secondary schools; kinds of public high schools; principles that should determine the curriculum in the high school; English in the secondary school; science in the secondary school; history in the secondary school. Open only to juniors and seniors. Elective toward the high school certificate. Prof. Haught. 13. SECONDARY EDUCATION. Two hours, second semester. This is a continuation of course 12. Suggestive topics : the place of Latin and Greek in the secondary school ; the place of modern languages in the secondary school; civics, economics and social sciences in the secondary school; me- chanical drav.ing and manual training in the secondary school; domestic science and household arts in the secondary school; physical training in the secondary school; social life cf the high school; organization and management of a high school; the duties and influence of the principal; the rela- tion of the high school to the college; the training of high school teachers. Open only to juniors and seniors. Elect- ive toward the high school certificate. Prof. Haught. 14. SCHOOL HYGIENE. Two hours, first semester. A study of hygienic conditions, the school building, school furniture, school grounds, warming and ventilating, sanita- tion, decoration, physical exercise and postures, eyesight and hearing, disease. Prof. Brooks. Note: Students taking twenty- four semester hours of education in connection with their degree work are eligible to a high school certificate without examination. English Professor Neptune 1. RHETORIC AND COMPOSITION. The aim of this course is to develop the student's power of expressing his thoughts correctly and intelligently. Woolley's "Hand- book of Composition" and Slater's "Freshman Rhetoric," with occasional lectures, are used in teaching the theory of Composition. The practice is obtained by frequent themes. 8-point leaded Century; paragraphs spaced; more easily read than if solid. Book titles in last paragraph should be italicised, not quoted. STYLE AND EXAMPLES 173 UNIVERSITY OF NOTRE DAME I45 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING I. Applied Electricity. A course of lectures and reci- tations, supplemented by laboratory practice, on the general theory of electricity and magnetism and its application to practical work, as follows: Setting up and testing primary and secondary batteries, systems of call bells, electric and gas lighting appliances, fire and burglar alarms, telegraph and telephone lines, switch boards and accessories. Experiments with' induction coils, magnets, switches, voltmeters, amme- ters, wheatstone bridges, galvanometers and other measuring instruments. The study of direct current generators and motors, arc and incandescent lighting systems, street railway machinery and appliances, elec- tric heating and forging, electrolytic process, etc. Text-book, Practical Electricity, Timhie. [Five hours a week for two terms.] II. Applied Electricity. Lectures and laboratory work on the construction and testing of switches, magnets, measuring instruments, induction coils, etc. The calculation of sizes of wire and location of circuits for lighting and power, the experimental study of alter- nating current machinery and accessories. If the student has acquired sufficient skill in handling tools in his workshop, he may design and build a small dynamo, starting with rough castings, doing ail the fitting and finishing, winding and adjusting, and finally testing for insulation, efficiency, and adaptabiUty to special purposes. This course must be preceded by Course I. {Course I. and II. are required in the Short Program Electrical Engineering; they are elective for general students and those studying telegraphy). [Five hours a week for two terms.) A maximum of legibility is here attained at the cost of space and consequent expense. The name of the author in the last line of the first paragraph should be set in roman or in caps and small caps. 174 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 27a The Ohio State University GRADUATE WORK Prerequiaite for Graduate Work: Thirty semester hours of Home Economics courses of university grade, or an equivalent, in- cluding not less than nine hours each in courses related to shelter and clothing. Major work in the department presupposes a baccalaureate degree in Home Economics. The following courses are open only to advanced undergraduates and graduates: 105, 106, 110, 201, 202. 201-202. Research Course. Two to five credit hours. The year. SUMMER SESSION-1915 101. Foods. Four credit hours. Miss White, Mrs. Garvin. 101a- A Study of Foods. Two credit hours. Miss White, Mrs. Garvin. 108a. Teachers' Course. Two credit hours. Miss White, Mrs. Garvin. 111. Textiles. Two credit hours. Miss Brady. HORTICULTURE Office, 118 Horticulture and Forestry Building PROFESSORS PADDOCK, DAVIS, MONTGOMERY 101. Principles of Horticulture. Four credit hours. First semester. Lectures and two laboratory hours per week. No prerequisite. 103-104. Commercial Vegetable Gardening. Four credit hours. The year. Prerequisite, Horticulture loi and 102. 105-106. Pomology. Four credit hours. The year. Three lectures and two laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite, Horticul- ture 101-102. 107. Plant Variations. Three credit hours. First semester. Prerequisite, Horticulture 106, or equivalent. 108. Home Grounds. Three credit hours. Second semester. 109-110. Experimental Horticulture. Three credit hours. The year. One lecture and laboratory work. Prerequisite, Horticul- ture 103, 104, 106. This thoroughly legible style has been criticized because of its very unusual proportion of bold-face in center and side heads. STYLE AND EXAMPLES 1/5 66 Summer Session, 1916 ENGLISH I. B. Stoughton Holborn, M.A., F.R.G.S., Lecturer for Oxford and Cam- bridge University Extension Systems. Edmund K. Broadus, M.A., Ph.D., Professor of English Language and Literature, University of Alberta. Edward H. Gardner, M.A., Assistant Professor of English, University of Wisconsin. Harold L. Bruce, Ph.D., Instructor in English, Yale University. Elias O. James, M.A., Instructor in English, Mills College. Florence Y. Humphries, A.B., Instructor in English, Miss Harker'a School, Palo Alto, California. George R. Noyes, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Slavic Languages. William D. Armes, M.L., Associate Professor of American Literature; Director of the Greek Theatre in the Summer Session. Chauncey W. Wells, A.B., Associate Professor of English Composition. George R. MacMinn, A.B., Instructor in English. S6. Narration. Mr. James. Practice in descriptive and narrative writing, with analysis of master- pieces; lectures on the technique of narration and description; appointments for individual criticism. 2 units. M Tu W Th F, 2. 24 North Hall. SlB. Exposition. Dr. Bruce. Expository writing, with class discussions, and analysis of repre- sentative essays; appointments for individual criticism. 2 units. M Tu W Th F, 9. 19 North Hall. Sic. Business Composition. Assistant Professor Gardner. A freshman course in writing for technical and commercial students. Exposition, with study of paragraphs and sentences; simple nar- ration and description, with study of the means of producing interest; business letters, with attention to form, clarity, and effectiveness. Lectures, conferences, outside reading, written work. Special attention to the needs of teachers. Texts: Gardner's Ef- fective Business Letters, Ronald Press, New York; Woolley's Handbook of Composition, D. C. Heath and Company, New York. 2 units. M Tu W Th F, 9. 22 North Hall. University of California Summer School Bulletin. The absence of customary italics for book titles in last paragraph is noticeable. 176 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 4& COURSE OP STUDY. deutschen Dichterwald'", fifty poems. Schiller's Der dreissigjiihrige Krieg^, Book III, pages 1 35. Goethe's Hermann und Dorothea'. Greenfield's Brief Summary cf German Grammar'. For 1915-191G. Review of Grammar in Greenfield's Brief Summary of Germaa Grammar'. Harris' German Composition', Parts II and IV, Goethe's Se.sen- Leim', Heine's Harzrcise-. Selections from Schiller's Der dreissigjiihrige Krieg\ Eislory — 4. For lOlH-lOlG, a special class in Bryoe's American Commonwealth abridged. Sixth Form, Course B. Maihemaiics — 0. ITawlces' Advanced Algebra — 2, chapters on permutations and combi- nations, complex numbers, theory of equations, determinants and logarithms; Weut- worth's Plane Trigonometry — 3, and Phillips and Fisher's Geometry of Space — 4. Chemistry — 5V1>. Fir.^t Principles of Chemistry, by Brownlee and others. Fifty experi- ments from the Laboratory Manual by the same authors. English and Crennnn — The same as above for Course A. 1 D. C. Heath & Co., Boston, publishers. 2 Ginn & Co., Boston, publishers. 3 AUyn & fiacon, Boston, publishers. 4 Longmans, Green & Co., New York, publishers. 5 American Book Co., Boston, publishers. 6 Henry Holt & Co., New York, publishers. 7 Macmillnn Co., New York, publishers. 8 Newson & Co., New York, publishers. 9 Oxford University Press, New York. St. Paul's School catalog is printed on writing paper, the full size type pages are 5x6^ and for such small type the lines are long. STYLE AND EXAMPLES 177 48 The Kentucky College for Women SUGGESTIONS 1. Each student while in college will be expected to be under our entire direction. Any peculiarities of health or disposition, which should be considered in assigning her posi- tion in the college, may be stated by letter to the President or to the Dean, and the wishes of parents will be met so far as consistent with the general good. 2. The school appropriates to study, recitation, or recrea- tion the entire time of the pupil. Students will be permitted to make week end visits, including visits home, once a month provided their class work is satisfactory. Such requests will be granted only on the receipt of written permission from parent or guardian. 3. Girls will not be permitted to visit cities for shopping or entertainments without the proper chaperonage. 4. No boarding pupil will be permitted to spend a night away from the college in town except under the chaperonage of parent or guardian. 5. Students will be expected to attend church services with the President, unless otherwise designated by the parents. 6. Visits will not be made nor received during study hours nor on the Sabbath, but visits from parents or friends will be welcomed on Saturday afternoon. 7. The entertainment of visitors is a privilege granted to members of the household, when it is convenient to the man- agement. Permission for guests should be asked and received before invitation is issued. Regular charges for board will be made for such entertainment. 8. Boarding pupils are not permitted to run accounts nor contract debts of any sort with the merchants of Danville, except by written authority of the parent or guardian, directed to the President of the college. 9. We prefer that no eatables be sent, except at Christ- mas or Thanksgiving. Charges should be prepaid on all pack- ages sent to the students. Plain style, 8-point Century leaded, except heading "Suggestions" which is lO-point Century bold. PUBLICATIONS OF THE FACULTIES 153 jiidische Religion von der Zeit Esraa bis zuin Zeitalter Christi, ibid., 45S-59; Black and Chrystal, The Life of William Robertson Smith and Lectures and Essays of William Robertson Smith, ibid., XVII (1913), 107-9; Steuer- nagel, Lehrbuch der Einleitung in das Alte Testament, ibid., 109-12; Welch, The Rehgion of Israel under the .Kingdom, ibid., XVII (1913), 112-13; Sellin, Der Alttestamentliche Prophetismus, ibid., XVII (1913), 113-15; Gressmann, Mose und seine Zeit. Ein Koramentar zu den Mose- Sagen, ibid., 270-73. Caroline M. Breyfogle, Doctor. The Hebrew Sense of Sin in the Pre-Exilic Period (Doctor's Thesis). 8vo, 30. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 1912. Daniel. David Luckenbill, Instructor in Semitics. Jadanan and Javan (Danaans and lonians). Zeitschriftfur Assyriologie, XXVII (1913), 92-99. Reviews of Patton, etc., Biblical and Theological Studies (with G. B. Smith and S. J. Case), Amcrimn Journal of Theology, XVll (1913), 94-102; Rogers, Cuneiform Parallels to the Old Testament, ibid., 263-67; Bliss, The Religions of Modern Syria and Palestine, ibid., 299-301; Clay, Business Documents of the Murashu Sons, American Journal of Semitic Languages and Literatures, XXIX (1913), 231; Clay, Documents from the Temple Archives of Nippur, ibid., 231-33. BIBLICAL AND PATRISTIC GREEK Ernest DeWitt Burton, Professor and Head of the Department of New Testa- ment Literature and Interpretation; Director of the University Libraries. The Office of Apostle in the Early Church. American Journal of Theology, XII (1912), 561-88. Some Implications of Pauhnism. Biblical World, XL (1912), 403-12. The Expansion of Christianity in the Twentieth Century (with A. K. Parker). Ibid., XLI (1913), 396^06. Edgar Johnson Goodspeed, Associate Professor of Biblical and Patristic Greek. The Washington Manuscript of the Gospels. American Journal of Theology. XVII (1913), 240-49. Shirley Jackson Case, Assistant Professor of New Testament Interpretation. The Nature of Primitive Christianity. American Journal of Theology, XVII (1913), 63-79. The Rehabilitation of Pharisaism. Biblical World, XLI (1913), 92-98. Reviews of Wendt, Die Schichten im vierten Evangelium, Overbeck, Das Johan- nesevangelium, Buchsel, Der Begriff der Wahrheit, American Journal of Theology, XVI (1912), 462-64; Koch. Die Abfassungszeit des lukanischen Geschichtswerkes, Harnack, Neue Untersuchungen zur Apostelgeschichte, Westberg, Zur ncutestamentUchen Chronologie, ibid., 465-67; Goblet d'Al- viella, L'6volution du dogme cathohque, AcheUs, Das Christentum in den From The President's Report, University of Chicago. The University of Chica- go Press is famed for the correctness of its style. As much of the reading matter on this page consists of titles of magazine articles or books, such titles are not talicized but the periodicals in which they appear, are. 178 STYLE AND EXAMPLES 179 86 ANNUAL REPORTS Up to the first of May 485 comments have been made. The classes are divided into counsellor groups — a group is assigned to each member of the faculty. The comments of the professors are sent to the counsellor who counsels with the stu- dents, and reports his findings to the dean. The following report of a counsellor exhibits the scope and character of such reports: Studies In which student is delinquent Cause What has been done to help student Suggestion A Teaching and Agriculture Lack of application Conference Suggested that she apply herself closelyto the parts of Agr. which seem difficult for her B Psychology Negligence Conference More careful plan- ning of her work as a means of securing better results C Chemistry Lacks ability Conference Talked over work and helped her to organize her study time D Mathematics Slow and timid ist two years of high school at small, evidently not well handled school Conference That she put forth more effort and consult teachers as to means of improvement The dean brings the important comments before the entire faculty for faculty faction. Action of the faculty is reported to the students, and parents, where action is of serious nature. Page from the Report of the President of Miami University. This large and detailed report is well known and favorably commented upon for its contents. l8o THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 118 UNIVERSITY FEES AND DUES. 5. Before admission to the £ s. d. £ s. d. DefrveeofB.A. . . . 7 10 . Degree of D.Litt. or D.Sc. . 25 — M.A.i . . . . 12 — M.A. if B.C.L. or B.M. .700 — lUIiis.' . . . . 10 — D.Mus.' . . . . 25 — B.C.L 8 -B.M 14 — M.Ch.i . . . . 12 — B.Litt. or B.Sc. . . 7 10 B.D 14 — D.G.L, or D.D. . . 40 — D.M 25 Accumulating B.D. and D.D. additional 5 Degree by diploma culdilional 10 10 — in absence additional 5 £ s. d. 10 7 10 C. Before recovery of the right of voting in Convocation when £ «, d. a name has been taken off the College Books . . 10 0* 7. Before Incorporation (besides the fee for Matriculation), £ s. d. \ As M.A. or B.D. . . . 15 As an Undergraduate . .10 0— D.Litt. or D.Sc. . . . 30 — B.A 8 1 —D.D 40 8. Besides these Fees, which are paid in money on the several occasions above mentioned, every Member of the University is charged with the payment of University Dues. These Dues are for each quarter of the first four years from Matriculation, unless before the expiration of that time any degree has been taken, twelve shillings and sixpence, and for every quarter subsequent to such first four years, or to the date of taking a degree, five shillings. But, in lieu of this annual charge, every Member of the University who is a Master of Arts or a Doctor or Bachelor of Divinity or Civil Law or Medicine or a Doctor of Letters or Science or Music may, through the proper Office)- of his*Collcge or Hall, or through the Delegates of Non-Collegiate Students, compound for all such Dues by payment of if he have not exceeded the age of 40 years if he have exceeded, the age of 40, but not that of 50 years 5 if he have exceeded the age of 50 years. He will then retain for life all the rights and privileges belonging to bis degree, provided he keeps his name on the books of some College or Hall, or upon the Register of Non-Collegiate Students, but not otherwise. I Every Master of Surgery, being otherwise duly qualified, is entitled without further payment of fees to supplicate for the Degree of Master of ArU, and every Master of Arts, being otherwise duly qualiaed, is entitled without further payment of fees to supplicate for the Degree of Master of Surgery. _ .,,.,, * For Candidates whose exercises were received by the Examiners >n Music before May 12, 1003, and have been approved, £12. „ . v » » For Candidates whose exercises were received by the Examiners in Music hefore May 12. 1903. and have been approved, £31 2m. . , , »u * ♦ This fee is not. required xn the case of personB who have compounded fo* their University dues. Oxford University's degrees are expensive; the system of fees and dues is intricate; the cost to produce such a page of type would be more than double that of an ordinary page. The layout man at the famous University Press, Oxford, had evidently never discussed with our greatest American printer and authority on style, the late Mr. Theodore DeVinne, the relative merits of two columns for foot-notes in 6 point type. Some of Oxford's foot-notes, are however, in two columns. The same is true of Cambridge catalog. See pages 32, 106, 169. STYLE AND EXAMPLES BORDENTOWN MILITARY INSTITUTE The theoretical work is illustrated by excursions on Saturdays to near-by manufacturing plants. There is no better way in which to fix in mind the principles of mechanics and chemistry than to see them in practical operation in a modern manufacturing plant. Mathematics The aim of the Mathematical Department is to keep fully abreast of the very best thought at home and abroad concerning the teaching and study of elementary mathematics as advocated by leading teachers, engineers, scientists and business men, and to incorporate the very best methods in our everyday teaching. Some boys often have great difficulty in understanding Advanced Algebra and Geometry, because of the abstract and uninteresting way in which elementary mathematics has frequently been presented to the immature pupil as something remote from his everyday experiences and needs. It is difficult for such a boy to make progress in the more advanced mathematics if he does not have a thorough, ready, and usable knowledge of the elements. Our courses have therefore for their object the thorough groui^iing of the student in fundamental operations, definitions and principles as well as to develop in him skill and readiness in the formulation and solution of problems of a practical and scientific nature. While we strive to make the subject interesting and vital to him, we strive still more to lead him into right habits of earnest study, accurate thinking and clearness of speech. Mechanical Mechanical Drawing affords to every boy a Drawing most valuable training in the application of geometric principles and in the development of his constructive imagination. It is an especially 18 lo-point Century type; upper two thirds of page double leaded, lower third single leaded. Marginal heads add materially to cost of production. Printed on Old Stratford deckle edge white paper with heavy margins. Not entered as second-class matter, a large and elegant catalog. I82 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG The Columbus Academy "THE HEAD BOY" Is that member of the V or VI Form who has combined a high degree of excellence in studies, athletics, and leadership of whom it may betruly said, "He has upheld the honor of the school." 1914 Howard W. Gager 1915 Howard W. Gager 1916 Joel G. Say re, Jr. PRIZES AND HONORS Silver loving cups presented by the Harvard, Yale and Princeton Alumni of Columbus, are inscribed each year with the names of the boys who excel in scholarship, athletica.and improvement, respectively. Holder of the Harvard Cup "n^ Scholar of the Year" 1 914 Paul M. Smith 1915 Frank E. Huggins, Jr. 1916 Joseph S. Piatt Holder of the Yale Cup "T-A/r Athlete of the Year" 1914 Charles P. Elgin 1915 Charles P. Elgin 1916 Walter S. Hanna Holder of the Princeton Cup ''The Gainer" of the Year" 1914 Thomas E. Miller 1915 Raymond S. Reinert 1916 Winslow F. Hubbard 2J lo-polnt Caslon leaded; low cost of typesetting per page but in keeping with the quiet^dignity of the catalog. STYLE AND EXAMPLES 183 MEMBERS OF FACULTIES AND TEACHING STAFF Nicholas Murray Butler President of the University A.B., Columbia. 1882; A.M., 1883; Ph.D., 1884; LL.D., Syracuse, 1898; Tulanr . 1901; Johns Hopkins, Princeton, Yale, and University of Pennsylvania, 1902, Chicago, 1903; Manchester and St. Andrews. 1905; Cambridge, 1907; Williams. 1908; Harvard and Dartmouth, 1909; Brown. 1914; D.Litt.. Oxford, 1905; Jur.D.. Breslau, 1911; OfBcier de la Legion d'Honneur, 1906, Commandeur. 1912; Order of the Red Eagle (Prussia). Commander. 1910; Member. American Academy of Arts and Letters, 1911. HE>niY S. MuNROE Professor of Mining E.M.. Columbia. 1869; Ph.D.. 1876; Sc.D.. 1904. MuNROE Smith Professor of Roman Law and Comparative Juris- prudence A.B., Amherst, 1874; A.M., 1880; LL.B.. Columbia. 1877; LL.D.. 1904; J.U.D.. C6ttingen, 1880; J.D., Louvain, 1909. Richard J. H. Gottheil. . . .Professor of Rabbinical Literatin-e and the Semitic Languages A.B.. Columbia, 1881; Ph.D., Leipzig, 1886. Edwin R. A. Seligman McVickar Professor of Political Economy A.B., Columbia. 1879; A.M.. 1883; LL.B.. 1884; Ph.D.. 1884; LL.D.. 1904. William Henry Carpenter .... Villard Pro.''essor of Germanic Philology and Provost of the University A.B., Hamilton. 1881; Ph.D., Freiburg. 1881. M . Allen Starr Professor of Neurology A.B.. Princeton, 1876; A.M.. 1879; Ph.D.. 1884; LL.D.. 1899; M.D.. Columbia. 1880, Sc.D.. 1904. Alfred D. F. Hamlin Pi ofessor of the History of Architecture A.B.. Amherst. 1875, A.M.. 1885; L.H.D.. St. John's College (Md ). 1912. Alfred J. Moses Professor of Mineralogy E.M.. Columbia, 1882; Ph.D.. 1890. George S. Huntington Professor of Anatomy A.B.. Trinity. 1881; A.M.. 1884; M.D.. Columbia, 1884: Sc.D . 1904; LL D , Jefferson Medical College. 1907. Herbert L. Osgood Professor o: History A.B., Amherst. 1877; A.M., 1880; LL.D., 1907; Ph.D.. Columbia. 1889. J. McKeen Cattell . Professor of Psychology A.B.. Lafayette. 1880; A.M.. 1883; LL.D.. 1907; Ph.D., Leipzig, 1886; Member of National Academy of Sciences. Francis M. Burdick Dwight Profes.sor of Law A.B., Hamilton, 1869; LL.B., 1872; LL.D.. 1895. George W. Kirchwey Kent Professor of Law A.B.. Yale, 1877; LL.D., Yale, University of Cincinnati, New York Liniversity. 1908. John Bassett Moore . . . Hamilton Fish Professor of International Law and Diplomacy A.B.. Virginia. 1880; LL.D.. Yale. 1901; Brown. 1914. Henry Fairfield Osborn Research Professor of Zoology A.B.. Princeton. 1877; Sc.D., 1880; LL.D., Trinity College (Hartford). 1901; Princeton. 1902; Columbia. 1907; Sc.D.. Cambridge. 1904; Ph.D. (Hon.), Chrii- tiania. 191 1 ; Member of National Academy of Sciences. II . Columbia's style for faculty list (938 names) has been especially commended by the Carnegie Foundation. Degrees and sources are given to professors, degrees only to others. Memberships in Academies, Institutes, etc. are spelled In full, not abbreviated. The running-head is omitted over drop-heads. 162 THE SCHOOL OE MEDICINE [1914-I915 FACULTY AND INSTRUCTORS Arranged, with exception of the PresidcKt, in the order of appointment. Charles Franklin Thwing, D. D., LL. D., 11109 Bellflower Rpad President. A. B., Harvard College, 1876; Andover Theological Seminary, 1876-79; D. D., Chicago Theological Seminarv, 1888; LL. D., Illinois College and iviarietta College, 1894; Washington and Jefferson, 1902; President. Adelbert College and Western Eeserve University, 1890— John Eaton Darby, A. M., M. D., 10504 Pasadena Avenue Senior Professor of Therapeutics. A. B., Williams College, 1858; A. M., 1861; M. D., Western Reserve University, 1861; Demonstrator ofAnatomy, Western Reserve University, 1861-62; Professor of Materia Medica and Pharmacv, 1867-73; Professor of Materia Medica and Thera- peutics, 1873-1902; Professor o'f Therapeutics, 1902-05; Professor Emeritus of Thera- peutics, 1905-11; Senior Professor of Therapeutics, 1911 — Hunter Holmes Powell, A. M., M. D., 2714 Prospect Avenue Senior Professor of Obstetrics and Pediatrics. M D., Virginia Medical College, 1867; A. M., Western Reserve University, 1894; Professor of Diseases of Children, Western Reserve University, 1875-78; Professor of Obstetrics and Pediatrics, 1878-1907; Dean of the School of Medicine, 1895-1900; Emeritus Professor of Obstetrics, 1907-11; Senior Professor of Obstetrics and Pediatrics, 1911— Dudley Peter Allen, A. M., M. D., LL. D., 480 The Arcade Senior Professor of Surgery. A. B., Oberlin College, 1875; A. M., 1883; M. D., Harvard University, 1880; Paris, Freiburg, Berlin, Vienna, London, Leipsic, 1880-82; LL. D., Oberlin College, 1908; Lecturer on Surge: v, Western Reserve University, 1884-90; Professor of the Theory and Practice of Surgery and Clinical Surgery, 1893-1910; Emeritus Professor of Surgery, 1910-11; Senior Professor of Surgery, 1911— George Coates Ashmun, M. D., 1965 E. 101st Street Senior Professor of Medical Jurisprudence and Medical Ethics. M. D., Cleveland Medical College, 1873; Professor of Diseases of Children, Wooster University, 1889-93; Professor of Hygiene and Preventive Medicine, Western Reserve University, 1893-1909- Professor of Medical Jurisprudence and Medical Ethics, 1909-12; Senior Professor of Medical Jurisprudence and Medical Ethics, 1912^- Benjamin -L. Millikin, A. M., M. D., 1110 Euclid Avenue Senior Professor of Ophthalmology. fA. B., Allegheny College, 1874; A. M., 1877; M. D., University of Pennsylvania, 1879; Resident Staff, Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania, 1879-80; Children s Hospital, Philadedphia, 1880-81; Resident Surgeon, Will's Eye Hospital, 1881-82; Ophthalmic Surgeon, Charity Hospital, 1884; Lakeside Hospital. 1893; Professor of Ophthalmology, Western Reserve University, 1893-1912; Dean of the School of Medi- cine, 1901-12; Senior Professor of Ophthalmology, 1912 — Charles Barnsdall Parker, A. M., M. D.. M. R. C. S.. 846 Rose Building Senior Professor of Clinical Surgery. A. B., Rochester Universitv, 1874; M. D.. University of Wooster, 1877; Member Roval College of Surgeons, 1880; Professor of Physiology, University of Wooster. 1880-81; Professor of Physiology, Western Reserye University. 1881-86; Professor of Physiologv and Lecturer on Gynecology, 1886-90; Professor of Surgery and Gyne- cology, 1890-92; Professor of Surgery. 1892-93; Professor of Principles of Surgery and Clinical Surgery, Universitv of Wooster, 1893-94; Professor of Clinical Surgery. Ohio Wesieyan University, r894-1910; Associate Clinical Professor of Surgery. Western Reserve Universitv, 191013; Senior Professor of Clinical Surgery, 191.— An ideal style for faculty list from Western Reserve University catalog. Note year of issue in running-head. Nearly perfect dimensions. 184 STYLE AND EXAMPLES 185 20 OBERLIN COLLEGE Albert Henry Currier, D.D., Professor of Sacred Rhetoric and Prac- tical Theology, Emeritus. Rfetired upon the Carnegie Foundation. 105 Elm St. A.B., Bowdoin, 1857; A.M., 1866; D.D., 1884; Graduated, Andover Seminary, 1862. Professor of Sacred Rhetoric and • Practical The- ology, Oberlin Seminary, 1881-1907; Professor Emeritus, 1907 — . Frank Fanning Jewett, A. M., Professor of Chemistry and Miner- alogy, Emeritus. Retired upon the Carnegie Foundation. 73 South Professor St. A.B., Yale, 1870; A.M., 1873. Student, Gottingen, 1874-75, Berlin, 1895-96. Assistant to Dr. Wolcott Gibbs, Harvard, 1876; Profes- sor of Chemistry, Imperial Univ., Tokio, Japan, 1877-80; Professor of Chemistry and Mmeralogy, Oberlin, 1880-1912; Professor Emeri- tus, 1912—. Lyman Bronson Hall,' A.M., Professor of English and American History. Brooks Professorship. A.B., Oberlin, 1872; A.M., 1878; D.B., Harvard Divinity School, 1877; Graduated, Oberlin Seminary, 1878. Graduate student, Ber- lin, 1888-89, Johns Hopkins, 1893-94, Harvard, 1894-95; student in the British Museum, 1905-06. Associate Professor of Latin and Greek, Oberlin, 1883-88; Professor of Latin, 1888-99; Professor -of History, 1899-1909; Present position since 1909. AzARiAH Smith Root, A.M., Librarian; Professor of Bibliography. 150 North Professor St. A.B., Oberlin, 1884; A.M., 1SS7. Student, Boston University Law School, 1884-85; Cataloguer, Oberlin College Library, 1885-86; Stu- dent, Harvard Law School, 1886-87, Gottingen, 1898-99. Librarian, Oberlin, 1887—; Professor of Bibliography, 1890—. Edward Increase Bosworth, D.D., Senior Dean of the Theological Seminary; Professor of the New Testament Language and Liter- ature. Morgan Professorship. 78 South Professor St. A.B., Yale, 1883; D.B., Oberlin, 1886; A.M., 1893; D.D., 1901. Stu- dent, Leipzig, 1890-91, Athens, Greece, winter of 1891-92; Pastor, Mt. Vernon, O., 1886-87; Professor of the English Bible, Oberlin, 1887-90; Professor of the New Testament Language and Literature, Oberlin, 1892—; Dean, Seminary, 1903-10; Senior Dean, Seminary, 1910—. 'On leave of absence for the year 1915-16. Much space might have been saved in the large faculty list of Oberlin had the faculty records been set in solid 8-point and solid 6-point, but at the expense of legibility. l86 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG Faculties 9 Greek, Fort Worth University, 1900-03; Professor of Greek and German, Milwaukee Academy, 1903-1904; Graduate Stu- dent in Greek, Summer Quarter, University of Chicago, 1907, 1908, 1909; Ph.D., University of Virginia, 1910. ALFRED ALLAN KERN, A.M., Ph.D. Professor of English. (729 Fairview Street.) A.B., Randolph-Macon College, 1898; A.M., 1899; Teaching Fel low, Vanderbilt University, 1899-1900; Fellow ia English, Johns Hopkins University, 1902-1903; Fellow by Courtesy, 1903-04, 1906-07; Ph.D., 1907. EMMETTE YOUNG BURTON, B.A. Professor of Mathematics and Surveying. (729 Fairview.) B.A., University of Virginia, 1902; Graduate Student, Summer Quarter, University of Chicago, 1903 and 1905; Graduate Student in Engineering Department, University of Wisconsin, Summer Term, 1909 ; Graduate Student, University of Virginia, 1908-09; Principal of Howell Institute, Howell, Missouri, 1902- 03; Professor of Mathematics in St. Charles Military College, St. Charles, Missouri, 1903-05; Teacher of Mathematics in State Normal, Kirksville, Missouri, 1905-07; Superintendent of St. Charles Military College, St. Charles, Missouri, 1907-08; Assistant in Mathematics, University of Virginia, 1908-09, Millsaps College 1910. GEORGE LOTT HARRELL, B.S., M.S. Professor of Physics and Astronomy. Professor of Biology, (812 Arlington Avenue.) B.S., Millsaps College, 1899; M.S., Millsaps College, 1901; Pro- fessor of Science, Whitworth College, 1899-1900; Professor of Style for faculty list at Millsaps College, pleasing for a small institution, impossible on account of space, for a large faculty. 8-point Century, leaded. STYLE AND EXAMPLES 187 Officers of Instruction (Active list in order of length of continuous service.) Rev. Hiram Mills Perkins, M.A., LL.D., Professor of Mathematics and Astronomy, Emeritus. 235 West William Street Jesse William Parker, M.D., Professor of Music, Emeritus. 19 North Liberty Street Rev. Richard Parsons, M.A., Wright Professor of the Greek Language and Literature. 58 West Fountain Avenue Rev. William Walter Davies, B.D., Ph.D., Professor of German and Hebrew on the Ohio Conference Foundation. 205 West William Street Cyrus Brooks Austin, M.A., D.D., Parrott Professor of Mathematics and Astronomy. Monnett Hall Grace Stanley, M.A., Brown Associate Professor of Latin. 134 North Franklin Street Clara Albertine Nelson, M.A., Hayward Professor of French. Monnett Hall *RicHARD Taylor Stevenson, D.D., Ph.D., LL.D., James S. Britton Professor of American History. 225 North Sandusky Street William Garfield Hormell, Ph.D., Professor of Physics. 268 North Sandusky Street Charles M. Jacobus, Instructor in Piano. 80 North Sandusky Street Trumbull Gillette Duvall, B.D., Ph.D., Guy Max Clarke Professor of Philosophy and Psychology. 222 North Franklin Street Emma Louise Konantz, M.A., Associate Professor of Mathematics. Monnett Hall ♦Edward Loranus Rice, Ph.D., Professor of Biology on the Cincinnati Conference Foundation. 316 North Sandusky Street ♦Isabel Thomas, Instructor in Piano and History of Music. Monnett Hall ♦Absent on leave, second semester, 1916-17. Page from Ohio Wesleyan facultyjiist, arranged by seniority. A lead between names would have improved the appearance of the page at the cost of more pages in the catalog. All Century type, head in 14-point caps and lower case. l88 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG THE FACULTY REV. HENRY CHURCHILL KING. D.D., LL.D.. President; Professor of Theology and Philosophy. On ihe W. E. Osborn Foundation; Fairchild Professorship. 317 East College St. A.B., Oberlin College, 1879; D.B., Oberlin Seminary. 1882; A.M.. Harvard Univ.. 1883; D.D.. Oberlin College. 1897; Western Reserve Univ.. 1901; and Yale Univ., 1904; LL.D.. Univ. of Illinois. 1908; Tutor in Latin, Oberlin Academy. 1879-81; Tutor in Mathematics, Oberlin Academy. 1881- 82; Student. Harvard Univ., 1882-84; Associate Professor of Mathematics, Oberlin College, 1884-90; Associate Professor of Philosophy, Oberlin Col- lege, 1890-91; Professor of Philosophy, Oberlin College, 1891-97; Student, Univ. of Berlin, 1893-94; Professor of Theology and Philosophy, Oberlin Seminary and College, 1897—; Dean, Oberlin College, 1901-12; President of Oberlin College, 1902—. REV. EDWARD INCREASE BOSWORTH, A.M., D.D., Senior Dean; Professor of the New Testament Language and Literature, Morgan Pro- fessorship. 78 South Professor St. A.B., Yale Univ.. 1883; D.B., Oberlin Seminary, 1886; A.M., Oberlin College. 1893; D.D.. Oberlin College, 1901. Pastor, Mt. Vernon, O., 1886- 87; Professor of the English Bible. Oberlin Seminary. 1887-90; Student. Univ. of Leipzig, 1890-91; Athens, Greece, Winter of 1891-92; Professor of the New Testament Language and Literature, Oberlin Seminary, 1892 — ; Dean. Oberlin Seminary. 1903 10; Senior Dean, 1910—. REV. GEORGE WALTER FISKE. A.M., D.B.. Junior Dean; Professor of Practical Theology. Shansi Professorship. 336 Reamer Place. A.B.. Amherst College. 1895;. D.B.. Hartford Theological Seminary, 1898; A.M., Amherst College. 1898; Pastor. Huntington and South Hadley Falls, Mass.. and Auburn, Me.. 1898-1907; Lecturer on Business Methods. Hart- ford Theological Seminary, 1902-07; Professor of Practical Theology, Ober- lin Theological Seminary, 1907 — ; Acting Dean, Oberlin Seminary. 1908- 10; Junior Dean, 1910—. ftEV. GEORGE FREDERICK WRIGHT, D.D.. LL.D.. Professor Emeri- tus. H3 Elm St. REV. ALBERT HENRY CURRIER. A.M.. D.D.. Professor Emeritus. 113 Elm St. Oberlin Theological Seminary's catalog is set in Cheltenham Oldstyle (not Cheltenham Wide). It is printed on Cameo paper with full page illustrations here and there. STYLE AND EXAMPLES 189 FACULTY HEAD MASTER Alfred G. Rolfe, M. A., Litt. D. (Amherst College) ASSISTANT HEAD MASTER DwiCHT R. Meigs, B. A. (Yale University) SENIOR MASTER George Q. Sheppard, M. A. (Lafayette College) DEAN Charles T. Evans, M. A. (Dickinson College), M. A. (Harvard University) MASTERS Latin John D. Warnock, Ph. D. (Yale University) Howell N. White, M. A. (Princeton University) Lewis C. Haynes, B. A. (New York University) Isaac Thomas, M.A (Princeton University) Edward G. Kendall, Ph. D. (Yale University) Charles F. T. Seaverns, B.A. (Colby College). B. A. (Harvard University) Greek Louis A. Dole, M. A. <Yale University) Page five Page from Hill School faculty list with sources of degrees; printed in black oa heavy deckle edge white paper; Not entered as second-class matter in the mails. AuBerordeDtllche Professuren Dr. V. Luschan^ SW ll, Koniggratzerstr. 120; Sprectst. 10—3 tagUcb auBer Mo, Spezielle physische Anthropologie, Do. 3^-5, priyAtinj. Voikerkunde der Siidsee, Di. 3—4, offentlichi Antbropologisclie Ubungen, So, 3 — 7, privatissime. LeituDg selbstandiger Arbeiten, taglict, privatissime. Ethnograpliische tJbuDgen, taglicb 10—3, privatissime "und uii- .eotgeltlicb. Anthropologisches Colloquium, Do. 7—9 abends, privatissime und unentgeltlicb. Dr. P. Magnus, W 35, Blumeshof 15. Naturgeschicbte der Arcbegoniaten, Di. Do. Fr. 8— 9, privatim. Biologlscbe Anpassixngen zur Nahrungsaufnalime der Pflanzen, ML 8—9, offentlicb. Dr. Eugen Meyer, W Q2, Kalckreutbstr. 15. Techniscbe Physik der Verbrennungskraftmaschinen , Fr. 10 — 12, privatim. Dr. R. M. Meyer, W 9, VoBstr. 16; Sprechst. Mi. So. 9V2— lOVa- Geschichte der deutscben Literatur seit Goethes "Tod, Mo. Di. Do. Fr. 11—12, privatim. Friedrich Nietzscbes Leben und Scbriften, Di. Fr. 10—11, privatum. tlber \Metbode und Aufgabe der vergleichenden Literaturgeschicbte, Mo. 5—6, offentlicb. Dr. Neesen, W 50, Ansbacberstr. 31; Sprecbst. 3—4. Geometriscbe Optik, Di. 5—7, privatim. Dr. A. Orth, W 30, Zietenstr. 6B. Allgemeine Acker- und Pflanzenbaulelire, zweiter Teil (Bewasserung einscblieBlich Wiesenbau nnd Diingerlebre), Di. 12 — 1, Mi. Do. 10—11, privatim. Spezielle Acker- und Pflanzenbaulebre, zweiter Teil' (Anbau der Wurzel- und Knollengewacbse und der Handelsgewachse), Di. Fr. 10 — 11, privatim. tJber Bonitierung des Bodens, Mi. 11—12, offentlicb. Exkursionen an passenden Tagen, offentlicb. Praktiscbe Ubungen im agronomiscb-pedologiscben Laboratorium dei Konigl. Landw'irtscbaftliclien Hocbscbule: a) praktiscbe tJbungen zur Bodenkunde, Mo. Do. 2 — 4, b) Leitung praktischer agro- nomiscber und agrikulturcbemiscber Axbeiten (Ubxingen; im Untersucben von Boden, Pflanze und Danger), in Verbindtmjg mit Dr. Berju, Mo. Di. Mi. Do. Fr. 9 — 4, privatissime. From the University of Berlin catalog. 190 STYLE AND EXAMPLES I9I X. — Cars d'estudis pera'ls aspirants a Enginyer agricol Pera obtenir el grau d^Enginyer agricol, previa la aprobaci6 de- rexamen general dlngr^s y del comple- mentari (abans del quint aemestre), deur^n cursarse y aprobarse totes les asignatures ordinaries del plan com- plert, que s6n les seguents: Hores de cl&sse setmanals Te6rf- Prftcti- ques qaes Primer semestre a) Complements dematem^tiques (curs 61). 4 2 h) Fisica y.Meteorologia (curs 61). ... 2 2 c) Qulmica inorg^nica (curs 41) .... 2 2 d) Llegislaci6 agraria (curs 81) .... 2 — e) Economia y Comptabilitat rurals (curs 83) . 2 — f) Dibuix (curs 91) j^ _6_ Total. . . 12 12 &eg6n semestre a) Quimica organica (curs 43). ... . 2 2 h) Bo tunica agricola (curs 1) . • . . . . 2 2 c) Anatomia vegetal (curs 3) . . . . \. 2 2 d) Geologia y Geografla fisica agricoles (curs 53) 4 — e) Llegislacio agraria (curs 81) 2 — . /) Elements de mecMica y construccions rurals (curs 11) 2 2 g) Dibuix (curs 93) --_ 4 Total. .' . 14 12 2 From the Agricultural College of Barcelona. 192 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 248 BROWN UNIVERSITY UNIVERSITY HALL No. Division Floor Windows face Bedrooms 22«n< 4 South 1 W. None $140 10 »« 2 s.&w. 2 235 12 »» w. N(m0 125 13 " »« w. «4 125 16 " i< E. «( 110 17 ♦ 4 «« E. «* 116 18 " *' E.&S. «« 143 19 <« 3 S.&W. 2 225 21 " w. None 122 22 " *♦ W. 44 122 25 ♦' ♦* E. " 110 26 »' <♦ E. 44 110 27 «» " E.&S. 44 131 28 " 4 S.&W. 2 205 30 " " w. None 110 31 »» *i w. 44 110 32 " " E. '» 107 33 »♦ " E. 4< 107 34 <t " E.&S. 4« 131 36 North J W. " 141 40 *' 2 W. 44 125 41 «' W. 44 125 43 " " W. & N. 2 235 44 " <( E. &N. None 131 45 <t " E. " 116 46 4» " E. 116 47 " 3 W. 44 116 48 (i n W. 44 116 50 »' t» W. & N. 2 225 51 « " E. &N. None 125 52 " " E. 44 110 53 " " E. *' 110 54 ♦ » 4 W. 44 110 55 »» w. 44 110 57 " 44 W.&N. 2 195 58 " " E. &N. A'bne 125 59 i» 44 E. »4 107 60 " " E. «4 107 South North SLATER HALL E. S. & W. E. & W. E. S. & W. E. & W. E. S. & W. E. &W. E. S. & W. W. E. &W. E. W. & N. Page from schedule of dormitory rents. Brown's catalog is set in Scotch Roman. STYLE AND EXAMPLES 193 156 DARTMOUTH COLLEGE four dollars per year for each lamp. Students must' furnish their own lamps, wiiich should be for a 220-volt circuit. It is not allowed that anything larger than a 25-watt lamp shall be used. The following table tells the year in which the building was erected, except for the first three which belong to the old group, the capacity of each, the range of prices, and the average price per occupant. Building Capacity Hallgarten 44 Reed 60 Thornton 44 Sanborn (1894) 47 Crosby (1896) 45 Richardson (1897) 52 Fayerweather (1900) 67 College (1901) 40 Wheeler (1905) 98 Hubbard (1906) 46 No. Fayerweather (1907) 45 Massachusetts (1907) 91 New Hampshire (1908) 107 So. Fayerweather (1910) 52 No. Massachusetts (1912) OS So. Massachusetts (1912) 62 Hitchcock (1913) 90 ange of Prices per Occupant Average Rental per Occupant $40— $65 $55.50 55— 80 69.00 50—6^ 57.00 60—115 77.00 75—125 100.00 90—150 111.50 55—115 90.50 55—130 88.50 60—140 95.00 50— 85 73.50 60—115 93.50 75—140 110.00 75—125 94.50 65—140 105.00 85—155 120.00 85—160 128.50 95—175 135.00 ASSIGNMENT OF ROOMS A permanent list for the assignment of rooms is kept for each class, and the order of names on this list is determined by the date of application. Students expecting to enter College may at any time within three years of entering make application to the Registrar to have their names put on the list. To students already in College, rooms are assigned in April for the. following year. Students rooming in the College buildings may retain their rooms for the following year; the rooms not thus retained are offered to the classes in order of seniority, and assignments will be made according to the lists for assignment of rooms. One student will not be allowed to reserve or engage one half of a double room. Room rent schedule with age of buildings. president's letter to kenyon alumni 15 Class Reunions under ''Dix'' Plan 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 '70 '70 •70 '70 '71 '71 '71 '71 '72 with •72 '72 '72 '73 '68 •73 with '73 '73 •74 &'69 •74 '69 '74 '74 '76 '75 '75 '75 •76 •76 '76 •76 '77 •77 •77 '77 •78 •78 '78 '78 •79 •79 '79 '79 '80 '80 '80 '80 '81 '81 '81 '81 '82 '82 '82 '83 '83 '83 '84 '84 '84 '85 •85 •85 '86 '86 •86 '87 '87 '87 •87 '88 '88 '88 •88 '89 '89 '89 '89 '90 '90 '90 '90 '91 '91 '91 '91 '92 '92 '92 '92 '93 '93 '93 '93 '94 '94 '94 '94 '95 •95 '95 '95 '96 •96 '96 '96 '97 •97 '97 '97 '98 '98 '98 '98 '99 '99 '99 '99 '00 'OO '00 '00 '01 '01 '01 '02 '02 '02 •03 '03 '03 '04 '04 •04 '05 '05 '05 '06 •06 '06 '06 '07 •07 '07 '07 '08 '08 '08 '08 '08 '09 '09 '09 '09 '10 '10 •10 •10 '11 '11 '11 '11 '12 '12 '12 '12 '13 '13 '13 •13 '14 •14 '14 •14 '15 •15 '15 •15 •16 •16 •17 •18 •16 •17 •18 •19 '19 '20 \ •20 '21 •22 •22 '23 '16 '17 •18 •23 •24 '19 '20 •21 •22 •25 '23 '24 •25 '26 '26 '16 '17 '18 '19 '27 '27 '28 •28 '29 The Honorable Robert Lansing, Secretary of State, has accepted an invitation to be present at the Commencement exercises and the Alumni Luncheon. William B. Bodine, Jr., A.B., '90, son of the late President of Kenyon College, will dehver the Alumni address and Earl D. Babst, '93, President Dix plan for Class Reunions. Right hand page in the bulletin. 194 STYLE AND EXAMPLES 195 472 PRINCETON UNIVERSITY SUMMARY OF STUDENTS BY STATES G. E.E. Sr. Jr. So. fr. Q. Par. Total New York .... 12 I 76 72 108 98 8 375 Pennsylvania 37 I 84 65 82 68 6 I 344 New Jersey 28 5 70 76 82 77 2 2 342 Ohio . . 7 iZ 6 16 17 5 64 Maryland . 4 10 9 10 II 3 47 Missouri . 6 I 12 6 7 15 47 Illinois 3 4 6 14 12 39 Massachusetts 4 3 6 9 14 1 37 District of Columbia I 7 6 2 8 24 •Connecticut . . I 7 7 3 4 I 23 California . . 7 3 4 3 4 21 Kentucky . . . 3 I 2 s 4 2 17 Wisconsin . , 2 2 3 4 4 I 16 Minnesota . . 2 3 3 7 15 Florida . . . I 4 5 4 14 Indiana . . . 5 I 2 2 3 I 14 Michigan . . 5 I I 2 3 2 14 Texas . . . . • 4 5 I 2 2 14 Colorado . . . I 3 2 r 6 13 Delaware . . . 3 1 4 3 11 Iowa .... 4 I 1 4 10 Kansas . . . 2 2 I 2 2 9 Tennessee 1 2 4 2 9 Virginia . . . 4 I 2 I 8 Rhode Island . I 2 I 3 I 8 'Nebraska . . . 3 2 2 7 South Carolina . 3 2 2 7 Washington . . 2 I I 3 7 West Virginia . 4 r 1 I 7 Louisiana . . . 3 I I I 6 Alabama . . . I 2 I I 5 Maine .... 3 I I 5 North Carolina . 2 2 I 5 Arkansas . . . . I I 2 4 Oklahoma . . . 2 I I 4 Oregon. . . . I 2 I 4 Interesting table suitable for catalogs of institutions of large or medium size. Typesetting cost double that of straight matter. 196 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG 156 THE COLLEGE OF WOOSTER Students by Stales and Foreign Countries (Collegiate and Preparatory pepartments alone included.) Alabama 1 New Jersey 2 Greece 1 California 1 New Mexico 2 India 9 Colorado 3 New York 7 Italy , 1 Dist. of Columbia 1 Ohio ....437 Japan 4 Idaho 2 Oregon 1 Illinois 10 Pennsylvania Indiana 7 Kansas 1 Korea 5 38 Mexico 1 1 Persia 4 Siam 3 Washington . . West Virginia ... 1 Maryland 6 Central America.. 1 Syria 4 Massachusetts ... 1 Chili 2 Manchuria 1 Michigan 4 China 16 — r~ Minnesota ...... 1 Cuba 1 533 Nebraska 2 England 1 Summary of Attendance, 1892-1914 YEAR £ 1 1 £ .2 c D •-s m -a c E 1 CO 15 1 1 1 i a> Cl, B E 3 C/2 3 1 1892-3 42 28 41 39 33 41 11 39 41 42 55 49 61 57 63 74 90 61 60 81 30 41 42 42 47 35 42 47 34 37 38 39 61 46 57 55 70 81 86 68 69 80 83 49 45 47 62 46 48 55 46 37 47 54 65 61 80 91 93 106 108 100 93 137 128 128 58 65 79 72 60 64 55 42 66 69 80 69 89 131 123 150 182 161 153 208 165 161 146 26 20 35 54 57 59 55 37 32 41 39 43 51 205 199 244 269 243 247 244 227 225 219 250 257 308 315 323 362 415 416 415 463 435 433 106 113 97 124 126 146 148 149 180 162 170 208 221 232 255 245 252 208 182 169 39 53 49 49 140 207 283 350 440 418 420 446 460 620 776 888 989 998 1020 1025 63 59 86 87 88 88 135 108 112 82 73 83 118 117 92 122 135 89 126 153 157 104 149 39 32 37 88 52 20 32 23 33 23 47 53 63 51 63 73 71 ... 1893-4 1S94 5 1895-6 1896-7 ... 1897-8 1898-9 1899 1900 ... 1900 1901 1901 2 1902 3 1903 4 y 1904-5 2 3 3 3 '3 2 4 3 4 2 24 1905-6 45 1906-7 62 1907-8 S- 1908-9 1909-10 52 53 1910-n 1911-12 102 126 1912-13 1913-14 178|1198 183 11430 108 74 1914-15 440 163 11529 67 Total now attending the Institution — 604. Total Collegiate Alumni— 1773. Music Alumni--163. Columns of figures mean double cost of production but right angle headings above columns and down rules are still more expensive. STYLE AND EXAMPLES 197 CLASS OF 1914 The following students, members of the class of 1914, unless otherwise indicated, have entered college. Amherst — John Bliss Brainerd, Jr. (1915), Robert Joiis Brinkerhoff (1915). Francis William Getty (1915), Edward Barrows Greene, Dexter Richards Hunneman (1916), Don Hursh Kessler (1913), William Duncan Macfarlane, Truzton Romans Parsons (ex-1915), Waldo Elliott Pratt, Jr., Philip Hudson See. Boston University Law School— Harold Meyer Siskind. Brown— Robert Johnson Ames, Chauncy Taft Langdon (1916). Universitt of Caufornia — John Bradbume Mackinlay. Colorado College — Charles Francis Hewett. , Cornell— Albert Batchelder Clarkson, Norman Emerson Elsas, Shirley McElroy Hall, Arthur Williams Hequembourg, Williiam Henry Jackson Wood- ford. Dartmouth — James Sullivan Carpenter (ex-1914), George Minot Cavis, William Chisholm, Harold Field Eadie (1915), Carlton Pennington Frost, Edward Elihu Hazen, William Barnett Higgins, Harvey Perley Hood, Wood- ward Dennis Hulbert, Stanley Burt Jones, Sylvester Marvin Morey, Parker Poole, Blanchard Earl Ralph (1913), John Albert Simmons (ex-1915). DoANE— Roland Dudley Doane (ex-1915). Grinnell — Donald Macrae HI (1915). Harvard — ^Donald Appleton, Charles Bowditch Balch, Franklin Greene Balch, Jr. (ex-1914), Powell Mason Cabot, Elliot Adams Chapin, Willis Barton Clough (1915), Alan Augustus Cook, Richard Clarke Cooke, Frank Ashley Day, Laurence Frederic Fames, Paid Martin Goddard (1915), Dana Walker Hardy, Frederick Robert Hulme, William Fuller King, Laurence Barberie Leonard, Vance Fisher Likins (1915), Robert Morss Lovett, Jr., Fred Bates Lund, Jr.» William Moore, Ludwig King Moorehcad, William James Murray, Frederick Howard Stephens, Arthur Campbell Sullivan, Moseley Taylor, Paul Tison, Walter William Toomey, Elisha Whittlesey (1915). Massachusetts Agricultural College — Chester Swan Burtch, Norman Owen Durfee. Massachusetts Institute of Technology- Henry Dana Bevins, Henry Millet Blank, Donald George Bradley, John Wheeler Clarkson, Richard Parks Eastman (ex-1914), Saxton Woodbury Fletcher, Mortimer Delano Hathaway, Jr., (ex-1915), Julian Cheever Howe, Chuan Yuan HsU, John Charles Janson (1915), Julian Tobey Leonard, William Patrick Ryan. Ralph Marston Silloway S8 Phillips Academy, Andover, uses a style of its own by which to show into what colleges its graduates enter. This catalog, in common with those of several other New England academies, carries no running-head. 198 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG * Cornell. University 32 Williams College 32 Yale University .22 Massachusetts Institute of Technology 12 Princeton University 12 University of Michigan 11 University of Wisconsin 9 Case School of Applied Science = 7 Amherst College 6 Harvard University 6 University of Peimsylvania 6 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute 5 Leland Stanford, Jr., University 4 Haverford College 3 Ohio State University 3 Stevens Institute of Technology 2 Kenyon College 2 University of Cincinnati 2 University of Virginia 2 Brown University Kalamazoo College Lafayette College. Lehigh University Purdue University University of Chicago University of Illinois. . .- University of Louisville, Medical School University of North Carolina Business 19 [271 In this manner Asheville School indicates that only ten percent of its graduates did not enter college; 14-point Old English head; period after a center head should be omitted. 34 VIRGINIA MILITARY INSTITUTE Third Class, 1913-1914—86 Members NAME S o i OB .5 e 1 u 1 X a J3 •s "3 3 .2- Q 1 •£ ja ■3) a a 0) i 1 1 1 U ji o Z. CO ^ hJ H O £ CO *-' a, Q " ^ *1 Lohmeyer, W ...W.Va. 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 5 *2 Holmes, H. B., Jr. .. Va. 1 3 2 4 2 1 2 1 *3 Heflin, S. M Va. 4 25 9 2 3 3 14 11 *4 Dillard, J. A. B Va. 6 6 16 8 4 5 4 24 15 *5 Bradford, W. B ....N.Y.I 10 12 3 6 14 10 6 4 2 *6 Fishburne, R Va. 9 3 10 13 7 4 13 18 22 ♦7 McClellan, J. M Va. 5 36 8 11 13 8 8 22 8 Thomas, C. B Md. 3 7 27 15 5 14 11 7 60 9 Meade. R. H Va. 7 6 9 3 20 12 20 29 10 Read, H. M Tex. 8 1 1 1 9 11 38 20 50 11 McKay, L. H Ga. 16 8 13 22 6 15 32 3 48 12 Burks, J. H Va. 12 4 10 23 27 6 16 23 13 Sansber^y, J. C Ind.l 20 12 16 15 12 8 7 8 14 Brewsten, J. E ....N.Y.I 20 2 15 7 17 191 45 35 6 15 Eraser, D. D Va. 20 1 73 14 11 22 13 24 17 16 Morris, W. S Md. 31 7 70 4 16 18 10 14 20 17 Ayres, B. D Va. 17 22 20 19 23 27 5 44 18 Wales, W. H Va. 24 22 10 30 15 20 37 5 14 19 Collins, G. J Fla. 31 17 29 6 19 23 21 38 1 20 Gustaveson. J. W. . . Va. 11 20 40 25 11 33 58 26 51 21 Goodman, B Va. 26 21 5 17 35 21 47 28 22 Lowry. B. W Fla. 28 7 51 14 31 25 15 58 23 Tones. W. B. Va. 18 55 19 17 26 32 12 48 57 24 Lewis. W. B., Jr N.C. 30 5 17 18 29 30 31 37 6 25 Cosby. W. W Va. 15 14 27 10 36 29 18 2 26 Armistead. M. W. . . Va. 19 31 40 19 24 17 17 50 108 27 Ford, C. E Va. 53 30 48 5 10 7 28 62 54 28 Friedman. R. H. ... Va. 33 68 31 8 8 27 36 57 3S 29 Costen, J. B Ark. 52 13 6 5 27 25 48 9 2 30 Knox, R. W Tex. 29 18 21 2 24 35 53 25 204 31 Lunt. S. M Va. 26 23 76 16 30 36 55 34 32 Karow, G Ga. 47 ns ns 3 70 16 34 67 12 33 Moore, R. C S.C. 35 47 35 28 46 36 35 70 23 34 Jones, D Va. 44 9 14 12 45 44 74 42 35 Gillespie. V. R Va. 25 32 33 34 60 41 44 19 88 36 Murphy. R. W Ala.l 14 1 96 57 23 44 55 30 59 60 37 Pitts. J. L Va.l 34 51 35 7 51 49 65 68 52 38 Zea. F. E Va.l 43 1 26 65 33 18 21 56 76 77 39 Garvey. W. A ....Kan.l 39 1 4 7 20 54 34 41 86 103 40 Duncan. P. H Va.l 13 1 93 24 26 46 52 63 50 114 41 Gumming. S. C Va.l 50 49 39 40 38 38 26 15 2 42 Fucate. J. H Va.l 38 16 44 24 69 52 9 36 44 43! Moore. L. K 1 O.I 59 1 57 29 16 32 31 38 10 127 ♦Distinguished in General Merit. It is the policy of this fine old southern school to publish in its catalog not only a list of students but the individual and detailed record of each. 199 2CXD THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG MANLIU5 BULLETIN This plate is printed on the white cover of Manlius's catalog. Volume and series numbers are embossed only, not printed, at the same impression which em- bosses the printing plate also. Second-class entry notice is on the inside, thus complying literally with postal regulations, but not with the verbally expressed wishes of the postal authorities. VOL. XII DECEMBER, 1915 NO. 5 BULLETIN OF BROWN UNIVERSITY THE CATALOGUE 1915-1916 PROVIDENCE PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY [APRIL, MAY, JUNE, OCTOBER, DtCEMBERa Jinttrtdat ttesHd-<lat$ matttr April I, 1905, at tfit Pott Office at Providenet^ R. /., uttder AR c/Congrnt cfjuhf 16, 1894 A much copied cover style. Printed in black on brown paper. Conforms fully to postal requirements. 201 THE RICE INSTITUTE PAMPHLET Vol. II November, 19 15 No. 3 Published by THE RICE INSTITUTE A university of liberal and technical learning founded by William Marsh Rice in the City of Houston, Texas, and dedicated by him to theadvancementofLetters,Science,andArt This beautiful publication bearing the imprint of the DeV'inne Press, New York, must be seen to be appreciated. The cover is of Grey-blue Fabriano (Italian). The type inside is i2-point Caslon solid. The cover style conforms fully to postal regulations, but not to the wishes of postal officials as the second class entry notice appears on page four of the cover. See pages 274 and 275. 202 VOLUME XII N£W S£RI£S NUMBER 1 Crmitp College i&ttlletm Catalogue Number 1914-1915 f^avtfota : Connectiof t January 1915 Printed in black ink on light brown cover paper of linen finish. The second- class entry notice appears on page two of the cover, instead of on the front as pre- ferred by the postal authorities. 203 204 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG Bulletin Hanover College Vol. 9 Hanover, Indiana, April I. 1916 No. 1 Published monthly by Hanover College. Entered as second-class matter January 8. 1912. at the Post Office at Hanover. Ind.. under Act of July 16. 1894 The Annual Catalogue OF Hanover College 1915-1916 Philosophia Pletati Ancillans EIGHTY. FOURTH YEAR Hanover, Indiana A Cheltenham title page. The first four lines are unnecessary for the title page provided the information therein appear on cover, in which event the words "The Annual Catalogue" could with propriety be somewhat enlarged and the entire typographical arrangement changed. On this catalog the second-class entry does not appear on the cover. luUrttn of ©Iff lltituf raitg 0f ilinn^Bota GENERAL INFORMATION 1916-1917 VOL. XIX. NO. 3 APRIL 1916 Entered at the Post-Office in Minneapolis as second-class matter Minneapolis, Minn. Style in general use on page i (no cover) of the great majority of Minnesota publications. It complies with postal requirements, provided the text letter in the first two lines be considered of greater prominence than the roman caps of the third line. 205 206 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG CATALOGUE OF ST. STEPHEN'S COLLEGE 1915-1916 An ideal cover style made possible because of elimination of second-class mail requirements. STYLE AND EXAMPLES 207 VOL. Vm, No. 1 MAY, 1916 TRANSYLVANIA COLLEGE BULLETIN THE CATALOGUE LEXINGTON, KY. 1915-1916 Entered at the Post Office at Lexington, Kentucky, as second-class matter according to the Act of Congress, approved July 16, 1894 This design should be printed on cover paper of fairly smooth surface if the detail in the seal is to be given consideration. 2o8 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG Bulletin of the Carnegie Institute of Technology School of Applied Design School of Applied Science School of Applied Industries Margaret Morrison Carnegie School FOUNDED 190O INCORPORATED 1912 GENERAL CATALOGUE 1915-1916 Pittsburgh Published by the Institute November, 1915 This well proportioned title page is in complete harmony with the entire book, different in many points from the average college catalog. ^■'^m' *»^-:-,i >.. m^ z < < z # ^ «,, '^v\:;i^? SBa*fe«r2S*« -r "Mmif.. w^'^mof L ^r^m ^^^;-*: r:^^^^M^U^'-'-^ 'r--i,,m. -xm:^^^. ,j*' ■N¥^ 111. ■j*^P!^JW^;' ,«^ -i. ^35i<- .-,:©:; >:^'/?'» STYLE AND EXAMPLES 209 Centre College Bulletin Series I Volume XI. No. I THE ANNUAL CATALOGUE For the Academic year of 1915-1916. with announcements for the year 1916- 1917. :: :: :: DANVILLE. KENTUCKY. FEBRUARY, 1916. Published Quarterly by the Central University, and entered at the Post Office, Danville, Kentucky, as second-class matter under Act of Congress of July 16, 1894. This TITLE page corresponds perfectly with the requirements of the postal authorities for a c o v e r page, the title of the periodical, Centre College Bulletin, being in the largest type. The real title " The Annual Catalogue " is made of second- ary importance and the series, volume, number and date as well as the notice of second-class entry, all appear. The first two and last three lines are unnecessary when they are to be found on the cover. 2IO THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG PENNSYLVANIA MILITARY COLLEGE FIFTY-FOURTH SESSION 1915-1916 CHESTER PENNSYLVANIA Minimum of matter combined with maximum of bold style make this title page appropriate for a military school catalog. Not entered as second-class matter, thus admitting of an artistic cover. PAWLING SCHOOL FOUNDED BY FREDERICK LUTHER GAMAGE 1915-1916 PAWLING, NEV/ YORK Cover printed in black ink on heavy white paper of excellent quality. Not being entered as second-class mail matter the printer had more opportunity to display his typographic ability. 211 212 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG FEBRUARY. 1916 NEW SERIES VOL. XV NO. 1 WASHINGTON AND LEE University Bulletin CATALOGUE Lexington. Virginia published by the university FE3RUARY. April. June. August, October. December tHTEHEO AT THE POST OFFICE IN tEJIIhGTON AS 6EC0N0CLASS MATTER APRIL 8 1911 UNDER THE ACT OF AUGUST 24. 1*12 Many college seals are inartistic, a blemish on a catalog cover. Washington and Lee's is replete with history and sentiment, an ornament to a cover otherwise made cold by the block-letter type on the French gray paper. The University of the Philippines CATALOGUE 1915-1916 ANNOUNCEMENTS 1916-1917 The University of the Philipfines Bulletin No. 6 MANILA 'bureau of PRINTING 1916 Too much sameness to be particularly attractive. The style in the catalog beneath this cover appears to better advantage. 213 OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS OF CORNELL UNIVERSITY VOLUME VI NUMBER 3 THE REGISTER OF CORNELL UNIVERSITY 1914-15 JANUARY 13. 1913 PUBLISHED BY CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA. NEW YORK Page one of the cover. Second-class entry notice not in evidence. See second paragraph on page following. 214 STYLE AND EXAMPLES 215 OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS OF CORNELL UNIVERSITY Issued at Ithaca, New York, monthly from July to November inclusive, and semi-monthly from December to June inclusive. [Entered as second-class matter, August 31, 1910, at the post office at Ithaca^ New York, under the Act of July 16, 1894.] These publications include The Annual Register {for the year i9i4-:5, published January 15, ig^S)* price 50 cents. Book of Views, price 25 cents. Directory of Faculty and Students, First Term, 1915-16, price 10 cents, and the following informational publications, any one of which will be sent gratis and post free on request. The date of the last edition of each publi- cation is given after the title. General Circular of Information for Prospective Students, December 15, 1915.. Announcement of the College of Arts and Sciences, May i, 1915- Announcement of the Department of Chemistry, May 15, 1915- Announcement of Sibley College of Mechanical Engineering and the- Mechanic Arts, February i, 1915. Announcement of the College of Civil Engineering, March i, 1915. Announcement of the College of Law, June i, 1915. Announcement of the College of Architecture, August i, 1915. Announcement of the New York State College of Agriculture, July i, 1915. Announcement of the Winter Courses in the College of Agriculture,, Septem- ber I, 1915. Announcement of the Summer Term in Agriculture, April 15, 1915. Announcement of the New York State Veterinary College, June 15, 191S. Announcement of the Graduate School, February 15, 1915. Announcement of the Summer Session, April i, 1915. Annual Report of the President, November 1, 1915. Pamphlets on prizes, sample of entrance and scholarship examination papers, special departmental announcements, etc. Announcement of the Medical College may be procured by writing to the Cornell University Medical College, Ithaca, N. Y. Correspondence concerning the publications of the University, should be ad- dressed to The Secretary of Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. A number of large universities make a charge for the general catalog as shown in the first item of the above list. Note that Cornell uses as a title for all its publi- cations, Official Publications of Coryiell University, not Bulletins, as used by the great majority of institutions. Second-class entry notice not in conformity with preferences of postal officials, see page 274. Amherst College Bulletin Catalogue 1914-1915 Volume 4 Number 1 November, 1914 Amherst, Massachusetts Issued in November, December, January. April, May and June Entered as second-class matter at the Post Office at Amherst, Massachusetts Black ink on brown cover paper; good typographical style; complies with postal requirements except that the word "Catalogue" should be of type smaller than Amherst College Bulletin, if the rulings of the Third Assistant Postmaster General are to be followed literally. 2l6 LELAND STANFORD JUNIOR UNIVERSITY SECOND SERIES BULLETIN NUMBER Si REGISTER 1915-16 PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY, FEBRUARY, 1916 Handsome in style but not quite in harmony with the interpretations of postal laws as given out by officials, the type in the word "Register" being larger instead of smaller than the legal title of the publication. 217 2l8 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG ®l|^ E^gtBt^r 0f Uatermcin fall This form is printed in black with capital letters in red, on rough white cover paper, well up on the page. A little red, as was here used, is ornamental. If one fourth of a form be printed in red the appearance resulting is that of mostly all red with black used to fill in. CORPORATION Wilmington College was organized in 1870 by Miami, Center and Fairfield Quarterly Meetings of Friends, and articles of incorporation filed in the Recorder's office of Clin- ton County 1875. From that time the college was conducted by a board of trustees of nine members, which cared for the property, and a board of managers of eighteen, which con- ducted the institution. The three quarterly meetings were equally represented in both of these boards. During the year 1914 quarterly meetings decided to transfer their interest and authority in the college to Wilmington Yearly Meeting. At its session in August 1914, the Yearly Meeting received the college from the quarterly meetings, secured a state charter for it, and appointed a board of trustees of nine members to succeed to all of the rights and duties of the two former boards. The entire management of the college is now in the hands of this board of nine trustees. On the reverse of the title page of Wilmington (Ohio) College catalog is an ex- emplary and concise statement concerning the corporation. Century 8-pomt solid. STYLE AND EXAMPLES 219 Your Boy's Summer Vacation ^So- CAMP AHMEEK JOE LAKE ONTARIO Cover design of type and special drawings for Mr. Albert W. Field, of the Columbus Academy. (3 i^ONiMLVEf LAtL /VERMONT Design for brochure cover for Professor H. L. Reese, Ohio State University. THE PROOF READING PROOFS should ordinarily be submitted in both galley and page form. Great haste sometimes necessitates the omission of galley proofs to the author. This is more or less dangerous. All proof should be read very carefully and slowly. Markings should always be made according to custom. The proof-corrector pays no attention to any corrections marked unless they appear in the margins. This is the universal custom. The examples following will give a fair idea of what is to be expected. Proofs are never submitted on anything but proof paper. They should be clear enough to enable the author to read each character perfectly. Proofs of engravings are of a rough nature, not "made ready," only clear enough to identify the engraving as belonging to the type title or legend under it. Each change desired should be marked. For instance, should the editor wish to direct a change throughout from "St." George to "Saint" George he should so mark the word each time it appears in proof. The proof-corrector can not be expected to remember such items. For mutual convenience in estimating proper charge for "changes from original copy" it is sometimes customary to draw a circle around marks for such changes. The editor should carefully reply to all queries placed by the proofreader in the margins of the proof. Many times the proofreader, in actual doubt, can do nothing but place the question mark opposite the 220 THE PROOF READING 221 MARKS ORDINARILY USED BY PROOFREADERS, TOGETHER WITH THEIR EXPLANATIONS MARCS MEANING MARKS URAHING ir,r^^ Uniform spacing. O Period. # Insert space. y Comma. s^ Reduce space. ;; / Semicolon. im Hair-epace letter as marked. ^ Colon. | /U4^ Less space. 2y Question mark. J Push down space. / Exclamation point. •^ Apostrophe. o Close up. o Indent with em quad. \^ ^ Quotation mark!. Et Indent line one and one -half ( ) Parentheses. ema. C J Brackets. & Indent line two ems. ^1 Hyphen. ^fyff Use heavy face typi». J Move to the right. ^ Paragraph. %> ir No paragraph. 9 Turn orer letter. C Move to the left. > Take out marked character. ^ ^^^^^^ \ ^j&^ Take out lead. I / Move down. 7^ Change broken letter. Mt, ^A o^>. Omitted ; see copy. t^ One-era dash. h^ Roman. uu ItaUc*. /-it-, Two-em dash. c^ Capitals. hfytSA SpeU out. .... S^/- LetitsUnd. V^.e SmaU CapiUIs. e<t^ Lower-case. Qu. Cr(?)^^^VI- ♦~» Straighten lines as indicated. ^ ^ Superior or inferior. H<: Use logotype character. ^_, Three underlines signify CAP* f Wrong font — ITALS. — ' Two underlines signify suali. /S Insert character as indicated. "^ capitals. I "X- Transpose as marked. — . One underline signifies halict. Inland Printer Technical School for I. T. U. Course. 222 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG ::A=? 82 PRINCETONUNIVE^rSiTY ^ for translatioirfrom English into Latin, illustrating ffiram- ^ v^ matical^^___^principles. Lfl/^'n B. Thls»^xamination will*^ssume reading not less ^^'i^ ^ in amount than Cicerc^s orations against Catilin\^ for the \9 ^Manilnan Law and for Archias.^y ^The last two orations are^ G) prescribed.) Th^ reading shall be selected from Cicero's- Orations, Letters, De Senectute; Sallust's Catiline and \ic- ^ • gurtha. It will include sight translation, grammatical ques- tions, and composition based upon Cicero. y^tSiX Latin C. This examination will assume reading not less in amount than (Vxmr^ JEneid, i to vi (Books i, u A-^7n ^ and either iv or vi of the JSneid are prescribed^ The (£) C remainder of the reading shal^be selected from Virgil's , Bucolics, Georgics, /ErQd, and Ovid's M etaihor phases, SVl 1=::^ Fasti, Tristia- English xKd. C C C^oth I and 2 to be offered by all candidates]) ( } ^ The purpose of the examination is to test the candi- or date's kndedge and appreciation of certain masterpieces' of English literature and his pro%iency in English compo-^T* sition. The books prescribed for reading and fors<yd]^_are those recommended by the National Conference on Uni- form Entrance Requirements^English. -**t. ZJ {^)13 English A. (Reading.) The candidate may offer for examination any list of ten units which' conform^ to the €-^ requirements recommended by the National Conference(o£) <2/ C,^ Uniform Entrance^quirements as printed below. . / For 1914 and 1915/ '/ The books provided for reading are arranged in the , ^^ q iollowing groups, from which at least^io) units* are to be^^^ '^^elected, two from each g f oup : v4ilr (a) The old Testament,* comprising at least the chief * Each nnit is set off by semicolons. An imaginary page of errors made to illustrate customary proof reading. THE PROOF READING 223 82 PRINCETON UNIVERSITY for translation from English into Latin, illustrating gram- matical principles. Latin B. This examination will assume reading not less in amount than Cicero's orations against Catiline, for the Manilian Law and for Archias. (The last two orations are prescribed.) The reading shall be selected from Cicero's Orations, Letters, De Senectute, Sallust's Catiline and Ju- gurtha. It will include sight translation, grammatical ques- tions, and composition based upon Cicero. Latin C. This examination will assume reading not less in amount than Virgil's yEneid, i to vi (Books i, 11 and either iv or vi of the JEneid are prescribed). The remainder of the reading shall be selected from Virgil's Bucolics, Georgics, Mneid, and Ovid's Metamorphoses, Fasti, Tristia. (Both I and 2 to be offered by all candidates.) The purpose of the exam.ination is to test the candi- date's knowledge and appreciation of certain masterpieces of English literature and his proficiency in English compo- sition. The books prescribed for reading and for study are those recommended by the National Conference on Uni- form Entrance Requirements in English. (i) English A. (Reading.) The candidate may offer for examination any list of ten units which conforms to the requirements recommended by the National Conference on Uniform Entrance Requirements as printed below. For 1914 and 1915: The books provided for reading are arranged in the following groups, from which at least ten units* are to be selected, two from each group: (a) The Old Testament, comprising at least the chief * Each unit ia set off by semicolons. Result of corrections marked on foregoing page. lo-point Caslon, leaded. 224 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG subject of doubt. The reply should be noted by the editor directly beneath the question mark. Return of Proofs All proof and all copy must be returned to the printer. They should not be returned in rolls, as they never again lie flat. Neither should the package be sealed. Printed return proof envelopes or labels fur- nished by printers should always be used to insure correct and legible address. The best method for the return of copy and proof is by special delivery mail. They should be labelled "Printer's Proof and Author's Manuscripts." The rate for postage is one cent for each two ounces, or fraction thereof, third-class matter. They can be sent as parcel post if exceeding four pounds in weight. A special delivery stamp affixed to the return package will materially aid in the rapid handling en route, whereas, otherwise it would often be a whole day slower in transit. Express is invariably slower than mail. Registered mail is very slow and affords but little more protection than special delivery. Third class with special delivery stamp is more rapid than first class mail without special delivery. Postage on Proofs and Manuscript Sometimes postmasters in smaller towns do not thoroughly understand the government provisions for handling proofs and manuscripts. Manuscript is first class matter when it is sent by itself. Proofs and author's manuscripts are third class matter, but new manuscript cannot be sent in the same package as old manuscript and proof for the old manuscript. New manuscript should be sent separately with first class postage or by express which is frequently cheaper. Any THE PROOF READING 225 letter connected with proofs or old manuscript should be sent separately, first class. Corrections and instructions to printer can be made on proof sheets and paragraphs added or taken away from the manuscript, but a new article or a new chapter of manuscript would subject the package in which it would be contained to first class postage. For the ordinary return of proofs and original manuscripts connected with such proofs, the rate is third class, as above. See Postal Laws and Regulations, Section 453, Paragraph 6: Corrections in proof sheets may embrace the alteration of the text or insertion of new matter, as well as the correction of typographical and other errors, and also any marginal in- structions to the printer necessary to the correction of the matter or its proper appearance in print; such corrections should be upon the margin of or attached to the proof sheets. Manuscript of one article may not be inclosed with proof or corrected proof sheets of another. Imperfect Advance Book It is customary with better class printers to send by special delivery mail, as soon as the last form is at press, a copy of the catalog. This copy is imperfect, con- sisting of torn, soiled or poorly printed sheets, put to- gether roughly. It is not to be considered a specimen of the finished work. It is submitted for one purpose only, to give the customer a general idea of the appear- ance of the finished work in so far as proper placing of the various headings and sections would be concerned. The editor should lose no time in carefully scrutinizing such advance copy. If any glaring errors be found a telegram should immediately be sent to the printer apprising him of the trouble. It is important that there be no delay whatever in the examination of the advance copy for the reason that the binding is usually begun 226 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG immediately after the advance copy has been dis- patched. There are always some trifling typographical errors even though the editor has carefully read the proof. To make corrections of such slight errors would be expensive at this stage and would delay the work. The printer retains a duplicate of this advance copy, and strongly urges that this copy be not shown to any person other than the editor as it would, in its unattractive state, cause adverse criticism. Changes Should an editor ask "Why are author's changes so expensive?" the printer might rejoin with the query, "Why need they be considered necessary,^" The reply to the editor's query might be somewhat as follows: "After a copy has been set, proofread, cor- rected, checked and paged, it is a far more expensive operation to go to the stack, find the page in question, take it away on a galley, open it on a stone, make a change, insert it in the page, tie up the page again, pull a fresh proof, have the proof checked, put the page back on the galley and store it away in its place in the stack of pages for that particular book, than the operation of original make-up of that page." Thus to make a change from a comma to a semi-colon costs the printer as much as the orginal cost for the paging of the entire page plus the time required for making the change from the original copy. Should a paragraph be discarded, or a paragraph added, the paging would probably have to be done over as before outlined. In the event of the addition of new matter, more type would have to be set. If the linotype machine be used, perhaps nine times out of ten a com- plete change of matrices is required for the machine as well as proofreading and correcting the errors In the THE PROOF READING 227 corrections. Not only will extra typesetting and the repaging be required, but if a paragraph be changed all succeeding pages will have to be changed on account of the page numbers until some place may be reached where possibly there is sufficient blank space and the original paging would sometimes suffice from that on to the end. This is not always true as often new pagination from the point of addition or removal of paragraphs is required to the end. Adding or taking away a whole page means the renumbering from that page to the end of the book, including the opening of every succeeding page, to make the change in the figure for the folio. All this sort of work can be done on time basis only. When it is con- sidered that the typesetting machine costs, with its appurtenances, at least $5,000.00, and that the wages of the operator amount to from fifty to seventy cents an hour, and that with the holding of that machine from other work long enough to insert the matrices to cor- respond with the type in this particular book, in size and face, it can readily be understood why the insertion of a new paragraph or sentence may require an hour's time of the machine, varying in cost from $2.00 to $2.75 according to location, and perhaps a half-hour's time of the hand compositor who pages the book, at more than $1,00 per hour. Small monotype changes are made by hand, thus obviating the long delays usually necessary if the linotype machine is used. The reply to the printer's query "Why need they be considered necessary,'"' would be that the expense of author's changes can be very easily eliminated en- tirely, by having every line of copy so carefully edited before it is sent to the printer that there can be no changes possible unless the printer has made mistakes 228 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG in typesetting which his proofreader has not caught, in which event the printer must make the correction of his own errors without expense to his customer. The printer disHkes changes from original copy because of the high cost which he is compelled to charge, because of the delay which it brings to other work pushing through his plant, and last, but by no means least, because of the unexpected but none the less severe jolt the editor is sure to receive w^hen a heavy item for changes appears in his bill. For these reasons the printer is only too anxious to have the copy properly prepared before it is sent in. A few hours of careful and final editing will save time, money and ill feeling. It is of mutual interest that changes be eliminated or at least minimized. At best the compiling and editing of a college catalog is no easy job. It is tiresome, nervous work especially as the end of the task approaches. No college professor should be expected to give a clear brain to such work and keep up with his regular daily routine. Either the catalog or his scholastic duties must suffer if he be required to attend to both at the same time. Nevertheless the fact remains that the carefully prepared and carefully edited copy will save expense and time for both college and printer. In closing this subject of changes let us note the blunt wording of an official order to all persons who prepare printer's copy for the United States. The first two lines of Suggestions to Authors in the Style Book of the Government Printing Office are printed at the top of the page in bold type and separated from the ordinary matter. They read as follows : Copy should be carefully edited before being sent to the Government Prmting Office: that is, editing should not be done on proof sheets. (See Executive Order of Jan. 20, 1906.) Mi 1 p M 1 H^HP iL*|!Flil- pi 'mm * ^^^MHHI'' ^b'^ ^' a ^wi ^- IHi^i ^^^ ^Ttf i^l^^^^^B M' iflj «^^^^^H|^ L lifei' 1.. ^^^^^Pl-l^E n 1 I ILLUSTRATIONS I "^HE catalogs of a few institutions such as Amherst, Dartmouth, Lafayette, Wesleyan, Wabash, Adrian, Stevens and Carnegie, and of practically all boys' and girls' schools, except Groton, St. Paul's, Phillips (Andover) and a few others, contain half- tone or photogravure illustrations, occasionally both kinds, as inserts. Where such an insert is to appear, a full sheet of copy paper should be used exclusively for the description of the illustration in preparing copy. A proof of the engraving (if already made) is most desirable, pasted to a blank sheet of copy paper, with the caption or title written beneath. This sheet should be numbered con- secutively the same as for copy for type setting. It is customary for a frontispiece to face the title page, in which case the numbering of the copy sheet for this particular insert can be omitted and the word "frontis- piece" substituted for the consecutive number. Illus- trations usually appear on one side only of the insert, and all except the frontispiece most frequently appear on the right-hand page. If it is desired that illustrations should appear on both sides of inserts (this is impossible with photogravures) the two sheets of copy paper used as copy should be designated at top "first page of insert" and "second page of insert." All illustrations which are placed at right angles should be placed uniformly with the lower edge or fore- ground of the picture toward the right edge of the page. Nothing is more aggravating than to be compelled to turn a book i8o degrees to see the illustration. 229 230 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG Plats Practically all the larger universities now present a plat, usually folded, in the general catalog, and in some instances several plats or maps for the guidance of the stranger on the campus. This is an inexpensive addition after the first drawing and etching have been prepared. The old style small plat on the inside of the cover does not compare favorably with the more modern insert. Yale's plat of the campus in relief with buildings in perspective on one side of the insert and with a map of New Haven on the other side, is quite attractive. Iowa State University catalog contains an insert of the same nature. Swarthmore College, the University of Penn- sylvania and a number of boys' schools offer a plat in two colors of ink, a most pleasing insert. Michigan College of Mines catalog contains eight large folded onion skin inserts, three of which are maps, the re- mainder schedules. Position of Inserts Inserts are tipped with line quality paste to or into sections. It is always desirable that they be placed between printed pages ending and beginning multiples of eight pages or even sixteen pages, if at all possible. Sections of the printed book begin with pages numbered I, 17, 33, 49, etc. if binding is to be in sixteen page sections, or l, 33, 65, 97, etc., if in thirty-twos, as is usually the case in catalogs of several hundred pages on thin paper. Thus, in a catalog in which the binding sections contain sixteen pages, it is most economical to place inserts as follows: — frontispiece facing title page, known as page i in nearly all college catalogs, other inserts between pages 8 and 9, 16 and 17, 24 and 25, 32 and 33, etc., or if bound in thirty-twos, between pages LLUSTRATIONS 23 1 16 and 17, 32 and 33, 48 and 49, 64 and 65, etc. To slit open the top of a section for placing an insert between such pages as, for instance, 2 and 3, 4 and 5, 6 and 7, 12 and 13, and both tops and sides if between 10 and 11, 14 and 15, in sixteens, or to slit many tops, sides, and some bottoms in thirty-twos, requires much time in the bindery, adding expense and delaying the work. By folding an oblong sheet of wrapping or other paper three times at right angles an example of a sixteen page sec- tion will be at hand. By making four right angle folds a thirty-two page section will result, offering visible solution of the problem. Photogravures and Halftones In the catalogs of high class boys' and girls' schools we sometimes find the photogravure. This method of illustration, intaglio copper plate printing, is quite expensive and requires much time, but is exceedingly rich in effect. Usually the printer buys his photo- gravures from the maker but some few photogravure makers take the entire contract direct and buy the printing, paper and binding wherever they can secure most favorable terms with due consideration for quality required. The photogravure costs from ^15.00 to ^30.00 for the plate. The prints then cost from ^10.00 to $30.00 per thousand, according to size and whether run single or double. Paper is still additional, costing, if of good quality and weight, several dollars per thousand inserts. The printing is done on wet sheets of small size, usually single, on a hand fed and hand power press. See frontispiecemadebyWaud&Jenkins, Cambridge, Mass. There is a much cheaper process, however, the printing being done in large sheets, dry, on a power machine and machine fed. The latter process, known by several 232 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG names, produces work by no means the equal of the wet printing on hand presses. The catalog of Notre Dame University contains a steel engraving, a view of the campus, as a frontispiece. The copper halftone, mounted type-high on wood, is still, however, the universal medium, it being cheap, only twelve to eighteen cents per square inch, block measure, with a minimum of ten square inches. It is quickly made by the local engraver in any fair sized city and is printed on any printing press with or without type. The great number of combinations of paper and ink suitable for halftone printing is treated of elsewhere. For printing on dull paper the engraver should be notified to etch specially. See opposite pages i6, 208, 229, 233, 237, 248, 249, 252, 253. Copy for Engraving Intelligence in the matter of securing proper photo- graphic copy for the making of satisfactory photo- gravure or halftone engravings is absolutely necessary, unless the book is to look like a scrapbook, with some illustrations large and some small, some dark and some light. It is just as necessary, after proper photographs have been secured, that some person competent to do so place the order for the engravings. One who has had experience in such work knows how to secure the best results by eliminating portions of a photograph, some- times enlarging, sometimes reducing, sometimes direct- ing that light spots be "touched up" or dark spots lightened. UNIFORMITY IN SIZE OF ENGRAVINGS It is a simple matter for the man of experience to lay out upon a sheet of onion skin paper the diagram showing the desired size and dimensions of the prospec- tive engravings. Through this rectangle the proper SERIES V NUMBER V BULLETIN ROME. GA.. JUNE. 1915 I I _-" g;5 se o ILLUSTRATIONS 233 diagonal is drawn. This diagonal can be so placed over the photograph as to secure the best part of the picture for reproduction. If to be enlarged the diagonal will be extended to the proper length, if to be reduced the diagonal will be shortened. In this manner a dozen or more photographs of various sizes and shapes can be made to furnish as many engravings of uniform size and shape. Uniformity in these details is the order in the modern publication of high standard. Western College for Women recently published a bulletin containing twenty-four illustrations, each of which was a halftone 7x5 printed on dull paper in dark green duotone ink. The engravings were prepared from photographs made by an expert outdoor photographer brought from a distant city for this special work. Bryn Mawr uses black and white reproductions of charcoal drawings by the well known artist Vernon Howe Bailey, each drawing followed by diagrams of the different floors of the building so illustrated. Princeton, in its seventy-twb page Descriptive Book- let, presents sixteen full page illustration inserts practi- cally all of the same size, and on one side only. Mohegan Lake School, in its leather covered, gold topped, deckle edge catalog, contains sixteen large photogravures, all of uniform size, although some of the illustrations following the frontispiece unfortunately face the right hand page. The Hill School offers twelve photogravures all facing right hand pages, Mercersburg thirteen photo- gravures all properly facing left hand pages, Pawling School nine photogravures, facing both ways and in both positions. 234 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG The Bordentown Military Institute uses both photo- gravures in dark oHve ink and halftone inserts in black ink, all facing left hand pages. Culver, unusually large in size of page, two photogravures, properly placed. Asheville School has one large double photogravure in front with eight photogravures and eight halftones, all placed properly and facing properly in the back of the book. Kiskiminetas Springs School uses all halftones of large size printed in rich brown duotone ink on dull paper, all facing left hand pages. Evanston Academy shows a number of very handsome halftones on both sides of inserts. Union and Drew Theological catalogs show several right angle illustrations, very handsome but placed opposite the customary position. Ignorance of these matters often means an un- desirable bulletin, sometimes costing delay and usually money, necessitating uncalled for correspondence, tele- grams or long distance telephone calls, and quite fre- quently the making over of plates. Carte blanche is sometimes given the printer in the handling of copy for engravings, in which event there is some uniformity at least as to size and shape of the finished illustrations. A blurred, over-printed or under-printed photo- graph, a bad negative or too light or too dark a back- ground will cause the finished work to bring dissatisfac- tion to the customer and discredit to both engraver and printer. Retouching of poor photographs is some- times expensive. In any catalog or illustrated bulletin there should be uniformity not only in size but in screen of engrav- ings as well as in relative degree of density of back- s h« K ^ r V ^ O ^. 1 C ^ '^ hr, rs .S3 .00 .8d .a« .*« .S5 .02 .8* .8* "*? .2* .0* ^ .88 .*e 1 8.VS [(.so 1. 08 IM S.88 s.*e s.se *,06 *.8* 5.8* 8.** 8.S* T.O* T.SS 8.88 e.*8 e.sB t^:.08 i.&e s.ad ^.^i s.se a.oe T.8* e.8* .61 I.S* S.I* *.e8 6.T8 8.68 T.88 e.u '.£3 .8C s.de *,^6 a.s3 T.oe e.8* I.T* 8.6* 5.8*jT.I* e.e£ 1.88 2.88 *.*S 8.28 «"f 'lap .ac S.:M e.se r.oe .e^ S.T* e,e* T.8* .2J^ 2.0* 6.88 T.8S .68 2.88 6.18 T.es Bdfc .i'S 8.se 8.oe e.8£> 2.T* a.e* e.s* S.S* 6.0* 3.38 I.TS *.5S T.88 I.SS *.08 T.8S «p .se ^.oe T.Si' I.T* a.e* e.8* 2.S* 3.0* .es *.r£ T.CC I.*S 6.SE e.08 s.es 8.TS ep .oe t.i^ e.9^ S.SI" T.8I- S.2* 8.0* i.es 6.TS e.68 *.*8 8.28 2.18 T.es I.SS a.a| Tefs^ .8* a.M .ef e.8t^ .s* e.o* .es 6.TC .08 5.*8 .88 5.18 .08 6.82 .TS 6.68 mx^ 1.8* T.If' s.o* 8.88 *.V8 e.68 6.*8 1.88 8.18 s.os T.82 8.T2 e.es n i.e* .*^ a.s^ S.II> e.ee C.88 I.TS T.c8 *.*c .88 8.18 2.08 e.82 e.T2 182 T.*S '•4 cS.Si .s* Y.O* ^68 I.8E r.8E *.e8 I.*S 8.28 e.is 2.08 e.8? a.TS 2.82 e.*s 8.8S s.si IC S.Ii^ .01^ V.<J8 d.T6 £.88 .68 T.e8 5.S8 2.18 .08 T.8S 6.T2 2.82 .62 T.SS 6.22 S.lS V s.es ,8£ 8.38 8.68 ^.f-e 2.88 I.S8 e.os T.es 6.82 2.T2 t.82 e.*s 7,82 8.SS *.IS s.os £.ve .as 6.^8 T.88 8.S8 e.iE *.08 2.es I.8S .72 e.es T.*2 8 82 6.8S *.IS S.O.'J I.ei [JE i.ec .*>€ e.s£ o^ 8.08 r.es T.82 8.tS 8.82 e.es *.*s *.ES s.ss S.12 S.OS i.ei I.8I i ?S .8£ .ss .18 .08 .8S .8S .TS .02 .62 .*2 .82 .S2 .12 .0& .ei .81 i 1 e.os .08 I.&S I.8S S.YS 2.9S 8.62 *,*2 *.S2 6.S2 8.IS 8.02 T.ei T.SI 8.TI e.oi e.6l .es G.8S .8S I.TS 2.8S i>.fiS e.t^ 8.SS T.SS e.is .12 1.02 s.ei *.8I e.Ti a.ai T.ei e.*i •TS 8.8S .8S S.£S I'.t'S 8.8S T.22 e.is MS 8.02 e.ei T.8I e.Ti I.TI 2.81 *.6I 8.*I 8.81 ? T.I>S .ts. S.8S 6.SS T.IS .IS 2.02 e.ei T.8I .81 2.n 6.81 T.6I .61 2.*I 6.81 T.SI .es T.SS .88 8. IS a.os c.ei s.ei 8.81 e.Ti 2.TI 6.81 8.61 i.ei *.*I T.SI I.SI *.SI T.II .IS a.os .OS t.ei T.8I 1.81 e.Ti e.oi 2.81 o.ei .61 *,*! T.SI I.SI 5.81 Q.ll 2.II a.oI .ei 9.81 .91 ^.Tl e.oi 8.81 T.fil 2.61 d.^l i.*i 6.81 e.si *.2I 8.II 2.11 T.OI I.OI a.e .Tl e.ai .91 e.ei .31 e.i"! .H 6.SI .81 e.2i .SI &.li .il 5.01 .01 2.e .e 6.8 .*! tj^i .*! O.SI :.8i T.2I 2,SI 8.11 ^.11 e.oi 6.01 I.OI D.e s.e T.8 8.8 e.T *.T .SI ^.&i .SI a.ii 2.II e.oi e.oi I.OI T.O *.e .e 8.8 2.8 e.T e.T I.T T.8 *.8 .01 8.01 .01 T.e ^.G i.e T.8 *.8 1.8 8.T 5.T 2.T e.8 8.8 2.0 e.6 8.6 8.6 .8 S.8 .8 T.T e.? S.T .f T.a e.a 2.0 .8 T.6 6.6 S.6 .3 T.* 6.* 2.* .0 s.a .3 8.5 o.e h.a 2.C 1.6 G.* T.* 6.* 8.* I.* e.E T.8 8.8 *.8 S.S .* i.* .* G.8 T.8 8.8 8.1 e.8 *.8 8.8 1.8 .8 e.s T.8 8.8 6.S- *.s S.S I.S .s LS .& e.i e.i ~.L V.I D.I 8.1 6.1 *.i *.I 8.1 2.1. 2.1 I.I I.I 8 ^ ^ haiobiznoj &i ,9iii8B9m Aoold ,?89l lo aorioni noT .5iuaf.om Aooki iix8 22. 24. 26. 28. 30. 32. 10 11 12 Measuring Sca 1 « 2 « 3 « =: for checking bills for engravings as large as yU^i iH face i « 6 12 block nicasL Ten inches or less, block r 10 Elcaric Ci ty Engia' 11 ving Co., 12 ILLUSTRATIONS 235 ground of photographs. Halftone engravings for such good work as is required in a college publication are often made 133 lines to the inch, very seldom 175 lines. The most satisfactory screen is 150 lines to the inch. All photographs should, if at all possible, be of the same size, somewhat larger than the dimensions of the en- graving, although this is not absolutely essential. Very clear photographs can be slightly enlarged in the repro- duction, dull ones never. Glossy sun prints, black on white, make the best copy. They should be furnished unmounted. Bold writing with pencil on the back of an un- mounted photograph is sure to punch through and will show to some extent in the engraving. At the same time for complete identification there should be noted on each photograph sent to the printer or engraver the name of the view, written very lightly with lead pencil. It is well to add the name of the college or other institu- tion, to insure against loss or misplacement by the printer or engraver. Flashlight photographs of banquet scenes, interiors and inside dramatic work are quite interesting from the historic point of view, but from the artistic point of view of the printer or the engraver they are usually miserable affairs, no matter how much money may be spent on retouching them. Occasionally an attractive interior of a chapel, a lobby or a gymnasium is seen, the excep- tion to the rule. The best photographer available must be secured or the light-spots may ruin the work. A swimming pool is shown to best advantage with at least two or three students in the water. Engravers now universally measure their work by the base and not by the printing surface. One-eighth 236 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG inch on each of the four sides must be allowed. Thus, the bill for a halftone of which the printing surface is 5x4 will not be for 20 inches, but for S/^M^i^ 23 inches, the fraction in the total being considered as one inch. The question is often asked, "Why does this or that engraving not appear as well in the book as the en- graver's proof .^" The engraver proves one engraving at a time, after the most careful make-ready and with ink costing much more than printer's ink, thus bringing out the individual halftone to the very best possible advantage. When this same engraving is put into a form with type and a lot of other engravings, some of which are dark and require a minimum of ink in the printing and some of which are light and require a maximum of ink to bring them out best, there must be an equalizing of the volume of ink. This works to the disadvantage of some of the engravings. The best general result is attained by slip-sheeting whereby a heavier flow of ink is made possible. This adds about ^3.00 per thousand impressions but is well worth it. All really good printing on coated papers should be slip-sheeted in the press room. Many printers differ on this question. Press builders guarantee their machines not to need slip-sheeting and ink makers guarantee their inks to work just as well without slip-sheeting. Notwithstanding all this, printers who have a reputa- tion for really highest grade presswork slip-sheet their fine work on coated paper. The proof in this much- mooted question is in the comparison, made with the intelligence gained by experience only. Color of Ink for Inserts The subject of ink demands consideration. The engraver always urges the best of black halftone ink to WE STVIIN8TER A private telephone system with city connection is installed in each room in the building and is operated by the secretary from her office, making it possible to communicate from one room to another, or to any point in or out of the city. An elevator with a capacity of 3,500 pounds is another necessary convenience. The building has six toilet rooms, is lighted by electricity, and heated by steam from its own plant. EQUIPMENT Three new Steinway grand pianos and three new Mehlin grand pianos have recently been purchased and are used exclusively for teaching purposes and in the concert and recital halls. Twenty-five new Lauter grand and upright pianos with Wessel, Nickel and Gross action have been placed in the practice rooms for the use of students. No piano for practice purposes is retained in the conservatory for a longer period than three years. The department employs an expert tuner, whose business it is to keep the pianos in perfect tune and repair. A three manual pipe-organ, the recent gift of a prominent Pittsburgh banker to the college, will, when installed, give us a decided lead over similar institutions in organ equipment. This organ is one of the largest instruments in any college of music of the present day. To the organ student the opportunity for practice on this organ, with its modern accessories, is a material advantage, making it possible for him to master the complexities of any modern organ with little difficulty. wr ■* Ohio State University spring with library in the distance. 150 line screen halftone; Sigmund Ullman Cameo Art Brown double- tone ink; Hancock Book paper, india, 25x38-100. ILLUSTRATIONS 237 be used on a pure white paper. Machinery catalogs in which fine detail of parts is to be uppermost are printed on pure white enamel paper of a high quality and fairly good thickness. A great majority of college and school illustrations are printed with black ink on white enamel paper. A few appear in some one of the many beautiful brown inks on cream colored or India paper. This costs more because of the fact that brown ink of sufficiently good quality is much higher priced; the India paper costs more, and the ink is much harder to run, requiring perhaps half as much time more than the black ink. The very dull finished papers which are so popular for some kinds of high class printing are still more expen- sive, and the ink required for use on them, together with a double amount of make-ready and the frequent stops of the press for the purpose of washing out with benzine all the engravings, on account of the ease with which they fill up with the doubletone ink, brings the cost of this sort of presswork to two or three times that of the black ink on white. Then, too, all photographs will not make halftone plates of the proper harmony to work as nicely on this sort of paper with the peculiar ink re- quired. See page 24. The so-called duotone, duplegrav, doubletone inks come in a number of shades of handsome browns and greens for practical printing. We will not consider the blues and purples here. No printer can guarantee to make the shade of color the same in one book as ap- peared in another, or to get exactly the same shades at both ends of any one book. It is a long story why such matching is impossible. The duotone ink is made by the mixing at the ink factory of two opposite kinds of ink, color ground in varnish and color mixed with water. 238 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG The result desired is an imitation of a photograph or of a photogravure. The water mixture makes the trouble. An ink maker of international reputation and a certain enthusiastic printer recently combined for a series of experiments with several doubletone inks. Without entering into details we will state that some of the startling results were as follows: The printer used the same press, the same engravings, the same paper and the same ink from the same run of ink at the factory. But impressions made on a damp day differed quite materially in shade from those on a dry day. Sheets on the bottom of a pile only one inch high, racked in slipsheets, differed in shade from those on top because of the weight on the sHpsheet, causing it to act as a blotter. Dampness, heat, pressure affect the results in these inks, now so popular for the very highest class of letter-press illustration. Proper regulation of flow is vital to uniform success to a far greater degree than is necessary with ordinary black ink. The pressman must have had ample experience in such work or the result will not be satisfactory. The ink does not attain its final color until ten to fifteen days after printing. Not- withstanding the utter impossibility of exact matches in shade, the work produced is magnificent the, very finest possible, and much sought after. The Zinc Etching The cheapest reproduction possible by mechanical process is the zinc etching made by photography and acid etching from any black and white line copy. Nearly all sample pages and covers in this book are zincs, as are also the illustrations on pages 46, 51-53, 76, 83-85, no, 147, 219, 221, 222, 239-243 and 276, and inserts facing pages II, 111,229 (plat), 232, 234, 240, 242 and 244. SEAL AND BOOKPLATE OF THE JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY In the preparation of the design the authorities were particu- larly indebted to Stephen Tucker, Esq., of London, Somerset Herald, who revised and arranged the suggestions transmitted to him from Baltimore by Clayton C. Hall, Esq., to whom the University also owes its grateful acknowledgments for many kind services. In the design for the seal symbols of learning have been placed in combination with the well known Arms of Maryland. The arms of the State are those of Lord Baltimore's family, which became a part of the Great Seal of Maryland at an early period in the history of the colony. The emblems adopted to symbolize the University are open books and a terrestrial globe— indicative of literary and scientific studies. These have been placed upon an azure background and occupy the upper portion of the shield, above the name of the State. There is thus presented (in the words of the Somerset Herald,) "an heraldic picture of a University situated in the State founded by Lord Baltimore." The motto of the University Veritas Vos Liberabit (which has been in use since its organization) is taken from the gospel of St. John viii, 32. The shield is hung from a bough of oak. The legend upon the border gives the corporate name and place of the foundation, and the date when instructions were begun, viz: The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, 1876. F. R. Ball, Registrar se, iar za- Dn. or- 3Ut nd, crol rms zed 'H>«f&^^' COLLEGE HERALDRY ^RIOR to the American Revolution it would have been quite in order for the Heralds' College of London, incorporated 1483 and still the heraldic authority of England, to officially grant "Arms of Com- munity" to a "bishopric, a city, a university, an academy, a society or a corporate body," in British provinces, including the American colonies. It is still possible forCanadian institutions to secure and to display under English authority heraldic devices of one kind or ABC I. A. B. Dexter ) Middle [ Chief C. Sinister ) A D D. Honour Point E. Fess Point E F. Nombril Point B F G. Dexter ) H. Middle \ Base Vc H \J I. 2. A. Sinister ) V c y \w ^ Chief ^^**« ■..■■^^ B. Fess ^^ . -'^ 1, THE FIELD C. Base 2 THE FIELD- The Points of the Shield another. Some institutions in the United States use, and quite properly, armorial designs in which appear arms of individual founders or benefactors, or organiza- tions prominent in the early history of the institution. On the continent of Europe there is no national author- ity corresponding to the Heralds' College of London but in Germany, Austria, Russia, Belgium and Holland, certain orders of knighthood are entrusted with control of matters heraldic. In Scotland the Lyon-king-at-arms and in Ireland the Ulster-king-at-arms are legalized offices of heraldry. 239 240 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG In the United States and France there is no legal supervision provided. Nevertheless our own national government displays in many ways its arms, heraldically correct. Occasionally we find the national flag printed in black on white paper, but with the red stripes made of the heraldic perpendicular lines "gules" and the blue Pale Fesse Some Divisions of the Shield Cross field of horizontal lines "azure," the white of the stars and the white stripes "argent," an example of propriety in heraldry. Some of our states too, as Maryland, Colorado, Texas and several others use coats-of-arms which can be described in terms of heraldry, the colors in which are indicated properly by their recognized symbols when printed in black only. The coat-of-arms and the flag of the United States are heraldically descended from the coat-of-arms of the English ances- tors of George Washington, as displayed in his personal Or (gold) Artrcnt (sih Gules (red) Ax.ure (blue) Sable (black) \'ert (sreen) w Purpure (purplej Tenne (orange) Heraldic Colours COLLEGE HERALDRY 241 bookplate, "argent, 2 bars gules, in chief 3 mullets of the second." There being excellent authority for this statement, it would seem fitting that Americans should entertain a more wholesome respect for the science of heraldry. In addition to the exquisite heraldry used by many Bend Some Divisions of the Shield Canadian colleges, Harvard, Princeton, Cornell, Johns Hopkins, Radcliffe, Episcopal Theological School (Cam- bridge), the Theological Seminary of the Reformed Church and a number of other institutions might be mentioned as using correct arms or seals of special interest to those who care for heraldry. A number of these are valuable historically, as for instance those of Washington and Lee and of Washington University. Some Roman Catholic and some Episcopal colleges and schools use coats-of-arms or seals of genuine beauty and of interest that is fascinating. Many other institutions 242 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG display coats-of-arms in their bookplates or in their seals. In the stained glass windows of the refectory at Mercers- burg Academy may be seen the arms or seals of many American colleges while on each oaken pilaster is carved the arms of some European university. Somewhat simi- lar displays are to be found at the University of Pile Orle Planches Some Divisions of the Shield Chicago, Yale Commons, Worcester Academy and St. George's School, Newport. On the outer walls of that masterpiece of Stanford White's, the University Clubbuildingin New York, are theseals of Yale, Colum- bia, Harvard, Princeton, Williams, U. S. Naval Acade- my, U. S. Military Academy and Brown, all the work of our famous American sculptor, Daniel Chester French. The University Club in Chicago bears decorations on the same order. Francis J. Grant, in his 1914 edition of the Manual of Heraldry,* an inexpensive little volume which mi-ght be termed a multum in parvo on the subject, states: — *John Grant, George IV. Bridge, Edinburgh. The Arms of Kenyon College Sable, a chevron engrailed or, between three crosses flory argent, on a chief purpure a pastoral crook of the second, thereon an open book proper bearing the motto "Magnanimiter crucem sustine." The arms of Kenyon College are derived from the arms of Lord Kenyon from whom the college takes its name. The field with its chevron and crosses and the motto in the chief come from Lord Kenyon's arms. The chief contains local symbols, suggesting the origin and aim of the college. The bishop's staff com- memorates the founder, Bishop Chase. The book is a conventional collegiate charge and the motto across its open pages approximately expresses the spirit and purpose with which the college was founded. COLLEGE HERALDRY 243 The great revival which has taken place in the study and appreciation of the Science of Heraldry, and the wider and more intelligent interest now taken in armory, has induced the publisher to issue a new and revised edition of this work. * * * :¥ Heraldry is the science which teaches us how to blazon or describe in proper terms armorial bearings and their ac- Barry '\rvr\r \f\f\r Wavy :---J y Bendy Cheeky Lozcngy Some Divisions of the Shield cessories. * * * It may safely be stated that its introduction was coeval with the use of armour in the Middle Ages, when it became necessary for men to be able to recognize each other in the melee of the battle. Thus it came that warriors adorned their shields with marks to distinguish each other, and decorated the top of their helmets with crests. * * * The evidence both of chroniclers and artists directly disproves any science or practice being in existence at the time of the first and second Crusades. It is a curious circumstance that our earliest and best examples of heraldry should be due to lack of learning. But for the fact that few persons were able to write and had to authenticate all deeds and transactions they entered on with their seals, we should not now have these records of the earlier armorial designs. * * * In the thirteenth century the practice of embroidering armorial designs on the surcoat worn over a coat of mail gave rise to the expression "coat of arms." 244 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG The very first principles of heraldry are concisely given in the following extract: Heraldry, or armory as it was anciently called, is a symbolical and pictorial language of uncertain and disputed origin, which, by the beginning of the thirteenth century, had already been reduced to a science with a system, classifi- cation, and nomenclature of its own. The artistic devices known as arms, which may be formed by proper combina- tions of the colours, ordinaries, and figures that represent the letters of this language, had each their significance, and soon came to be regarded as the hereditary possession of some person, family, dignity, or office. The display of arms was restricted primarily to shields and banners, but occasionally to horse-trappers and such garments as jupes, gowns, and mantles. Later on heraldry came also to be used ornamentally, either upon shields or without them, in all kinds of ways, in architecture and on monuments, on tiles and in glazing, in wood carvings and in paintings, in woven stuffs and embroideries, in jewellery AND ON SEALS. — Heraldry for Craftsmen and Designers. Hope. As we find on tombstones of the earlier part of the nineteenth century weeping willow trees and urns, so we notice that the seals devised for colleges founded fifty or a hundred years ago were characteristic of their period, but, not being designed or based upon heraldic prin- ciples, they now seem old-fashioned, out-of-date and surely out of place on the title page or the cover of the catalog of a modern, growing institution of learning. These old style seals might better be eliminated if con- sidered from the viewpoint of artistic appearance. Many inartistic college seals have nothing but age and loyalty to tradition to recommend their continued use. As an example the symbolism in the seal of Columbia is quite attractive when displayed in a diameter of two inches or more but when stamped in gold leaf in a diameter of less than one inch it is anything but attractive. Auburn Theological Seminary KiSKIMINETAS SpRINGS ScHOOL Princeton University Washington University Howe School University of Toronto Harvard University Brown University Washington and Lee University Radci.iike College Catholic University or America T^eterhouse or St Peter s College (Founded i2s4) Arms: ijuld four [or three) pales gxlis intlt a border of' tlir Jiisliopricl: of Eh/ (i/ules imth eif/ht or ten gold croirnx). Since its iiicoipuration in 1'281 the College has used four dififereut shields. The one at ]>resent borne was granted by Kobert Cooke, Clarencieux King of Anns, in 157-2. The arms are intended for those of the Founder. Copies of the SfdlH/cs in the British Museum ; Old Statutes Mss. IIarlkv, No. 7032, p. 187. New,— No. 704fi, /). 132 (Printed in " Docunients relating to the University and Colleges of C:unl)ri(lgc," Vol. ii. pp. 6—116). The Statutes us approved hi/ the Queen in Council 29th June, 1882, are pritiled in the London Gazette. This most ancient College or House was founded by Hugh of Bai.sham, Bishop of Ely, for a Master and fourteen Fellows. According to the Statutes of 1882, the Foundation consists of a Master, eleven Fellows, and twenty-three Scholars. The Master, who is elected by the Fellows, must be a Master of Arts, or of some equal or superior degree, in the University of Cambridge or Oxford. The Follows are to be elected from among the Graduates of the College, or, if the Society think fit, from among the other Graduates of Cambridge or Oxford. One t)f the Fellowships is entitled a Professorial Fellowship, and can be held only by a Professor of the University. Fellowships are tenable for si.\ years, unless in the following cases : aiiy Fellow who bt'coraes either the Head or a Fellow of another College immediately vacates his Fellowship in this College ; any Fellow who has been pre- sented by the College to any Benefice of the clear annual value of i;400 or upwards shall vacate his Fellowship one year after presentation ; any Fellow who serves the College in one of the privileged offices of Tutor, Assistant Tutor, Senior Bursar, Or Dean, and has been a privileged Officer for at least two Cambridge University's great Calendar contains many pages of historic and heraldic interest. The running-head over the pages of perfect dimensions (20x35 picas) in this book is set in all caps, adding dignit)'. It is omitted from this the first page of St. Peter's College section. COLLEGE HERALDRY 245 Many colleges not now using heraldic devices in any form have colors which would lend themselves nicely to heraldry. No college however would be so foolish as to attempt anything heraldic without ap- proval by some acknowledged authority on this most intricate and ancient science. "False heraldry" might be excusable in a college fraternity whose youthful enthusiasm for something beautiful would sweep away all consideration of heraldic truth, but in a college never. An error in the seal of the City of New York, adopted 191 5 by the Board of Aldermen upon the recommenda- tion of the City Arts Commission, was discovered by Mr. Edward Van Winkle, secretary of the Holland Society of that city. The examplesof color designations opposite page 240 offer but an infinitesimal beginning to the study, which after being for centuries a necessary part of a refined education, was "abandoned to coach-painters and undertakers." In fact Lord Chesterfield is reputed to have addressed the "Garter-king-at-arms" who had made some ponderous heraldic blunder, in the following words: — "You foolish man, you don't understand your own foolish business." Nevertheless, "Modern criti- cism has rescued it from the pedantries and follies of the heralds and imparted to it a new interest, as a valuable aid to historical investigations." Academic Dress Catalogs generally contain no information regard- ing academic dress, now used more or less upon occa- sion by the majority of colleges and universities in the United States and Canada. Its use is rapidly increasing and it would seem advisable to embody in the catalog some official statement regarding the exact proprieties 246 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG in caps, gowns and hoods, both as to cut and color, for use by faculty and students at the institution. Even though such academic costume be not established, the president or other members of the faculty may be called to some function in which such dress is custom- ary. Information in detail may be secured from the Intercollegiate Bureau of Academic Costume at Albany, N. Y., whose code for types of hoods and gowns to be worn by bachelors, masters and doctors has been adopted by over five hundred institutions. A para- graph regarding the authorized colors of the college would not be out of place in this connection. The World Almanac contains some notice of both academic dress and college colors. In the catalog of the University of Pennsylvania we find: {From the University Statutes) Section I. — The following described academic costume is ordered to be worn upon all appropriate occasions, as in- dicating the several degrees, and the faculties to which they pertain: Gowns (i) Pattern: those commonly worn, with pointed sleeves for the Bachelor's degree; with long, closed sleeves for the Master's degree; and with round, open sleeves for the *Doc- tor's degree. (2) Material: worsted stuff for the Bachelor's degree; silk for the Master's and Doctor's degrees. (3) Col- or: black. (4) Trimmings: for the Bachelor's and Master's degrees, the gowns are to be untrimmed. For the *Doctor's degree, the gown is to be faced down the front with black velvet, with bars of the same across the sleeves; or the facings *In all cases where the Doctor^ s degree is mentioned, reference is made only to degrees in Philosophy, Divinity, Letters, Music, Science or Laws. Holders of the degrees Doctor of Medicine, Doctor of Public Hygiene, Doctor of Dental Surgery or Doctor of Veterinary Medicine, will wear gowns similar in all respects to those prescribed for Bachelors. Holders of the degrees Doctor of Medicine, Doctor of Public Hygiene, Doctor of Dental Surgery or Doctor of Veterinary Medicine, will wear hoods in all respects similar to those prescribed for Bachelors, save in the case of binding or edging corresponding to the appropriate faculties. COLLEGE HERALDRY 247 and crossbars may be of velvet of the same color as the bind- ing or edging of the hood (see below), being distinctive of the faculty to which the degree pertains. Hoods (i) Pattern: the pattern usually followed by colleges and universities, save as modified below. (2) Material: the same as that of the gown. (3) Color: black. (4) Length: the length and form of the hood will indicate the degree, as follows: for the Bachelor's degree, the lentgh shall be three (3) feet; for the Master's degree, the length shall be four (4) feet; and for the Doctor's degree, the length shall be the same [i. e., four (4) feet], but shall have panels at the sides. (5) Lining: red and blue silk, arranged in the form of a chevron. (6) Trimmings: the binding or edging to be four (4) inches in width, of silk, satin or velvet, the color to be distinctive of the faculty to which the degree pertains, thus: Arts and Letters, White; Science, Gold Yellow; Music, Pink; rA<fo/ogy, Scarlet; PAiYojo^Ay, Dark Blue; L^k', Purple; Medicine and Public Hygiene, Green; Dentistry, Lilac; and Veterinary Medicine, Gray. Caps The caps shall be of the material and form generally used and commonly called "mortar board" caps. The color shall be black. The Doctor's cap may be of velvet. Each cap shall be ornamented with a long tassel attached to the middle point at the top. The tassel of the Doctor's cap may be, in whole or in part, of gold thread. Section IL — Members of the faculties, and any person officially connected with.'the University, who have been re- cipients of academic honors from other universities and col- leges in good standing, may assume the academic costume corresponding to their degree, as described in the foregoing section; provided that such right shall terminate if such per- son shall cease to be connected with the University. The Provost, Vice-Provost and Deans of faculties may adopt distinctive badges, not inconsistent with the costume here- inbefore described. McGill University carries the following positive order regarding academic dress, in its catalog, pages 121 and 122. Professors, lecturers and students are required to wear academic dress at lectures, except in those cases in which a dispensation shall have been granted by the Faculty. 248 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG Undergraduates shall wear a plain black stuff gown, not falling below the knee, with round sleeve cut above elbow. Bachelor of ^m.— Black stuff gown, falling below knee, with full sleeve cut to elbow and terminating in a point (simi- lar to that of the Cambridge B.A.); hood, black silk, lined with pale blue silk and edged with white fur. Bachelor of Science. — The same gown as Bachelors of Arts; hood, black silk, lined with yellow silk and edged with white fur. Bachelor of Science in Agriculture.— Th^ same gown as Bachelors of Arts; hood, black silk, lined with dark green silk and edged with white fur. Bachelor of Civil Law. — The same gown as Bachelors of Arts; hood, black silk, lined with French grey silk and edged with white fur. Bachelor of Architecture. — The same gown as Bachelors of Arts; hood, black silk, lined with white silk and edged with white fur. Bachelor of Music. — The same gown as Bachelors of Arts; hood, black silk, lined with pale mauve silk and edged with white fur. Master of Arts. — Black gown of stuff or silk, falling below knee, with long sleeve with semi-circular cut at the bottom (similar to that of the Cambridge M.A.); hood, black silk, lined with pale blue silk. Master of Science. — The same gown as Masters of Arts; hood, black silk, lined with yellow silk. Doctor of Medicine. — The same gown as Masters of Arts; hood, scarlet cloth, lined with dark blue silk. Doctor in Dental Science. — The same gown as Masters of Arts; hood, scarlet cloth, lined with pink silk. Doctor of Laws. — The same gown as Masters of Arts; hood, scarlet cloth, lined with white silk. Doctor of Literature. — The same gown as Masters of Arts; hood, scarlet cloth, lined with pale blue silk. Doctor of Science. — The same gown as Masters of Arts; hood, scarlet cloth, lined with yellow silk. Doctor of Civil Law. — The same gown as Masters of Arts; hood, scarlet cloth, lined with French grey silk. Doctor of Music. — ^The same gown as Masters of Arts; hood, scarlet cloth, lined with pale mauve silk. Doctor of Philosophy. — The same gown as Masters of Arts; hood, scarlet cloth, lined with pale green silk. Doctors of Laws, Doctors of Civil Law, Doctors of Liter- ature, Doctors of Science, Doctors of Philosophy and Painted by Maria I.. McMickIn, Albany, X. Y. D.D. (Yale). American Inter LL.M. M.D. (Columbia). Ph.D From Monroe's "Cyclopedia of Education," VJ , . 1,^"^ i v\##{; I'M '■^^m^^ iGiATE System. Litt.D. (U.of Pa.). LL.D. )ne, published by The Macmlllan Company. (Copyright. 1910. by Gardner CotrcU Lecm.ird, B.A.) Mus.D. B.S. (Cornell). M. A. (U.of Chicago). Painted by ManaL. McMlckln. Albany. N.Y. British Usage in B.A., Oxford D.D., Oxford Sc.D., Oxford M.A., Oxford. Mt (Convocation Robe). (Full Dress). ■rom Monroe's "Cyclopedia of Education," Vc (Copyright, 1910. by Gardner Cotrell Leonard. B.A.) DEMic Costume. ^ r J Pensioner of D.D., Edinburgh (Full Dress). ^ °^ ■ Trinity College, Vice-Chancellor, D.C.L., Oxford Cambridge. Cambridge. (Full Dress). One, published by The .Macmllhin Company. COLLEGE HERALDRY 249 Doctors of Music shall be entitled to wear for full dress a robe of scarlet cloth (similar in pattern to that of the Cambridge LL.D.), faced with silk of the same colour as the lining of their respective hoods. All hoods shall be in pattern similar to that of the Mas- ters of Arts of Cambridge University. Undergraduates and graduates shall wear the ordinary black trencher with black tassel, but Doctors of Laws, Doctors of Civil Law, Doctors of Literature, Doctors of Science, Doctors of Philosophy and Doctors of Music shall wear for full dress a black velvet hat with gold cord, similar to that worn by Doctors of Laws of Cambridge University. Samples of the colours of the linings of all hoods shall be kept for inspection in the office of the Registrar. COLORS The following extract vv^ill give evidence of the ease with which the colors proper for the more commonly known branches of education may be remembered and distinguished. The colors please the eye and add immensely to the beauty and impressiveness of ceremonial processions and the arrangement of colorings excites the interest of all spectators who strive to figure out the significance of the symbolic display. The colors selected for the different degrees are historic and appropriate and easily remembered. The white for arts and letters comes from the white fur of the Oxford and Cambridge B. A. hoods; the red for theology follows the traditional color of the church as signifying ardent love and zeal for the faith as used by cardinals for centuries. The purple for law comes from the royal purple of the king's courts; the green of medicine from the stripe in the army surgeon's uniform and earlier from the color of medicinal herbs. The degrees in philosophy are shown by blue, the color of truth and wisdom; science, gold yellow which signi- fies the wealth contributed by scientific discoveries. Pink was taken from the pink brocade prescribed for the Oxford doctors of music; olive allied to green, was selected by pharmacy so closely allied to medicine, while russet was taken from the jolly old English foresters who wore it in the fall. The hood linings appeal to the loyalty of college men. — The Argus, July 27, 1902. THE BINDING THE binding of a college catalog is a very simple job, within the possibilities of any ordinary pamphlet bindery such as is attached to all printing plants in which there are cylinder presses. As shown in the chapter on mailing, page 265, a college catalog bound as a book is not subject to entry as second-class matter. Many large catalogs are bound in book form in quite limited edition for office use and for exchange. From these books the second-class entry notice must invariably be removed. Pamphlet binding only is therefore to be considered in this connection. The folding machine and the book-binder's sewing machine, wonderful inventions, each costing, in the various makes and sizes, from ^1250.00 up, are nowa- days considered as much a necessity in the pamphlet bindery as were the fifteen cent bone folder, the sewing bench (the same as used in Jean Grolier's time) and the $200.00 wire stitching machine some years ago. For the large catalog, the edition of which runs into many thousands, the folding machine is invariably used. For short runs of small catalogs the old fashioned bone folder in the hands of a bindery girl is still practical. The setting of the folding machine requires perhaps an hour's v/ork on the part of a thorough mechanic, the machine being of rather intricate construction. The machine must also be set for each signature of the catalog. Thus, if a catalog contain 352 pages, eleven sections or signatures of thirty-two pages, the machine would have to be readjusted for each one of the signa- tures. This item spells prohibitive expense for machine 250 THE BINDING 25! folding of short runs, hundreds instead of thousands. Machine folding is, however, much more satisfactory in many ways, particularly because of the elimination of the buckling in the upper and inner corner of the middle pages of signatures. For instance, in many catalogs, if folded by hand in thirty-two page forms, unsightly wrinkles will appear on pages 16 and 17 and probably 14 and 19. If the paper be heavy, just such wrinkles will appear in 16 page forms at pages 8 and 9, 6 and 11, unless the second fold be slit. Slitting adds expense but insures for the hand folded job much better appearance. The folding machine automatically cuts the paper where necessary to avoid buckling. The 1916 catalogs of the Universities of Indiana and Texas, folded in thirty-twos, show bad buckles. The Register of the University of Chicago also buckles. In the large catalogs of great institutions, the paper is thin, thus allowing both folding and sewing in thirty- two page signatures. It is however impractical to sew thirty-two pages if the paper be heavy or bulky. The sewing machine is of most delicate mechanism and does not work well with very thick paper. Catalogs of 100 to 300 pages, if printed on paper of average or greater bulk, should invariably be bound in sixteen page signatures, for several reasons, the principal of which is that a much smoother backbone thereby results. The cover paper is glued to the catalog. If the surface to which it is glued is fairly smooth by reason of thin signa- tures, the cover paper adheres more permanently and when rubbed down, results in a much smoother appear- ance. This is equally true in the sewed and in the wired catalog. The 1916 catalog of the University of Idaho, 296 pages only, but on bulky paper, is folded in thirty- 252 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG twos, the result being a rough, uneven backbone of unsightly appearance. The catalog of the University of Vermont, similar in number of pages, presents the same appearance. For a slight increase in cost of production, almost negligible, these catalogs could have been folded in sixteens, thus insuring a pleasing effect on the backbone. In the catalog of moderate or small size, the sewing is quite uncommon, although it makes a much more desirable book, as for instance the catalogs of Mount Holyoke, Western College for Women and Wells. The sewed catalog opens flat, comfortably ; the wired catalog, especially when thick, is anything but pleasant to handle; the catalog of McGill University, about one and a quarter inches in thickness, 472 pages and insert, is wired, thus making impossible the flat opening of the book. This is true of the catalogs of the University of Washington, 1914, 502 pages, Kansas Agricultural Col- lege, seven-eighths inch thick, the University of Kansas, one and a quarter inches thick, and that of Syracuse University. The 1916-1917 catalog of the University of Missouri, 548 pages, otherwise good, is wired so tight and the wires are set so far in from the backbone that it closes like a rat-trap, while in the sewed catalog of Yale, nearly twice as thick, type on the inner edge of the page may be read with quite as much ease as that on the outer edge. The catalog of the University of Cali- fornia, bulking one and three-eighths inches and con- taining many inserts, lies open perfectly flat at any page, the book being not only sewed but sewed on heavy cords. The sewing cost is only slightly in excess of that of wire stitching. To the reader possessing the attributes The catalog above is I and cannot be opened II a is machine sewed with llir will cause much e\-c strai lial of the University of Missouri. It is bouii t. 'I'lu- much thicker catalog below is that ( .■ad, opening flat at any page. Reading the u) II. The extra expense of sewing is comparati \iik It alou- i^iit. F IDAHO, 1915-16 ^ Section of badly wrinkled backbone of catalog printed in 32 page sections on icavy paper. Less bulky paper bound into 16 page sections would admit of smooth .'luing. ports-.' *I43>'44. y Gkav SCIENCE. LjUlRATUiiE, AND THE ARTS I,/ ; I, s life ana works. AssiLCurii f. ^.i,y: I.: and works. Assigned roadintrs and reports. GREEK Professors John C'okkiN Hutchinson, Ch .mij Amiikv : KHQUIRf:.MENTS OF THE t>Ei'.\ RTMENT Specimen of unsightly buckle at top of page in center of 32 page section of too heavy paper. The use of thin paper in 32 page sections or tlie use of heavy pajier in sections of only 16 pages would obviate this blemish. THE BINDING 253 of a booklover, the thick wired book is displeasing, the sewed book most enjoyable. The catalog which is wire stitched must, for the sake of appearance, have the cover glued on the back- bone and for at least one-fourth inch on the front and the back to conceal the unsightly wires, the cover paper having been previously scored to insure turning the cover back easily. This is a process used in but few pamphlet binderies owing to the extra cost entailed. The gluing on the three sides requires far more time than the gluing to the backbone only. It is needless to add that the cover which is glued on three surfaces, if properly attached with glue that has not been allowed to chill, is infinitely stronger than the catalog the cover of which has been affixed at the backbone only. 2 ^ s ?: 0> o S § 2 S S o § S s § s ■* s t5l pl ^ «t-t6oja>iONcoiot-«oooio>oioio-*t-io«-c-<» » i SJ^SSSS^SSSSggg^SSS'^SSJSS II -1 ill! gS5J'^;5?5S^SJ3SS'*«'^'-'*'*''*2* 7i Ill ^eOTjloO CO TOO rH rt «o J2®'* • ^^0 ilfiiil OOlOrMOOOPS HO-*-*r^NiH«3«N» flOtO ^ 5il 2§^2§f:S^5S5g;SJ:g^i§gS.Sg£ 3 3«« ^ H-si "^ 1^1 ^rHN^HlO-* NNWWr^NiH MNH«lO 5 -• S^lli sssss^s^^-^^^s^^^ss^^ssss 3 1 c^^'Si'^ ■^ ^ 09 ^flvl ■*OSlO-*«rHOM(»t-rMt>«eOt-«ie5»«4ia'H® -• 'o ii3iiS«2S§s^gS5i3s;^5S^ss 3^ •|.S J, y ;> 1 S«WTHWOrHrHeOrH«rH N-*NNW»« S • ^ P^l „t,oog.oo^N;H^oo«oooeo«;5t-2 O 1 III ?JS^22SS;^S^g55SSJSS§-2g§i§ S ■p ^S^S^S'°"^2^5SS3Si;SSSS85 T'. ^« w lis* S^^2^5SJ5SSS£§^SSeJ5^S^S r^ ||l?s g sillil ocoooooooow^ooTKfioeoMciorjt^atj ^^ ^ 5 ON-*0>-*'a'-''-'M<»WC0'^«NOM't«lt-NN a 5' H o o M : : ^ i i i > i ? 1 ill, > £ £ i: 5^ i -s 5 .1 3 c ! 1. 1 1 i \ is : i J s t ^ 5 ^ e i ^ i 5 g ^ g g g 1 u § i i 1 i 1 i 1 1 i i 1 1 1 § 1 J if : ? : £ : c 3 , 1 1 :: ,5 The task of preparing this table for the Carnegie Foundation, the work of a Bryn Mawr graduate, was stupendous. It has not been again undertaken. See page 259, third paragraph. 254 THE CARNEGIE FOUNDATION SOME may contend that there is no real connection between the work of the above institution and the subject of college catalogs. The fact remains that the catalog of every American college finds its way, sooner or later, willingly or unwillingly, to the dissecting table of the Foundation. Many college presidents and professors are thoroughly conversant with the scope and work of the Carnegie Foundation in detail, many and widely diverging opinions resulting therefrom. Some extracts from its Reports will, however, be of interest to some few presidents and to many members of faculties who have not as yet come into personal contact with it, although its splendidly printed reports are to be found in the library of every recognized university and college in the United States and Canada. This because of the very fact of the existence and the rapidly growing work of the Foundation, its great and vital importance to the world of education and of the consequent influence upon the preparation of catalogs. See pages 5 and 7. In general an idea of its connection with the sys- tems of colleges and as a result of such systems, its direct connection with the preparation of the catalog, may be had from the opening sentences on the subject "Stand- ards and Standardizers," in the Report for 1914. Perhaps no word has been so overworked during the last decade, by those who have to do with professional schools, colleges, and secondary schools, as the word stand- ards. Americans, perhaps, more than other people are imita- tive. One sees this quality at its best and at its worst in our colleges, but in the main its tendency is toward a general wiping out of college individualism. What one college does, 255 256 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG another must do. Distinctive academic flavors disappear. A common mediocrity remains. In one group of catalogues one finds these requirements set forth in great strictness only to be completely evaded in the enforcement. All sincerity is abandoned. The college or medical school living on fees will talk with a solemn face about its "standards" and admit any student who has the price. The Foundation has never attempted to dictate to any college what its standards of admission ought to be. It has not hesitated, however, to call attention to the wide dis- crepancy which existed, even in the cases of some old and famous colleges, between the standards of admission laid down in the catalogue and those enforced in practice. The only standards that the Foundation has urged upon institu- tions of learning have been those of common honesty and sincerity. In evidence of the importance of the work being done by the Carnegie Foundation, the following ex- tracts from the Report for 19 16, which however deals largely with pensions and which is not yet in print, will be of interest: THE STUDY OF LEGAL EDUCATION Some three years ago the study of legal education, including a study of methods of admission to the Bar, was begun by the Foundation. The work was placed in charge of Mr. Alfred Z. Reed, and has been pushed skilfully and energetic- ally under his direction. The labor involved has been far greater than was anticipated. Altogether this is the most far-reaching and difficult study that the Foundation has attempted. All the material for this study has been gathered and is partially arranged and digested. The material is compli- cated and its mass is enormous. The discussion of it is proceeding as rapidly as the nature of the case will permit, and it is hoped that the report may be ready within the com- ing year. * * * * Everybody who is interested in education knows that around the term "special student" cluster a variety of prac- tices and a variety of problems. But no one who has not tried to get at the heart of this matter in many schools can fully appreciate the varying terminology, the many angles of approach, the confusing interpretations of statutory and customary law by which distinct categories of students — THE CARNEGIE FOUNDATION 257 special, unclassified, irregular, partial, hearers, auditors, con- ditioned, certificate — come into being. To state clearly how the schools differ in this respect from one another — to indi- cate further which practices seem commendable, which are open to criticism, which are trivialities not worthy of mention — is only one of many tasks which cannot be com- pleted until the material is all in, and cannot be completed then without much thought and patience. * * * * Only four schools have definitely declined to partici- pate in any way in the enquiry. Only three have greeted us cordially at first, and then definitely withdrawn when it was discovered that we were attempting a searching study. We believe that much is expected of this enquiry, part- ly because of the time and labor which already have been put into it, but more because confidence is placed in its fairness and honesty. We hope to show that this confidence is merit- ed. Just as an example of the fearlessness with which the Carnegie Foundation handles all matters educa- tional, we quote from the Report of 1914, the subject being "Medicine and Politics in Ohio," in which, after reviewing briefly the events preceding the establish- ment of two medical colleges at Ohio State University, the following appears: Notwithstanding the high respect one must have for the governing board of the university, it is difficult to review this action without protest. The actual need of a medical school at this time seems to have received slight considera- tion. Ohio is overcrowded with practitioners, and in Colum- bus and its vicinity this overcrowding is excessive. At the end of this paper are given certain statistics regarding the number of medical practitioners in the state, from which it is evident that even if no school of medicine were conducted in Columbus for twenty years, the region would still be over- supplied with physicians. To maintain two schools, a university must expend as a minimum something in the neighborhood of $300,000 a year and provide buildings well on toward $2,000,000. In the Report for 1913, twelve and one-half pages are devoted to the subject of "College Catalogues." Following are some extracts of most Interesting nature: 258 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG Perhaps nowhere else are the catalogues of all colleges of the United States under such constant examination as in the offices of the Carnegie Foundation. Each year those who conduct its work examine in greater or less detail the cata- logues of at least one thousand institutions bearing the name college or university. It is out of some such experience as this that the officers of the Foundation are led to feel that the questions which have just been asked are real and pertinent. If this, however, is accepted, it furnishes the point of view from which information in the catalogue should be pre- pared, namely, that of the prospective student who desires to know, as accurately as may be, the opportunity the college can oiTer. It will also, I think, be generally admitted that the college as an educational agent may fairly be judged by the character of the catalogue that it issues, taking into account its literary form, its honesty, its accuracy, and the clearness and completeness with which its information is presented. An honest college ought to be represented by an honest cata- logue. Even modesty ought not to be wholly out of reach. It is not too much to say that if the one thousand and more colleges of the country were judged upon the basis of the literary excellence, the clearness, and the honesty of their catalogues, the showing would be an extremely embarrassing one. This results from a number of causes. In some fairly good institutions it arises out of the fact that the advertising side of the catalogue has been allowed to overshadow its pri- mary purpose; in others the catalogue has not received the care and attention that it deserves; in still others the cata- logue is prepared by a number of persons, and repetitions and lack of clearness are the inevitable result; while in a large group of institutions the catalogue has been used to set forth an exaggerated claim for advantages and facilities that the college does not possess. The time has come when those col- leges which value their own scholarly standing and believe that they are offering only sincere and fruitful courses of study should give this matter earnest attention. What is the information that the) class of readers most interested in the catalogue desire to secure.^ What are the significant items of information that enable a parent or a student to estimate the opportunity to be had at a given col- lege and to compare that with the opportunity to be had at other institutions.? The statement of ( )* University, "Our reputation for educational efficiency is world-wide," is considerably *Names of institutions indicated by dash in parentheses are printed in full in the reports from which these extracts are taken. THE CARNEGIE FOUNDATION 259 illuminated by its additional statement, on the sanie page, "This past year a new factor has entered our school life. We have an endowment fund well started." It is scarcely necessary to say that most of our dis- tinguished institutions present their case modestly, altho some, like Princeton, find it necessary to refer to themselves as a "great institution." Many others, however, so urge upon the reader their judgment as to their own incomparable ex- cellence that they repel him by this self-revelation of lack of knowledge, judgment, and good taste. The table on page 114* of the contents of the catalogues of a score of our prominent universities indicates that there is a fairly general agreement as to the material that such docu- ments should present. What agreement there is as to the order of the interest or importance of these items is indicated by the order of the items in the table. It will be seen that there is little agreement concerning the appropriate space that each kind of information should occupy. There is no agreement whatever concerning the manner and style of presentation. One occasionally hears the complaint that our universities and colleges are becoming all alike. Certainly the form and style of their catalogues are alike only in their utter divergence. It may be fairly said in criticism of all that they are too large. The information presented in the introductory pages of a catalogue is seldom satisfactory. It sometimes includes, as in the catalogues of Harvard, Yale, and Chicago, the charter or the statutes of the university, or both, altho these are matters for which the general reader cares but little and which the student will seek elsewhere from more authorita- tive sources. The University of Wisconsin, for example, presents a history of the institution which, like the traditional professor's lecture, dwells expansively upon the earlier days, deals scantily with recent years, and never reaches the present. Probably much of this sort of thing is traditional and accidental. There is probably no simple method of indicating the character of the administration, altho unnecessary com- plexity displays itself, as in the seventy-six faculty commit- tees of ( ) College. The list of officers and professors Is one of the items for which we naturally turn to a catalogue, even tho a mere list can do but little to Indicate ability and devotion. The method *See page 254, this book. 26o THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG of presenting such faculty lists varies greatly. Of the insti- tutions represented in the table Columbia has quite the largest faculty, but most of the other institutions occupy more catalogue space in presenting theirs. Columbia prints its faculty list at the beginning of the book once and for all, giving titles and degrees, with their sources, for professors, and titles and degrees alone for other officers. Names only are repeated in connection with the various schools and col- leges of the university, and these are condensed into a single solid paragraph. This is an improvement in both dignity and compactness upon the usual practice of repeating the names and degrees and titles in full, either at the head of the sections devoted to the several schools, as at Harvard, or before the list of students at the end of the book, as at Michi- gan. While, further, a catalogue may appropriately give the sources of degrees, and perhaps indicate previous service, as these may suggest the academic breadth or narrowness of the faculty, there is an extreme of expansion in this matter which is certainly to be avoided. This is represented by the elabo- rate academic biographies given by the University of Chicago for all of its officers of instruction, sometimes extending to thirty lines for a single individual, and including statements of membership in boards, committees, European travel, and the like. Chicago also repeats the names, degrees, and titles of professors at the head of the descriptions of its various schools, colleges, departments, boards, and committees, so that a professor who is associated with a number of these may find his name, degrees, and titles displayed in literally a dozen places. The University of Illinois follows a similar practice of expansion in its curious practice of triplicating titles, thus: "professor of Laryngology, Rhinology, and Otology, and clinical Laryngology, Rhinology, and Otology, and Head of the Department of Laryngology, Rhinology, and Otology." One must after all leave something to the imagination, es- pecially as there is no known way of briefly summarizing character or teaching ability, even by the method of ( ) University, which frankly calls a professor "beautiful and charming," or "the possessor of a delicately poetic nature." At the same time the faculty lists that are given at present are often suggestive of an institution's academic ideals. The fact that the customary degree of Ph.D. is held by only three of the one hundred and ninety-five professors and instructors of ( ) University, by but two of the twenty-three at ( ) University, and by none of the twenty-six at the University of ( ) would alone throw doubt upon the claim of these institutions to the name of university. THE CARNEGIE FOUNDATION 261 Few institutions attempt to give any statement in their catalogues as to their endowment, income, and expenditures. This most important and most illuminating information may, however, be given in a very brief paragraph like the following from the catalogue of the University of Virginia: "The university owns equipment, buildings, and grounds of an estimated value of ^2,001,953; holds productive funds to amount of ^1,416,766.98, and receives an annual appropria- tion from State of Virginia of ^80,000. The annual expendi- tures for the session of 191 i-i 2 were ^251,663." Occasionally other institutions give partial information: The Catholic University of America and New York University, lists of endowments; Columbia University, an unrelated list of special funds; the University of Pennsylvania, a grouping in its index of endowments, gifts, and memorials; but such fragmentary financial information is unsatisfactory. A simple and adequate financial statement would be of the greatest value to both the institution and the reader. Even worthy institutions are constantly tempted to enter upon projects that are too large for their resources; nothing would so conduce to an institution's own sanity as a sound financial statement. The prospective student and his ad- visers are entitled, moreover, to know the resources that are behind an institution's promises; but at present these re- sources are but vaguely known to the public, and to be learned accurately only, if at all, from the semi-confidential reports of treasurers. With regard to equipment, our institutions greatly need a custom of simple yet adequate statement such as scarcely yet exists. Descriptions of equipment are at present almost always too elaborate or too brief. They are seldom comprehensive or discriminating. What the reader wishes to know regarding the size, character, and estimated value of the ground and buildings can be very simply stated, in some such way as follows: "Blank Hall was built in 191 2 at a cost of $100,000, thru the generosity of John Blank, of the Class of 1893. A collegiate Gothic structure of gray stone, its five floors, each 50 by 100 feet, provide twelve laboratories and six lecture rooms for botany and an equal number for zoology, together with appropriate office, library, conference, and store rooms. An equipment of $50,000 and an endow- ment of $200,000 for maintenance were also provided by Mr. Blank in 1913." Maps of the region and the city and the campus of an institution are also helpful, the last perhaps like Yale's relief map, which gives the buildings in perspec- tive. 262 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG When one turns from the consideration of the two hundred or two hundred and fifty college catalogues which show any consideration for good English, logical arrangement, and accuracy of statement, he finds all possible combinations of materials, — commercial, religious, social. For example: the catalogue of ( ) College devotes its cover to the advertisement of biscuits; ( ) College announces that "Any one donating $5o,ooo,shall have the privilege of giving the institution a new and permanent name." ( ) College reports that "The attendance this year has been the best * * * if all the boosters would boost, a nice gain would be had each year;" a circular of ( ) College says of the new ( ) spirit: "There is Tobasco Sauce in its eye." Enough has been said to indicate that college cata- logues are important enough to receive far more careful preparation. Almost all of them need a more definite aim, a more rigid exclusion, a more orderly arrangement, a greater condensation, a greater clarity of thought and simplicity of style. In general it would be fortunate if there were more information about trustees and administration, less repetition of faculty names, simple statements of financial resources, more illuminating description of equipment, condensed and clarified statements of entrance requirements, schools, cur- ricula, courses, scholarships, and fees; some statement of the actual requirements enforced, courses given, and the size of classes; better classification and summaries of students, graduates, and alumni; better tables of contents and indices; and always better form and style. Fortunately, the catalogues of our most distinguished institutions are best in most of these respects. But there is at present no catalogue that would not be vastly improved by more careful editorial scrutiny. COPYRIGHTING IT IS sometimes desired to copyright a bulletin con- taining matter of scientific or other valuable nature. The method of securing copyright is very simple when understood. Explanatory circular and blanks will be furnished free upon request addressed to The Register of Copyrights, Washington, D. C. One dollar is the statutory fee for registration. Following is a reprint of some suggestions issued by the Register of Copyrights : Publish the work with the copyright notice. The notice may be in the form "Copyright, 19 by The name of the copyright proprietor given in the notice should be the true, legal name of the person, firm, or corpora- tion owning the copyright, and no other. The date in the copyright notice should agree with the year date of publi- cation. Promptly after publication, send to the Copyright office two copies of the best edition of the work, with an application for registration and a money order payable to the Register of Copyrights for the statutory registration fee of $1. In the case of books the copies deposited must be accom- panied by an affidavit, under the official seal of an officer authorized to administer oaths, stating that the type-setting, printing, and binding of the book have been performed within the United States. Affidavit and application forms will be supplied by this office on request. In the case of contributions to periodicals send one complete copy of the periodical containing the contribution with application and fee. No affidavit is required. The statutory fee for registration of any work, except a photograph, is one dollar, including a certificate of registra- tion under seal. Because of the procedure now followed under the rules of the Treasury Department, by which the Register of Copy- rights deposits all moneys received directly to the credit of the Treasurer of the United States, checks can not be ac- cepted for payment of copyright fees. To avoid trouble in having them returned checks should therefore not be sent for 263 264 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG fees. All remittances should be made by money order or bank draft, payable to the Register of Copyrights. To Aid the Copyright Office to Expedite your Copyright Business 1. Address plainly all mail or express matter, Register OF Copyrights, Library of Congress, Washington, D. C. 2. Add on outside of parcel the name and address of sender. (Please caution Postmaster not to cover this with his frank label.) 3. In order to take action it is necessary to have the copies, application and fee, at hand. These should therefore all be mailed at the same time. The copies of works sent to be registered for copyright may be mailed to the Copyright Office free (under sec. 14 of the copyright law) if directly delivered for that purpose to the postmaster. The Copyright Office cannot furnish any franking labels. Special Caution. According to the ruling of the Post Office Department the money order (or other remittance) is not entitled to free postal transmission. These with the Application therefore should be forwarded in an envelope addressed to the Register of Copyrights to which letter pos- tage has been affixed. If this is done, and the application blanks carefully and properly filled out prompt action can be taken and the delay resulting from the need for correspondence will be eliminated. Do not send currency or coin or postage stamps for fee; but preferably a Money Order. Private checks not certi- fied are not acceptable, and if sent it will be necessary to re- turn them. The Revenue Act approved September 9, 1916, has abrogated the requirement for revenue stamps upon copy- right certificates. Extract U. S. Official Postal Guide, July igi6 5. Copyright. Matter for copyright deposited with a postmaster for transmission to the Register of Copyrights, Washington, D. C, will be accepted for mailing free of pos- tage; and when requested a receipt therefor will be given on a form furnished by the sender. (Sec. 505, P. L. & R.) The receipt referred to in Section 505 is not a registry receipt. Should the sender desire the matter transmitted by registered mail the usual registry fee must be prepaid. MAILING THE CATALOG Third-class and Fourth-class Matter SOME few institutions, principally boys' and girls' schools in the more expensive class, prefer to mail their catalogs as fourth-class matter, and their circulars as third-class matter, owing to postal requirements as to what shall appear on the cover of all publications of educational institutions when ad- mitted to the mails as second-class matter. Entry as fourth-class matter or as third-class matter admits of eliminating from the first page of the cover the unsight- ly "Bulletin" etc. The unattractive entry notice need not then intrude itself upon the first, second, or fourth page of the cover or upon the first or second page of the inside of the publication. Thus, the rich, dignified cover used by Kiskiminetas Springs School for an ex- ample, showing merely the name of the school, its heraldic device and the figures of the year, all in a subdued ink, embossed on paper of a shade lighter than that of the ink, is made possible because of fourth- class entry. On the other hand a number of military and other school catalogs with most elaborately design- ed and colored covers continue, with their other re- quired periodical publications, second-class entry in ignorance, no doubt, of postal customs. In so far as such college and school circulars and catalogs (not entered as second-class) are concerned, the rates of postage are the same whether for circulars entered as third-class matter, or for catalogs (designated books), as fourth-class matter. The rate on unsealed circulars or small bulletins is the same as the old-time 265 266 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG book rate "one cent for each two ounces or fraction thereof, on each individually addressed piece or pack- age."* The rate for fourth-class matter is "Parcels weigh- ing eight ounces or less containing books, * * * one cent for each two ounces or fraction thereof, regardless of distance." "Parcels weighing more then eight ounces, containing books, * * *, parcels of miscellaneous printed matter weighing more than four pounds * * * are charged according to the distance or zone, at the pound rates shown * * *, a fraction of a pound being considered a full pound," (in other words as parcel post if weight exceeds eight ounces.) For instruction as to mailing third and fourth- class matter without the trouble of affixing stamps see Section 459, Postal Laws and Regulations^ iQi3i and U. S. Official Postal Guide, July 1916, page 15, Paragraph 62. Second-class Matter Second-class entry for catalogs and bulletins is used, because of its cheapness, by practically all col- leges and by many schools. The requirements must be watched carefully as changes in custom, due to rulings and decisions by the Third Assistant Post- master General, are of vital importance. The following extracts from the Postal Laws and Regulations were in effect December, 1916. Sec. 412. The conditions upon which a publication shall be admitted to the second class are as follows: First. It must regularly be issued at stated intervals, as frequently as four times a year, and bear a date of issue, and be numbered consecutively. ♦Harvard, Princeton, Williams and a number of other institutions bind a portion of each edition in book form for exchange. These books are mailed fourth-class, the second-class entry notice being carefully omitted in such bound catalogs. See page 250. MAILING THE CATALOG 267 Second. It must be issued from a known office of pub- lication. Third. It must be formed of printed paper sheets, without board, cloth, leather, or other substantial binding, such as distinguish printed books for preservation from periodical publications. Sec. 413. All periodical publications issued from a known place of publication at stated intervals, and as fre- quently as four times a year, by * * *, or by a regularly in- corporated institution of learning, or by a regularly estab- lished State institution of learning supported in whole or in part by public taxation, or by * * *, and all publications of strictly professional, literary, historical, or scientific societies, including * * *, shall be admitted to the mails as second- class matter; * * * all such periodicals shall be formed of printed paper sheets, without board, cloth, leather or other substantial binding, such as distinguish printed books for preservation from periodical publications. Sec. 414. All periodical publications issued from a known place of publication at stated intervals as frequently as four times a year by State departments of agriculture shall be admitted to the mails as second-class mail matter: Pro- vided, that such matter shall be published only for the pur- pose of furthering the objects of such departments: And provided further, that such publications shall not contain any advertising matter of any kind.* *By opinion of the Third Assistant Postmaster General, the printer's im- print (his name in very small type or his trademark, seldom as large as a dime, placed as unobtrusively as possible, usually at the lower right corner of page 4 of the cover) has been classified as advertising matter, and forbidden. While such construction of this provision in Section 414 was made several years ago, the fact remains that due to some misunderstanding a great majority of printers of college catalogs and bulletins entered as second-class matter continue to use the imprmt. This is without the slightest doubt due to excusable ignorance of the opinions of the Third Assistant Postmaster General classifying a printer's mark as advertising matter. The printer's conception of advertising matter is that which fills space at a scheduled price per line, square, column or page. The appearance of such Imprint on printed matter is considered by Ben Franklin Clubs to be of the same nature as the mark of the manufacturers of silverware, clothing, automobiles and other machinery, paintings, cartoons, steel rails, watches, etc., etc. The Printer's Mark has been a subject of delight to "collectors" for centuries but it has been forbidden entry in this classification of second-class matter to the United States malls. There has not as yet, however, come to the compiler's notice any decision or opinion in which the following items have been designated as advertising matter and forbidden in educational bulletins entered as second-class matter: Printers^ Union labels; watermarks manufactured into papers of better quality; artists' initials or names appearing in engravings; names or marks of engraving firms appearing in engravings; names of draftsmen or architects drawn into plats or designs; names of dealers In photographs appearing in illustrations; copyright notices embodied in or printed beneath Illustrations. There are also a number of 268 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG Sec. 416. Alleged periodical publications produced by the stencil or hectograph process will not be admitted to the mails as second-class matter. Sec. 417. A publication must be regularly issued at stated intervals to maintain its second-class status. (See Sec. 412.) When an issue is omitted for unavoidable cause, the first succeeding issue shall bear the serial number of the omitted issue. 2. Publications of colleges and schools, otherwise admissible as second-class matter, shall not lose such privilege by suspension of issue during vacation. 3. Extra editions of a publication admitted as second- class matter manifestly issued for the purpose of communi- cating additional news and imparting information germane to the publication but received too late for insertion in the regular issue shall be accepted at the second-class rates, pro- vided the same are not issued for advertising purposes. Sec. 429. Par. 2. The rates of postage prescribed * * * are applicable to second-class matter mailed by publishers for delivery in Mexico, Cuba, and Panama, * * *. The rate of postage on second-class matter other than * * * daily newspapers addressed for delivery in Canada shall be i cent for each 4 ounces or fraction of 4 ounces. Sec. 431. Unbound back numbers of a publication may be mailed at the second-class rate of i cent a pound so long as the publication continues to be published as second- class matter. 2. Bound back numbers and unbound reprints will be treated as books and must be prepaid as third-class matter. special brand mailing envelopes for catalogs in which the name of the maker usually appears in some form or other. Such an envelope is often observed carrying second-class matter although the maker is forbidden his mark thereon. Thus, it may be seen that the labor union, the paper manufacturer, the artist, the architect, the engraver and the photographer are allowed to use their names freely in second- class matter but the printer has been forbidden the use of his name. See page 87 . The Ben Franklin Clubs and Typothetae of the United States are giving this matter consideration in the hope of securing a reversal of this opinion. On the subject of the printer's mark on the college catalog, Dr. Harry Lyman Koopman, librarian of Brown University, author of "The Booklover and His Books," writes under date November 1,1916: "We should regard it as the depriva- tion of an advantage and a right, if when we had work done by a first-class printer, we were not allowed to show his hall-mark on his product." Some universities outside the United States carry advertisements in their catalogs after the manner of an American monthly magazine. See page 13. Prob- ably the only reason why this custom is not in vogue in the United States is that the insertion of advertising matter would prohibit second-class entry to the Unit- ed States mail under existing regulations. MAILING THE CATALOG 269 Sec. 432, Par. 2. The postage on all second-class mat- ter mailed at the rate of i cent a pound shall be collected in money before the matter is dispatched. Sec. 435. The rate of postage on * * * publications of the second class, when sent by others than the publisher * * *, shall be one cent for each four ounces or fractional part thereof, and shall be fully prepaid by postage stamps affixed to said matter. 3. Publications of the second class sent by publishers to others than subscribers, and copies mailed by them in pursuance of a contract or agreement with an advertiser or other interested party for advertising purposes, shall not be accepted for mailing at the second-class postage rate of i cent a pound, but may be transmitted at the transient rate herein provided. 4. Partial or incomplete copies of publications of the second class shall not be regarded as second-class matter and postage thereon shall be prepaid at the third-class rate. Sec. 437. Publishers of matter of the second-class may without subjecting it to extra postage, fold within their regular issues a supplement; but in all cases the added matter must be germane to the publication which it supplements, that is to say, matter supplied in order to complete that to which it is added or supplemented, but omitted from the regular issue for want of space, time, or greater convenience, which supplement must in every case be issued with the publication. Sec. 438. A publication entirely distinct^ from and independent of the regular issue, but complete in itself, es- pecially if it be not germane to the regular issue nor con- nected therewith, shall not be accepted as a supplement. 2. Circulars, handbills, show bills, posters, and other special advertisements shall not be accepted as supplements. Sec. 439. Par. 2. Supplements shall in all cases bear the full name of the publication with which they are folded, preceded by the words "Supplement to," and also the date corresponding to the regular issue. 3. Maps, diagrams, illustrations, etc., which form a necessary part of a publication, shall be admitted, either loose or attached, as a part of the publication itself, without the words "Supplement to " 5. Supplements shall be folded with the regular issues they purport to supplement. If mailed otherwise, postage shall be prepaid at the third-class rate by stamps affixed. Sec. 441. Par. 2. A pledge to furnish return postage on receipt of notice that publication is undeliverable (see 270 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG Sees. 637 and 642) may be printed on wrappers of second- class matter. (Sec. 642. The copy which forms the basis for sending the notice on Form 3578 and copies received similarly addressed for the period of five weeks thereafter, or in the event that during the five weeks' period two issues have not been published, then copies received until two issues have been published, shall, if undeliverable at the post office of address, be disposed of as waste unless there be on file a forwarding order of the addressee, or unless there appears on the face of the publication or wrapper a pledge of the pub- lisher to send postage for its return, in which events the copies should be retained a reasonable time (see Sec. 637) to give the addressee or the publisher an opportunity to furnish the nec- essary postage at the transient second-class rate — i cent for each 4 ounces or fraction thereof — to effect the forwarding or return of the matter, as the case may be. If the postage for forwarding or returning such matter is not furnished, the copies shall be disposed of as waste.) 5. Printed illustrations, including photographs not in the nature of advertisements, may be pasted to the pages of a publication admitted to the mails as second-class matter. Sec. 465. * * * When envelopes are used as wrap- pers, they should bear, in addition to the name of the publica- tion, a notice of its entry as second-class matter. Sec. 469. Par. 2. Matter of the second and third classes should be inclosed in an unsealed envelope or wrapped in such manner that the contents of the package can be easily examined." U. S. Official Postal Guide, July IQ16. Par. 78, page 16: Envelopes of weak or unsubstantial paper should not be used. Mail is handled often and subjected to pressure and friction in the mail bags, and frequently is delivered from moving trains; hence, if not inclosed in strong envelopes it may be damaged. For institutions not using second-class entry and desiring to consider the same, it is suggested that a pamphlet entitled The Postal Laws and Regulations pertaining to The Second Class of Mail Matter, known as Form 3500, be secured, free of cost from the Third Assistant Postmaster General. If more detailed general information, including sundry complete lists of Post MAILING THE CATALOG 2/1 Offices, parcel post information, etc., is desired, the U. S. Official Postal Guide, 742 pages of small type, can be secured in substantial board binding for forty cents, or in paper cover for thirty cents. The method of procedure in applying for original entry as second-class matter is, however, fully covered in Postal Laws and Regulations, J 91 3, Section 421, et seq. This book may be seen in any post office. For editors in doubt as to the necessary typograph- ical appearance of the front cover of a bulletin or catalog already entered as second-class matter, the following letters will be of interest. Division of Classification POST OFFICE DEPARTMENT Third Assistant Postmaster General Washington July 19, 1916 Receipt is acknowledged of yourletter of the 13 th instant, with which you transmitted a copy each of issues No. , and of the " College Bulletin," admitted to the second class of mail matter at under the Act of July 16, 1894. It is noted that none of these copies bears a date of issue, as prescribed in paragraph 2, section 422, Postal Laws and Regulations. Also, that the title of the publication is not displayed on the front cover of issue No. and that in the case of issues No. and the title is printed in type of smaller size than other matter appearing on the front page of the cover. For your guidance in the preparation of future issues of the publication, you are informed that all such issues should bear a date of issue and that in each instance the title of the publication should be displayed on the front page of the cover in type of larger size and more prominently than the name of the publisher, the designation of the contents of the particular issue, or any other matter appearing on that page. You are further informed that if each of these issues was prepared as one of the regular issues of the publication they may be accepted for mailing at publishers' second-class rates of postage under cover of either of the sample envelopes submitted with your letter, since each issue appears to have been "originated and published to further the objects and 272 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG purposes" of College, the publishers, as required by the above-mentioned Act. The inclosure of copies of different regular issues of a second-class publication under cover of the same wrapper does not affect the right of the copies to trans- mission in the mails at the second-class rates of postage." COLORADO COLLEGE PUBLICATION Published by Authority of the Board of Trustees of Colorado College every six weeks during the academic year. Entered as second<lass matter Sep- tember 23. 1905. at the Post Office at Colorado Springs, under the Act of Con- gress of July 16, 1894. A technically legal second-class entry notice appearing on page two of cover, which position does not comply with verbal requests of the postal authorities who prefer it to appear on the front cover. Such correspondence, however, would be entirely unnecessary had the college designated "the publisher" been more careful in watching Paragraph 2 of Section 422, Postal Laws and Regulations which reads as fol- lows — The following indicia shall be conspicuously printed in publications entered as second-class matter: (a) Title of the publication; (b) Date of issue; (c) Regular periods of issue — that is to say, frequency; (d) Serial number; (e) Known office of publication. and Paragraph 2, Section 423 : The publisher shall, upon admission of his publication to the second class of mail matter, print, preferably on the first page, upon each copy of the publication, the following: Entered as second-class matter at the post office at , under the act of * * * The postal authorities request that the notice of second-class entry be placed on page i of the cover MAILING THE CATALOG 273 for the convenience of postmasters. The catalogs of many large and some small institutions show entry no- tice elsewhere, some on page two of cover, some on page four of cover and a few on title page. Owing to numerous instances of unintentional but evident misunderstanding on the part of the printer, the college (officially designated the publisher) or the local postmaster at point of dispatch, regarding the Columbia Tanivcrsit^ Bulletin of Untormation (Issued 25 times during the Academic Year, monthly in November and December, and weekly between February and June. Entered as second-class matter at the New York, N. Y.. Post Office, Dec 22, 1900, under Act of July 16. 1894.) Second-class entry notice appearing on page two of Columbia University catalog. The legal title of this publication is " Columbia University Bulletin of Information," the real title of this number of which is Catalog. exact necessary appearance, typographically, of the cover of a catalog or bulletin entered as second-class matter, the following inquiries were addressed to the Third Assistant Postmaster General and replies thereto received : Inquiry :- We would like if you please, one item of detail ex- plained, viz., the difference, if any, between the Act of Con- gress, July 16, 1894, 2.nd the Act of Congress, August 24, 191 2. In other words would it be advisable for an old insti- tution to change its entry from the Act of July 16, 1894, to that of August 24, 191 2.'' Reply :- I have to say that the Act of August 24, 191 2, em- bodied in Section 413, Postal Laws and Regulations, is the same as the Act of July 16, 1894, except that the former Act provides for the admission to the second class of mail matter of publications issued by State boards of Charities and cor- rections and provides further that publications of certain 274 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG of the classes enumerated therein may carry advertisements in the interests of persons or concerns other than the institu- tions publishing them. Inquiry:- On many educational catalogs and bulletins entered as second-class matter we find the entry notice appearing on page two of the cover, sometimes on page four of the cover. This is perhaps confusing. Reply :- With respect to the notice of entry as second-class matter, I have to say that although it is preferable that it be printed on the front cover, it may be placed on any of the other pages. It should, however, for convenience in administration of the postal laws be placed on the outside of the front or back cover. OFFICIAL REGISTER OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY {Entered March 6, 1913, at Boston, Mass., as seeond-elass matter, under Act of Congress of August 25, 1912.] Issued at Cambridge Station, Boston, Mass., six times a year. Second-class entry notice appearing on page 4 of the cover of Harvard Universi- ty 's catalog. The legal title of this publication is "The Harvard University- Register," the real title of this number of which is "Harvard University Catalog. In reply to a query regarding the proper sizes of type in which to display the word Bulletin: — Receipt is acknowledged of your letter of the 5th in- stant, with regard to the size of type used by the publisher of a publication mailed at the second-class rates of postage, in printing the title of his publication, but since you failed to furnish the name of the publication and where published, this office is unable to advise you definitely concerning your inquiry. In this connection, however, I may say that the pub- lishers of several publications which contain the word "Bul- letin" as a part of the title have been advised that the title of the publication should be displayed in the manner custom- ary in periodical publications; that is, it should be given greater prominence than the name of the institution publish- MAILING THE CATALOG 275 ing it and greater prominence than the designation of any subject-matter appearing in any particular issue. Inquiry :- Your letter of the 8th states that the word bulletin should be displayed in the manner customary in periodical publications. I have just gone through several dozen such, including those of Harvard, Yale, Columbia, Cornell, New York, Chicago, Pennsylvania, Princeton, Ohio, Virginia, Iowa, Wisconsin, Kentucky, Michigan, Northwestern, Tulane, Washington and Lee, California, Leland Stanford, Jr., etc., etc. In not a single instance have I found the word bulletin in large type. Reply:- You will note that the law, embodied in section 413, Postal Laws and Regulations, provides for the entry as second-class matter of periodical publications, and under the authority conferred by the statute it is the duty of the Postmaster General to determine whether any publication submitted is a periodical publication. Annuals and semi- annuals, whether catalogs, reports or similar matter, can not, as such, be accepted as second-class mail. However, since the law above referred to provides the second-class rates of postage for publications designed to further the ob- jects and purposes of regularly incorporated institutions of learning and published by them, matter of that character, if published as a regular issue of such a publication, is accepted for mailing at the second-class rates of postage if originated and published to further the objects and purposes of the institution publishing the same and if the issue is prepared in the form and bears the external features of periodicals in general, that is, with the title prominently displayed on the front page of the cover in type of larger size and more promi- nently than the name of the publisher, the title of the con- tents of the particular issue, or any other matter appearing on said page, and showing the serial number, date, frequency of issue and office of publication. The Rice Institute Pamphlet is published at Houston, Texas, and is issued in April, May, June, July, September, October, November, and December. It was entered as second-class mailer, April 15, 1915, at the post-office at Houston, Texas, under the Act of August 24. 1912 The above appears at the bottom of page 4 of the cover of the Rice Institute Pamphlets. See page 202. im COLLEGE BULLETIN VOL.V No. 3 Published Quarterly by Vassar College poughkeepsie, n. y. REPORTS OF THE PRESIDENT AND TREASURER 1915-1916 ^ This very handsome special cover design, in plate form, has been specifically approved in writing by the Third Assistant Postmaster General, by reason of the word "Vassar," although much larger than any other lettering, being an integral part of the legal title of the publication, to which the real title Reports of the Presi- dent and Treasurer is subordinated. 276 MAILING THE CATALOG 277 You will note that paragraph 2, section 422, Postal Laws and Regulations, requires that a publication shall bear the title, and it is deemed to be a reasonable requirement that this title should be displayed on the front cover in the manner customary in all periodicals. Manifestly a publication in the form of a pamphlet or catalog, which bears on the front cover in large type such imprints as Catalog of College, or College, with the words College Bulletin printed in smaller type in an inconspicuous manner, would plainly indicate that it is published as a catalog or advertising pamphlet with the periodical title added in order to obtain the second-class rates of postage for what would otherwise be subject to the third or fourth class rate. It is not necessary that the word Bulletin itself be printed in larger type, or in exactly the same type as the rest of the title, but merely that the front cover shall show clearly what is the title and indi- cate that the publication is a periodical. On the inclosed specimen, for instance, although the words of the title are printed in two different sizes of type, it clearly purports to be an issue of the Vassar College Bulletin and not a pamphlet containing reports of the president and treasurer. In view of the purposes for which you desire the above information, it is deemed proper to point out another feature of the law which is often overlooked by publishers, that is, the requirement that a publication shall be issued at stated intervals. For instance, a monthly publication should be published once each month and it is not permissible for the publisher to get out an additional issue whenever he has any announcements or advertising matter to distribute and mail it at the second class rates of postage. The Department desires to co-operate with publishers as much as possible in giving all information in advance which will aid them to meet the requirements of the law. Enclosed with this last reply was a cover of a Vassar College Bulletin, Vol. V No. 3, reproduced here- with, and referred to in the body of the reply. This style is therefore evidently approved. Notwithstanding the plain instructions found in Paragraph 2, Section 422, Postal Laws and Regulations, 191 3, the very great majority of college catalogs are not printed in conformity therewith or in forms mentioned 278 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG BLANK COLLEGE BULLETIN VOLUME III JANUARY 191 7 NO. I CATALOG FOR 19 16 -19 17 Published quarterly by Blank College Blanktown, New York Entered January i, 1915, as second-class matter under Act of Congress of August 24, 191 2. The above wording and sequence of sizes of type on page one of the catalog cover will be entirely satisfactory to the postal authorities, provided no printer's imprint or mark appear, in any position in the book. If the words "Blank College Bulletin" were in small type and the word "Catalog" appeared in large type, such a form would be contrary to postal decisions. See pages 216 and 217. MAILING THE CATALOG 279 in the opinions emanating from the office of the Third Assistant Postmaster General. The word Bulletin when used in this connection is perhaps misunderstood by many educational institu- tions. Any appropriate title may be used. The word Bulletin is in no sense necessary. Instead of Bulletin of Blank College it is quite as permissible to use any such title as Blank College Quarterly, Blank College Journal, Blank College Pamphlet, Publication of Blank College, etc. It is necessary however that the institution give some specific name to its publications and continue using the same if entry as second-class matter is desired. It seems also to be necessary that the name or title of the publication appear on the first page of cover, or if there be no cover then on the first page of the pamphlet, in greater typographic promi- nence than any other matter. When examining maga- zines or newspapers displayed at a news stand we notice that the title of each publication is always in large letters. It is simply this custom that the postal authorities desire to apply to college publications. The series or volume number and date must appear to- gether with some statement as to frequency of issue. The making of the title of the publication, such as Blank College Bulletin, so much larger than the subject of the contents, as for instance Catalog for iQiy or President's Report or Alumni, seems to the layman to be a mere technicality. Both Congress and the people of the United States understand full well that no matter what sizes of type be used for cover pages of college catalogs and reports the pamphlet is yet a catalog or a report and is still morally entitled to continue entry as second-class matter within the intent and meaning 28o THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG of the Postal Laws and Regulations. It is suggested however that to avoid possible delays, confusion and unpleasantness, the information and constructions offered by the Third Assistant Postmaster General's department be carefully observed, regardless of private opinion as to outward appearance thereby necessitated. When in doubt regarding postal regulations it might be well to have an official expression of opinion from the office of the Third Assistant Postmaster General. Accompanying such inquiry, it is further suggested that a printer's proof of the proposed typo- graphical style of cover be enclosed, a duplicate of such proof being retained in the correspondence files of the college seeking the information. CompoBed and Printed By The Univeriity of Chicago Preti Chicaeo. Ulinois, U.S.A- PRINTED AT THE HARVARD UNIVERSITY PRESS CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U.S.A. Designed and Monotyped by the Department of Printing Carnegie Institute of Technology Printed by Murdoch, Kerr and Company Pittsburgh It appears that institutions supporting printing plants carrying the name of the institution are allowred by the postal authorities to use an imprint, whereas other printers are forbidden the use of their names upon their wrork, if entered in the mails as second-class educational matter. See note page 267. GLOSSARY Additions — New matter added to copy after type has been set. Usually requires new arrangement; chargeable as changes. Alignment — ^The straightness of a line of type or edge of a page of type. Arabic Numbers — Figures i, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, o. Art Work — Work done by commercial artists on photographs or other engraving copy. Backing Up — Printing on reverse of sheet already printed on one side. Bastard-Title — Abbreviated title printed on page usually second preceding regular title-page. Bible Paper — Specially thin opaque paper. Black-letter — Gothic or Old English Text letters. Bleed — ^To trim too close. To trim away all white margin from an illustration to be used as a tip. Blind-stamp — Stamping hot from a die without gold leaf or color leaf, sometimes termed blanking. Block — ^The wooden base of a halftone or zinc engraving. Blocks — Separate bases of wood or metal to which unmounted, bevelled electrotypes of book pages are temporarily attached for printing. Boards — The stiff covers on a book. Bold-face — Type which is heavier and blacker in face than ordinary. Box — Rectangle of rule around a column heading or page heading or around an item of special importance. Brochure — Pamphlet. Bundle — To compress between small wooden boards in a bundling press a quantity of folded sections of a book, tying with stout cord, for storage before binding, as well as for flat- tening. Calendered — Paper passed through hot rolls for smoothing surfaces. Cameo — A high grade paper of dull finish on which it is possible to produce fine illustrations. Caps — Capital letters. Caption — Title of an illustration placed beneath it. Legend. Case — Capital letters are termed upper case, small letters lower case. — In binder's terms, the cover of a book. Caster — ^The separate machine which casts monotype type. 281 282 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG Changes — Substituting by the author, of words or arrangement different from those in original copy, after type has been set. Chase — A light, strong, steel frame in which pages of type are locked into a form for printing. Coated Paper — Having a coating of glue, chalk or colored matter, usually on both sides, glossy, suitable for better class illustrations. Comes coated, double-coated, triple-coated. Collate — To verify the position and sequence of sections of a book previous to sewing. Composition — Setting of type. Compositor — A person who sets type. Copy — Manuscript from which type is set; all but universally typewritten. Photographs or other subjects for reproduc- tion by engraving. CoPYFiTTiNG — "The system of making copy and cuts fit the allotted space by accurately measuring the typewritten copy and cuts and then planning the work." — Monotype System. Corrections — Rectifying of errors made by the printer, as dis- tinguished from changes. Cut — A somewhat out of date term for an engraving, halftone or zinc. Dandy — Special design embodied in a paper making roll impress- ing the water-mark into writing papers and some higher grade book papers. Dash — ^A type character which, when printed, resembles a short length of printing rule. 3-em dash ; 2-em dash ; em dash — ; en dash -. Dead — Type forms or pages which have been printed and for which there is no further use. Deckle-edge — Ragged edge on four sides of hand made paper, successfully imitated on two edges in some machine made book papers of better class. Rough, untrimmed edges of a book. Die — Usually of brass, sometimes zinc or heavy electro, a plate used in hot stamping of gold leaf or in blind stamping. Display — ^Typesetting of words or headings in larger type or with greater space to make conspicuous, as on title page or cover of a catalog. Distribution — Putting away of type and material used in forms already printed. Machine-set type is not distributed but is melted. Drop-folio — Page number at bottom of page. Duotone — Ink of double color, one being varnish ink, the other aniline ink, usually of slightly differing shades. Known by various names, duochrome, doubletone, duplegrav, etc. GLOSSARY 283 Dummy — A book or pamphlet without printing, prepared to ex- hibit size, style of binding, quality of paper, etc. A book or pamphlet on the pages of which are indicated just what is to appear on each page. The page proofs of a book so fastened together as to show sequence, etc. Duodecimo — A book made of sheets folded into twelve leaves, 12 mo. DuoTYPE — ^Two halftones made from same photograph for two colors of ink. Edition — Number of books to be made. Eggshell — ^A fairly low priced paper with eggshell finish. Electrotype — Type or engraving reproduced in thin shell of copper, backed with stereotype metal, made by molding in wax which is hung for hours in an electric bath. Plates of book pages are not mounted on wood. Other electros are so mounted. Em — The square of any size of type. Thus a pica em is 12 points square, a nonpareil em 6 points square, etc. The basis, expressed in looo ems, of computation of amount of type set. Capital M occupies one em. See also Set-em. Emboss — ^To stamp with hot brass or other die, a title or ornament on a book cover. In printer's terms, pressing paper into an embossing plate, whereby letters or design are raised. En — ^A type space half as wide as an em. End-sheets — Double leaves of paper, one half pasted to the cover, the other half a fly-leaf, used at each end of a book. Some- times of heavy or fancy paper. English — Paper of good quality and finish but not super-calen- dered. Etching — In printer's terms a plate, usually zinc. Extra Binding — Hand sewed and hand bound. Face — Design or style of type Finish — ^To complete the binding of a book, the gold leaf stamp- ing, tooling, etc. To finish an engraving is to examine and if necessary tool any imperfect portion. Flexible — Sewing, on raised cords so that book opens quite flat. Binding in covers which are not stiff. Full flexible, limp, no stiffening. Semi-flexible contains thin binder's board or heavy paper. Fly-Leaves — Blank leaves in front and back of a book or pamph- let. Foil — Special leaf, often in color, sometimes metallic in imitation of gold, for stamping book covers. Folio — Page number. Font — A complete assortment of type for one size and face. Form — Pages of type or plates locked into a chase, ready for press. 284 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG Format — General size, shape and arrangement of a book. Forward — ^To fit or hang a sewed book into its cover or case, press it and prepare it for the finisher. Foundry — A plant in which electrotypes are made. Foundry Proof — Proofs of pages of a book for the electrotype foundry, final proof. Full-face — Same as Bold-face. Furniture — Pieces of metal or wood of accurate sizes for building up between pages of type in the form. Used also for blank- ing out portion of a page not filled with type. Galley — A shallow tray, brass or steel, in which type is placed after being set and before being paged. Galley Proofs — Proof taken from type in galleys, each of which is numbered at the top. Gather — To collect folded sections of a book in proper sequence. Gold Leaf — Gold hammered to thickness less than tissue paper for stamping hot on cover and for gilding edges. Gutter — Inner margin at binding edge. Half-bind — Leather back and corners. Half-title — Title of a book or subdivision as it appears at the top of the first page of type. Sometimes applied to a title of a subdivision on a full page preceding type pages. Halftone — An engraving made by process, usually on copper, from photograph or wash drawing. Head, Heading — As distinguished from headlines. A CENTER HEAD is centered from side to side. Side-heads, several styles, are in use as follows: Side-head — A side-head is used to designate, etc. Side-head — A side-head is used to designate, etc. Side-head — A side-head is used to designate, etc. Cut-in- A cut-in-head is much more expensive than any head any other style of head for the reason that it requires much extra time in the composing room. The lines of the body of the paragraph must be shortened, etc. Marginal Marginal heads are set in the margin of a page and heads beyond the usual limit of the type page. Their use causes extra expense by reason of the unusual trouble given to the lock-up man in arranging the furniture between the pages. GLOSSARY 285 Head-band — Small strip of silk on specially prepared tape at- tached to top and bottom of back of a book inside the cover. Sometimes made of cotton or paper. Head-piece — An ornament for use at top of first page of a chapter. Hanging Indention — Uniform indention from left margin of all lines except the first in a paragraph. Imprint — Name or mark of printer, usually on title page or reverse of title page in a book. On pamphlets it often appears on last page of cover. Indention — Placing lines of type uniformly in; sometimes at left end and sometimes at each end of lines in certain para- graphs, as for instance the extracts in this book. Frequent- ly varies in poetry. Inferior — Smaller letter or figure appearing below regular size type in same line. Initial — A large letter, sometimes decorative, for use as first letter of a chapter. Insert, Inset — An illustration or map on paper of different quality or finish, inserted into a book. Intaglio — Style of plate in which printing lines are sunken in- stead of in relief. Photogravure, steel engraving, etc. Justify — To properly space between words in order to make the line of exact length required. To place an engraving in its exact proper position. Kern — ^The overhang of a type character as in italic /. Keyboard — n. Aportionof a typesetting machine, v. To compose on the monotype keyboard. Kill — ^To order discarded or cancelled certain type already set. Usually a proof-reading term. Laid paper — Paper in which parallel wire marks appear, resulting from the method of its manufacture, as distinguished from wove finish. Lead — n. Thin strip of type metal not type-high for placing be- tween lines of type, i-point, 2-point or 3-point, usually 2-point, V. To space out between lines, usually with 2- point leads. Double-lead, to place two 2-point leads be- tween lines. Leading is often done on the composing ma- chine, as for instance 8-point face set on lo-point body, thus saving time of hand leading. Leader — Dots or hyphens connecting type matter in the left end of a line with that at the right end. Legend — ^Title of an illustration placed beneath it. Caption. Letter-press — Printing of type matter as distinguished from lithographing, intaglio and other forms of printing. Live — Type matter for which there is use as distinguished from dead matter. 286 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG Lock-up — The process of tightening a number of type pages into a form within a chase, ready for printing. Logotype — A word or a combination of letters in one piece of type metal, as ffl, fl, ffi, fi, ff, ae, oe. Lower Case — Small letters of type as distinguished from capitals or small capitals. Abbreviated /. c. Make-ready — The act of overlaying or underlaying with paper pasted to the make-ready sheet on the cylinder of a press or beneath the blocks of engravings, to bring perfect im- pression. Make-up — Arrangement of type already set in galleys, to make it into pages or columns. Measure — Standard of length of type line, expressed in ems of pica. Newspaper column measure is usually 13 ems, 2 1-16 inches. Book measure varies from 20 to 30 ems. College catalogs are often 23 ems, 3 5-6 inches. Octavo — In the shape of a book made from a sheet untrimmed, 19 X 25, or 18 X 24, folded into eight leaves, sixteen pages. 8vo. Off — When the printing of a form has been completed the form is said to be off. Offset — Ink from one page appearing on another, usually op- posite page. Overrun — n. Excess impressions beyond number specified, v. To carry over to another page what can not be contained within the page intended. Paragraph — A portion of a type page. When separated by in- denting the first line, it is known as a plain paragraph. When all lines after the first line are indented, it is known as a hanging paragraph (same style as paragraphs in this glossary). It is occasionally designated by using the para- graph mark (^) as the first character in the first line. Paragraph Mark — The mark (If) sometimes used for designating a paragraph. In manuscript it is inserted, but infrequently, before a sentence to designate that a paragraph should there begin. See also above. Photogravure — The process of preparing copper plates for in- taglio printing to produce the highest class of commercial illustration. Pi — Type mixed. A mess of type resulting from a form falling apart or from an upset case of type. Pick — ^To take out with tweezers type in a live or dead form, resorted to only when there is no desired type left in the case. GLOSSARY 287 Plate — An engraving, electrotype, stereotype, etc. Usually re- fers to unmounted bevelled electros of book pages. Point— Unit of measure, about one seventy-second of an inch, as 2-point lead, 8-point type, etc.^ It is exactly .01384 inch. Press Proof — Sheet showing perfect impression on press. Process printing — Printing from three plates, yellow, red, blue, to produce fifteen or more colors. Four-color-process same with addition of black or sometimes gray. Register — Fitting of forms of type pages so that one page ex- actly backs another and so that when the printed sheet is folded a pin driven through at any corner of the top page will pass through all pages at the same point. In color printing, plates are in register when colors do not infringe. Quad — A block of type not type-high, used for spacing. Em quads space this line En quads space this line Quarter-bind— Cheap binding of cloth or leather back with board sides cut flush. Retouch — Going over an engraving, as a halftone, a second time to improve its quality, sometimes done with a graver. Art work on photographs or other engraver's copy. Revise — Proof of a galley or page which has been once corrected. Second revise, third revise, etc. Roman — Ordinary type, capitals, small capitals and lower case as distinguished from italics, bold-face, script, text, etc. Roman Figure— Notation by letters as I, II, III, etc. as distin- guished from arabic figures. Rout — ^To cut away from the edges of an illustration on a plate as distinguished usually from a square finish. Rule — Brass or steel strips type-high from which to print lines. Also made of type metal on composing machines. Running-head — Page heading. Score— To press with a steel rule more than type-high, in order that heavy paper or card-board may be folded smoothly. Section— A printed and folded sheet ready for sewing, usually containing sixteen or thirty-two pages. Serif — ^The cross line used to complete all roman capital letters except O and Q, and some small letters as 1, p, etc. Set-em — "A unit of measure which point-ways is the same as the point-size of the face being measured and set-ways is the width of the widest characters of the face being meas- ured." — Monotype System. Thus a set-em of 8-poi_nt type 8>^-set would be 8 points vertical by 8J!^ points horizontal. Signature — Same as a section. Slug— A thick strip of type not type high for separating lines or paragraphs, nonpareil slug, six points thick; pica slug, twelve points thick. 288 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG Sorts — ^Types for which there is unusual demand, of which there is not sufficient quantity in a regular font. Sorts are often required for hand set tabular work. Space — A type not type-high and smaller than an em quad or an en quad. 3-em spaces space this line 4-em spaces space this line Hair-spaces space this line Stereotype — A cheap plate, made by pouring metal into molds of plaster, clay or papier-mache, used mostly in cylindrical form by newspapers. Stone — Large flat marble or steel surface set in a frame. On this, type forms are locked-up and unlocked. Stone-proof — Proof made by hand from type standing on the stone. Super-calendered — Paper that has been passed a second time through calender rolls to give it a higher finish. Not applied to coated papers. Superior — Smaller letter or figure appearing above regular size type in same line. Tail-piece — An ornament for filling out a partial page at end of chapter. Three-quarter-bind — Leather extra wide at back and leather corners. Tip — An insert to be pasted into a book. Sometimes much smaller than regular size of page of the book. Type-high — .918 inch high. Wooden blocks sometimes shrink causing engravings mounted thereon to be "less than type- high." Underlay — ^To paste thin paper under type or engravings at press, to add impression. Upper-case — Capital letters of type as distinguished from small capitals or lower case letters. Abbreviated u. c. Vignette — A halftone engraving with edges which fade away as distinguished from square finish or rounded edges. Water-mark — Name of paper or design appearing in paper. See Dandy. WoRK-AND-TURN — A form of pages of type, complete in itself, which when printed on one side of the sheet is again printed on the reverse, after which the sheet is cut in halves, two sections, duplicates, resulting therefrom. Wove Paper — Paper not showing wire marks. Laid on felt or flannel in process of manufacture. Distinguished from laid paper. Zinc — ^Term applied to zinc etching. Sometimes termed an etch- ing in distinction from a halftone or electro. INDEX Abbreviations, Ii6; variation in, 126; list of some, 128-136; specimens of, 137-143- Academic Dress, 245-249. Adrian College, catalog carries illustra- tions, 229. Advertising matter, should have no place in catalog, xiii; carried in some foreign catalogs, 13; forbidden in catalogs of second-class entry, 267, 278; newspaper, composed on machines, 54; printers' imprints as, 267, 278. Aldine Club, influence on printers, vii. Aldus, type faces of, 27; eight page forms by, 57. Allen, Dr., Wisconsin Survey, 9, 10. Alphabetizing, 121-125. Alumni, bulletin to interest, 6; several publications at Harvard, 7; descend- ants of, 7; Dix plan for reunions of, 194. American Medical Ass'n., influence on education, 2-4; standardizing degrees, 127. American Printer, list of style-books, 126. Amherst College catalog, initial letters in, 46; envelope, 85; cover, 216; illustra- tions in, 229. Arabic figures, some below line, 35; ex- amples of, 98-106; for pagination, 144 145. Architecture, and printing, changing, 14 Argus, extract on academic dress, 249, Arms, see Heraldry. Asheville School catalog, envelope, 84 illustrations in, 234. Auburn Theological, catalog envelope, 84 seal, opp. 244. Backbone, printing, 77-81. Bailey, Vernon H., illustrator for Bryn Mawr, 233. Barcelona,;Agricultural College of, sample catalog page, 191. Beach's Americana, abbreviations in, 126. Ben Franklin Clubs, influence on printers, vii; style book, 116; consider imprint not advertising, 267. Berlin, University of, catalog, carries advertising, 13; sample page faculty list, 190. Beta Theta Pi arms, opp. 244. Bibliographical Society, 60. Binding, signature designation for, 145, example, 153; 250-253. Block-lctter headings, examples of, 42, 43. Bold-face type, how to specify in copy, 92; occasionally used, 97; examples of, 39, 41, 42, loi, 106, 161, 162, 165-167, 17a, 171, 173-175, ^n, 183, 189, 190, 196. "Bookbindings Old and New," extract from, 55. "Booklover and His Books," extracts from, 12, 38. " Books for Tired Eyes," extract from, 35. Bordentown Military Institute catalog, envelope, 8<^; sample page, 181; illus- trations in, 234. Boston University catalog, running- heads, 64, 65; backbone not printed, 79; envelope, 83. Bostwick, paper "Books for Tired Eyes," 35- Botanical composition, 46; longer words in, 112. Bothwell, J. W., on pagination, 144. Bourgeois (9-point) type, 39. Bowdoin College catalog, cover paper and ink, 25; good, 27; envelope, 85; sample page, 167. Brevier (8-point) type, specimens, 39, 99, loi, 103, 105; for footnotes, all foot- notes and captions in body of this book; samples, in courses, 37, 42, 43, 68, 160-167, 169-172, 174-178; in faculty lists, 183-188; in student lists, 48, 122, 123, 141, 197; in school list, 124; in index, 154 and in this index; tabular, 179.193.195,196,199- British Ass'n for Advancement of Science, influence of books on eyesight, 35. British Chivalry, 128, 239. Brittanica Encyclopedia, Orders of Chiv- alry found in, 128. Brown, Annmary Memorial, xi. Brown, Goold, Grammar, basis for style rules, 116. 290 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG Brown University catalog, initial letters in, 45; calendar style, 69; pagination of, 145; room schedule in, 192; cover, 201; exchange shelf at, 16; seal on University Club, N. Y., 242; seal, opp. 244. Bryn Mawr, catalog, envelope, 84; sample page, 165; illustrations in special bulle- tin, 233; student prepared table, 254. Bulletin, not only title satisfactory to postal authorities, 279. Burg, J. C, compiles statistics, i. Burke's "Peerage," 128. Calendar, illustrated to interest alumni, 7; in catalogs, 69-75. California, University of, catalog, back- bone, 80; envelope, 83; style in listing names, 125; pagination in, 145; sample page, 175; sewed, 252. Cambridge University, catalog (calendar) carries advertising, 13; backbone, 78; sample page, list of members, 153; sample page, arms of St. Peter's, opp. 245. Capitalization, 117, 119. Caps, academic, 246-249. Carlisle Indian School, uses monotype, Carnegie Foundation, 254-262; re- ports, X, I, 5-9, 15. Carnegie Institute, uses monotype, 52; catalog cover, 208; illustrations in, 229; imprint, 280. Carnegie Institution, asked to test type legibility, 35. Caslon type, family, 30; uniformity in, 35; specimens, 98, 99; cheaper in some sizes than wider types, 108; examples of, 6-point, 32, i4i;8-point, 141; 10- point, 182, 223, extracts in this book, also 128-136, 281-288; i2-point, 28, 29, 31, body matter of this book; 14- point, chapter heads in this book. Catalog in General, 1-16; a contract, xiii, function of, 7; 420 examined at Drexel, 11; some details of, 12; thread sewing of, 13, 251-253; large size in mails, 18; when printed in small town, 27; contents of twenty-two, 254; Carnegie Reports on, 257-262. Catholic University of America, catalog envelope, 85; degrees conferred by, 139; seal, opp. 244; mention in Car- negie Report, 261. Caxton, type faces of, 27; initial example, 28. Cedarville College, catalog envelope, 85. Centre College catalog, title page, 209, Century type, uniformity in, 35; speci- mens, 104-106; more expensive in some sizes than narrow types, 108; examples of, 6-point, 107, 143, 151; 8-point, 49, 161, 177, 218; lo-point, 34, 49, III, 181; i2-point, 107; 14-point heading, III, 143, 187,194, i8-point heading, 34- Changes, 226-228. Cheltenham type, uniformity in, 35; specimens, wide, xoo, loi; example of, opp. 236; titles, 204, 209; not wide, 188; head, 41. Chesterfield, Lord, remarks on poor heraldry, 245. Chicago, University of. Press uses mono- type, 52; catalog envelope, 83; style for listing names, 125; sample page, president's report, 178; heraldic dis- play at, 242; defect in binding Regis- ter, 251; arms, opp. 245; criticized by Carnegie Foundation, 259, 260; im- print, 280. Chivalry, orders of, 128. Citations, style for, 117. Clarion Normal School, backbone, 8r. Clark University, type legibility tests at, ^33- Class reunions, Dix plan, 194. Colleges entered, student list of, 197, 198. College Heraldry, see Heraldry. Colorado College, second-class entry notice, 272. Colors in academic dress, 249. Columbia University, professors with large salary, i; Forum at, 14; Press uses monotype, 52; catalog, pagina- tion in, 145; sample page, faculty list, 183; seal on University Club, N. Y., 242; on seal of, 244; praised by Car- negie Foundation, 260; criticized, 261; second-class entry notice, 273. Columbus Academy catalog, envelope, 84; sample page, 182. Columbus School for Girls catalog, sample page, 29. Composing machines, 51-53. Congressional Library card style, 121. Copy, 88-115; preparation of, 90-94, 108-I15; for footnotes, 120; sample sheet of, opp. iii; care in editing, 228; for engraver, 232-235. Copy-fitting, 94-96, 108-115. Copy paper, 90, 94, opp. III. Copyrighting, 263, 264. NDEX 291 Cornell University, experiments, circu- lars substituted for catalog, 10; back- bone omits name, 79; example, 78; cover, 214, 215; correct arms, 241. Courses of study, sample pages of, 36, 37, 42, 43, 49, 68, 160-176, 223. Cover, paper for, 24, 25; styles, opp. 10, 200-219. Culver Military Academy, illustrations, 234- Curtis Publishing Co., uses monotype, 52. Cut-in heads 66, 181, 284. Cutter's "Rules for Dictionary Catalog," in alphabetizing, 121. Dartmouth College catalog, backbone, 81; envelope, 85; room schedule in 193, illustrated, 229. Dates, style for, 118. DeBrett's "Peerage," 128. Degrees, creation and conferring of, 127; abbreviations for same, 128-136. Denison University, alumni descendants, 7; catalog, good, 27; envelope, 83; sample student list, 122; Scientific Bulletin, sample page, 50. De Vinne Press, prints Rice "Pamph- lets," xi. De Vinne, Theodore, on footnotes, in two columns, 32, 169, 180; on footriote marks, 120; machine composition, 51; on pagination, 144. Diamond (4>^-point) type, 39; for near- sighted, 38. Dimensions of type page, 54-61. Dix plan for reunions, 194. Drew Theological Seminary catalog, illustrated, 234. Drexel Institute register, how style se- cured, 10, 11; cover sample, opp. 10; leaf from, opp. 11. Eclipse Electrotype & Engraving Co., opp. 233. Editing Copy, saves changes, 228. Edmonson's "Heraldry," 128. Education, Report of Commissioner of, abbreviations in, 127. Eight-point type, see Brevier. Electric City Engraving Co., opp. 235. Eleven-point type, see Small pica. Ems to square inch, 115. Engineering abbreviations, standardizing, 127. English (14-point) type, specimens, 39, 99, 100, 103, 106, 143, 187, 194,' spaced caps, chapter titles, in this book; Engravings, 229-236; copy for, 24, 232; method of billing, 235; measuring scale for, opp. 235. Envelopes, maker's name forbidden for second-class mail, 87, 268; if second- class entry, should bear notice, 82, 270; should be strong, 270; printing, 82-87; return request on, 86. Episcopal Theological School, arms of, correct, 241. "Essentials of Lettering," 30. Evanston Academy catalog, running- head in, 66; illustrated, 234. Exchange Shelf, 15, 16; shows many faces of type, 30; backbone printing for, 77, 79; illustration of, opp. 16. Eyesight, influence of school-books upon, 35- Eyestrain, "Books for Tired Eyes, 35; experiments at University of Wis- consin, 33. Faculty lists, sample pages, 183-190 ; criticized by Carnegie Foundation, 259, 260. Favine's "Theatre of Honour," 128. Fees at Oxford, 180. Figures, 35. Five-point type, see Pearl. Folding, 76, 250- 252. Footnotes, Riverside style, 120; DeVinne favors two columns for, 32, 169, 180; samples of, 32, 141, 169, 180. Foreign language composition, 46; on monotype, 53; samples of, 47-5°- Forms, 76, 77. Forum at Columbia, 14. Four and a half-point type, see Diamond. Fourth-class matter, 265, 266. Franklin, Ben Clubs; see Ben Franklin. French composition, see Foreign. French, Daniel C, seals on University Club by, 242. French, Thomas E., "Essentials of Let- tering," 30; method for small index, 148. French universities, few degrees con- ferred by, 127. Friends' calendar style, 74. Furst, Clyde, xli, 3. 292 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG General Theological catalog, backbone not printed, 79; envelope, 84; seal, opp. 244. Geological composition, 46, 50; longer words, 112. Georgetown College catalog, envelope, 85; high school list, 124. George Washington University, catalog, sample page, 56; envelope, 83; arms in seal, opp. 244. German universities, few degrees con- ferred by, 127. Gilliss, Walter, on pagination, 144. Glossary, 281-288. Godfrey, President Hollis, on the college catalog, 10. Gotha, Almanach de, contains some orders of chivalry, 128. Government Printing Office, uses many monotypes, 52; style-book, 126; pagi- nation style varies, 145. Gowns, academic, 246-249. Grant, Francis J., Manual of Heraldry, 242. Greek composition, 46; on monotype, 53; samples of, 47, 48. Grolier Club, influence on printers, vii; Brander Matthews on, 55. Grolier, Jean, sewing bench used in time of, 250. Groton School catalog, envelope, 84; schedule page in, 155; is illustrated, 229. Halftone engravings, 232; samples of screens, opp. 233. Hanover College catalog, envelope, 85; title page, 204. Harcourt Place School catalog, sample page, 28. Harvard University, illustration, frontis- piece; professors with large salary, i; fifteen periodicals, 7; initials in student list, 9; experiments with circulars, 10; catalog, large number pages, 12; small type, 13; cover red, 25; typog- raphy studied, 26; monotype used, 52; margin 60; backbone, 81; pagina- tion, 145; sample index page, 151; arms correct, 241; seal on University Club N. Y., 242; seal, opp. 244; criticized by Carnegie Foundation, 259, 260, book-bound catalogs not second-class entry, 266; entry notice, 274; imprint, 280. Haverford College catalog, running- heads, 64, 65; calendar, 74; envelope, 8s. Hay, John, Thayer's Life of, 97-107. Heading type, proper selection, 26, 97; uniformity in, 39, 90; how to specify, 90, III, opp. Ill; specimens, 98-106; examples of, Caslon 14-point chapter heads, l2-point, etc., in this book; see cut-in head, marginal head, run- ning head, side head. Century, 14-point, 143, 187, i8-point, 34; text-letter, 40, 47, 66, 68, 75, 83-85, 137, 198, 205, 218, 273. Heraldry, College, Edmonson's Her- aldry, 128; Grant's, 242-243; Hope's, 244; Heralds' College, 239; arms, 239; tinctures, opp. 240; divisions of shield, 240-243; Washington arms, 240; ex- amples, 78, 200-203 » 206, 207, 211,213, opp. 239, 240, 242, 244. Hill School catalog, sample faculty list, 189; illustrated, 233. Holland Society, style in listing names, 125; secretary finds error in seal of N. Y., 24s. Hoods, academic, 246-249. Hope, "Heraldry for Craftsmen," 244; Howe School, catalog, sample page, 34. arms, opp. 244. Idaho, University of, catalog, backbone defect, 251; illustration of, opp. 253. Illinois, University of, catalog, backbone, 81; abbreviations used in, 140; stu- dent list, 140; criticized by Carnegie Foundation, 260. Illustrations, 229-238, 18; inserts, 229, 230; plats, 230; photogravures, 231, see frontispiece; halftones, 232; copy for, 232-235; engraver's billing, 235; slip-sheeting, 236; interiors, 235; ink, 236-238. Imprint, printer's, forbidden on educa- tional publications of second-class entry, 267, 268, 278; specimens of, 280. Indentation, uniformity in, 26; examples of. 36, 37, 42, 43, 49, 50, 68, 123, 138, 150-152, 160, 161, 163, 164, 166, 167, 169, 171, 175, 176, 178, 180, 182-188, 190, all extracts in body of this book, 128-136,281-288, first line of all para- graphs. Index, prepared from page proofs, 93; how to prepare, 145-149; specimens, 150-154; alphabetical subject, 154. INDEX 293 Indiana, Pa., State Normal, most illus- trated catalog, 18. Indiana University catalog, abbreviations in, 142; defect in binding, 251; opp. 253- Initial letters, 45; examples of, Caxton, 28; Cloister, 29; Jenson, 40; Tudor, 41; bold, 66; Caslon, beginnings of chapters in this book. Inks, 23, 24, 236-238. Inland Printer, on running-heads, 69; lists of style-books, 126; proofreading marks, 221. Inserts, position of, 230. Intercollegiate Bureau of Academic Cos- tume, 246. Intertype composing machine, 54. •'Invention of Printing," De Vinne, 51. Iowa, State University of, catalog, back- bone, 81; plat insert, 230. Italics, when to use, 118. Italic type, see Type; see Running-head. Jacobi, on pagination, 144. Jenson, type faces of, 27; type forms of, 30. Johns Hopkins University catalog, sample page faculty list, 138; bookplate of, opp. 239; arms of, correct, 241. Kansas State Agricultural College, cata- log wired, 252. Kansas, University of, uses monotype, 52; catalog wired, 252. Kentucky College for Women catalog, envelope, 84; sample page, 177. Kentucky Wesleyan College catalog, sample page, schedule, 157. Kenyon College, catalog envelope, 8$; Dix reunion plan, 194; arms of, opp. 242. King's College, University of, arms of, opp. 244. Kiskiminetas Springs School catalog sample page, 31; envelope, 84; illus- trations in, 234; seal of, opp. 244; not second-class entry, 265. Knighthood, orders of, 128; European 239- Koopman, Dr. H .L., xi, xii; on the beau- tiful book, 12; on size of type, 38; on pagination, 145; on printer's imprint. Lafayette College catalog, alphabetical subject index in, 154; illustrations in, 229. Lake Erie College catalog, backbone, 80; sample page, 161. Latin composition, 46; example, 50. Layout of form, 76. Leading, 27; bearing on running-head style, 63 ; example, body matter of this book; double-leaded, 29; specimens, 98-106. Learned societies, American, list in World Almanac, 128. Lee's Oration, average length of word, 112. Legal Education, Carnegie Foundation report on, 256. Legibility in type, 33. Lehigh University catalog, sample page, 170. Leland Stanford, Jr., University, catalog cover, 217. Lenski, Lois, designer of cover, xii. Library of Congress style for index card, 121. Lincoln Memorial University, Mountain Herald envelope, 84. Lincoln's Address at Gettysburg, average length of word, 112. Linotype composing machine, 53, 54; sample 6-point index page, 150; changes upon, costly, 226. Long primer (lo-point) type, specimens, 39, 98-105; samples, 32, 34, 40, 41, 50, 67, 68, III, 165, 198; in courses, 37, 43, 168, 223; all extracts in body of this book; 128-136; 281-288. Machine composition, 51. Mails, hard usage in, 18. Mailing the Catalog, 265-280. Manitoba, University of, seal of, opp. 244. Manlius Bulletin, envelope, 84; cover, 200. Marginal heads, opp. II, 66, 165, 284. Marietta College, bulletin cover, opp. 208. Marshall College, sample of Greek, 47; catalog envelope, 85. Massachusetts Institute of Technology excellent catalog resembles Prince- ton's, 13. Matthews, Prof. Brander, extract " Book- bindings Old and New," 54; on page position, 55. McFarland, Chicago Univ. Press, praises monotype, 52, 53. 294 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG McGill University calendar (catalog), sample page student list, 59, backbone printed, 79; backbone, 81; envelope, 83; sample page faculty list, titles and degrees, 137; pagination, 145; aca- demic dress, 247; wired, 252; arms of opp. 244. Medical colleges, report on, 2-4. Medicine and Politics in Ohio, 257. Mercersburg Academy, illustrations, 233; heraldic decorations at, 242. Miami Military Institute, catalog en- velope, 84. Miami University catalog, running-heads, 64,65; envelope, 83; sample page, 169; sample page president's report, 179. Michigan School of Mines, plats and maps, 230. Michigan, University of, experiments with circulars, 10; abbreviations used by, 141; sample student list, 141; criti- cized by Carnegie Foundation, 260. Millsaps College, sample page faculty list, 186. Minion (7-point) type, 39. Minnesota, University of, experiments with circulars, 10; cover, 205. Missouri, University of, pagination of catalog, 145; wired, 252; illustration, opp. 252. Alohegan Lake School, illustrated catalog. 233- Monks, illuminators, 46. Monotype composing machine, 51-54- keyboard, 51, caster, 52; preparation of copy for, 93 ; estimating composition on, 108-115; 6-point index example, 151; changes on, 227. Monroe Cyclopedia of Education, ab- breviations listed in, 127. Morris, William, on modern printing, 30; on position of type page, 60, 61. Mountain Herald, Lincoln Memorial University, envelope, 84. Mount Holyoke College catalog, en- velope, 84; sample page, 162: sewed, 252. Mount Union College catalog, sample page, 166. Newcomb, H. Sophie, Memorial College (Tulane Univ.) catalog, sample page, 42. New York, error in seal of City of, 245. New York Times, advertisements set on monotype, 54. New York University catalog, backbone, 80; student list, 123; mentioned by Carnegie Foundation, 261. Nine-point type, see Bourgeois. Nonpareil (6-point) type, specimens, 39, 106, 107; for footnotes, 32, 169, 180; not suited for wide measure, 169; samples, 142; in footnotes, 32, 141, 164, 169. 180; in courses, 37, 165, 166; in faculty, 138, 183, 184; in student list, 140, 143; in directory, 152, 153; in index, 150, 151; tabular, 139, 194. North American Review, odd margins in, 60. Northwestern University, catalog run- ning-heads, 64, 65; Academy heads and running-heads, 66; sample catalog page, 168. Notre Dame University, uses monotype, 52; catalog, envelope', 83; sample page, 173; steel engraving in, 232. Number of words, estimating, 95, 96, 108-115; to square inch, 115. Numerals, roman lower-case for pagina- tion, 144, 145. Oberlin College catalog, sample page, faculty list, 185. Oberlin Theological catalog, sample page, faculty list, 188. Ohio, Medicine and Politics in, 257. Ohio State University, exchange shelf at, 15; sample catalog page, 174; medical colleges at, 257; illustration opp. 237- ^ Ohio Wesleyan University catalog, run- ning-heads, 64, 65; backbone, 80; envelope, 83; abbreviations used by, 143; sample page student list, 143: faculty list, 187. Oldstyle Antique type, uniformity in, 35; for running-heads, 63. Orcutt, William Dana, on indexing, 145. Oswald, John Clyde, disagrees with Morris, 61. Oxford University Calendar (catalog), 13; style for calendar, 75; abbreviation D. M. for M. D., 126; sample page, 180; few degrees conferred by, 127. Page heads, see Running-heads. Pagination, 144, 145. Palmer College catalog, sample page, 36. NDEX 295 Paper, sizes, 17, 59; quality, 19; egg- shell, 19; bulk, 19, 21; weights, 20; colored, 22; coated, 22, 23; dull, 22, 23; semi-dull, 24; cover, 24, 25. Paragraphs, 91. Paris, University of, catalog, carries advertising, 13; sample page, 44. Pawling School catalog, cover, 21 1; illus- trations in, 233. Pearl (s-point) type, 39, 280. Pennsylvania Military College catalog, envelope, 85; cover, 210. Pennsylvania, University of, catalog, envelope, 83; pagination, 145; sample page, directory of officers, 152; plat insert in, 230; academic costume, 246; mentioned by Carnegie Founda- tion, 261. Periods, Elimination of, 120. Philippines, University of, catalog, per- fect margins in, 60; backbone not printed, 79; cover, 213. Phillips Academy (Andover) catalog, envelope, 84; sample page, 197; illus- trations in, 229. Photographs for engravings, 24, 232-235. Photogravures, 231; example of, frontis- piece. Pica (i2-point) type, specimens, 39, 98, 100, 102, 104; samples, 28, 29, 31, 36, 107, opp. 236; all body matter in this book. Plat of campus, 230; opp. 229. Position of type page, 54-61. Possessive, how to use, 118. Postage, low on calendars if under law of August 24, 1912, 7; postage, return guarantee, 86; on proofs, 224 Postal Guide, 270, 271. Postal laws, July 16, 1894, compared with August 24, 1912, 273. Postal Laws and Regulations, at any post office, 271. Postal regulations, 265-280; covering envelopes, 82-87; proofs 225. Postmaster, notice to, to return, 86; 269. Press proofs, 23. Princeton University, growing, }, 2; alumni descendants, 7; descriptive booklet, 14, 233; seal on University Club, N. Y., 242; seal opp. 244; criticized by Carnegie Foundation, 259; catalog, desirable, 13; large type, 26; envelope, 83; style in listing names, 125; pagination, 145; sample pages, 195, 223; book-bound not of second-class entry, 266. Printer's imprint, see Imprint. Printing Art, influence on printers, vii; protected in mails, 19; on running- heads, 62; list of style-books, 126. Proof, 220-228; marks, 221, 222; mail- ing, 224, 225; advance copy of book, 225; changes, 226-228. Queen's College, arms, opp. 244. Quotations, when to use, 118; long, 120. Quote-marks, see Quotations. Radcliffe College, not included in Har- vard statistics, i ; arms, opp. 244. Reformed Church Theological, arms of, 241. Reeder, C. W., xii. Return request on catalog envelope, 86. Return postage, guarantee of, 86; 269. Reunion of classes, Dix plan, 194. Rice Institute "Pamphlet," fine catalog, x; cover, 202; second-class entry notice, 275. Riverside Press, style for footnotes, 120. Roethlein, Barbara E., on legibility of types, 33, 35. , ^ . Roman lower-case numerals for pagma- tion, 144, 145. Room rent schedules, 192, 193. Running-heads, 62-69; samples, 6-point caps, 150, 154; 8-point caps, 32, 157, 173,178, 184, 192, 196; 8-point spaced caps, 168, 169, 179, 194, page heads over text of this book; 8-point caps and small caps, 164-166, 172, 174, 177, 186; 8-point caps and lower- case, 190; 8-point italic caps, 48, 160, 162, 163, 185, 193; 8-point italic caps and lower case. 49; 10- point spaced caps, 181; lo-point small caps, 34, 37, I42> 151, IS3> I95, I99. 223; lo-point caps and small caps, 171, spaced, 182; lo-point caps and lower case, 167; lo-point italic caps, spaced, 31; lo-point italic caps and lower-case, 50, 123, 138, 141, 159; 12- point spaced caps, 36; block-letter, 6-point, 43, 8-point, 42; text-letter, outline, 66, 8-point spaced, 68. St. George's School, heraldic display at, 242. St. John's School, Manlius, envelope, 84; cover, 200. St. Louis Public Library, secures books in large type, 35. 296 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG St. Luke's School, running-head, 66; other heads, 66. St. Paul's School catalog, envelope, 84; sample page, 176; illustrations in, 229. St. Stephen's College, initial letters in, 46; cover, 206. Schedules, samples of, 155-159. Schoolmasters' Yearbook, abbreviations listed in, 127. Science (magazine), i. Scotch Roman type, uniformity in, 35; specimens, 102, 103; examples of, 8-point, 123, 192; i2-point, 36. Seals, college, many old styles, 244; ex- amples, 200-203, 205, 206, 208, 210, 212, 216. Second-class matter, 266-280; entry, 271; sample covers 200-217; books not ad- mitted,250. Set-em, 96, 109, 115, 287. Seven-point type, see Minion. Sewanee Military Academy catalog, sample page, 68. Sewing the catalog, 13, 35,250-253. Shady Side Academy, running-heads, 67. Shorter College catalog, envelope, 84; opp. 232. Side-heads, 160-164, 166-176, 284. cover. Signature (section) designation, 153. Six-point type, see Nonpareil. Slipsheeting, 236. Small pica (ii-point) type, 39. Smith College catalog, envelope, 84; sample page, 163. Southern California, University of, run- ning-heads, 64, 65. South, University of the, catalog, sample page, 32, envelope, 83; seal, opp. 244. Spell out, what to, 118, 119. Standard Dictionary, basis for style rules, 116. State University of Iowa, see Iowa. Statistical Abstract of the U. S., i. Steel engraving, in Notre Dame catalog, 232. Stetson, John B., University, catalog, sample page, 58. Stevens Institute catalog, colors in cover, 25; illustrations in, 229. Stewarts "Use of Capitals," 119; "Use of Quote-Marks," 120. Student lists, 48, 59, 122, 123, 140, 141, 143; copy for may be held back, 93; relative standing shown in, 199; sum- mary, 195, 196, 198. Students on bulletin committee, 14. Style and Examples i 16-218; 88; ab- breviations, 116, 126-136; alphabetiz- ing, 121-125; capitalization, 117, 119; citations, 117; Congressional Library, 121; cover satisfactory to postal au- thorities, 278-280; dates, 118; elimina- tion of periods, 12O; footnotes, 32, 120, 180; Government style-book, 228; index, 145; examples, 150-154; italics, 118; possessive, 118; quotations, 118, 120; spell out, 118; stylebook, lists of may be secured, 126; Typothetae style-book, 116. Summer school, bold figures in calendar for, 73. Swarthmore College catalog, sample page, 37; backbone, 78; envelope, 85; insert and view, 230, opp. 229; seal, opp. 244. Tables: sizes of trimmed pages, ij; weights and sizes of paper, 20; bulk, 21; set-ems in type page, 109; lines of typewritten copy to full page, 113; ems to square inch, 115. Tabular composition, 112; samples of, 139, 155, 192-196, 199- Taft School catalog, sample page, 41; envelope, 84. Ten-point type, see Long Primer. Texas, University of, catalog, defect in binding, 251; seal, opp. 244. Text-letter, see Heading Type; see Run- ning-head. Thayer's "Life of John Hay," 97-107. Third-class matter, 265, 266. Thompson, President W. O., introduc- tion, xiii, xiv. Tokyo, University of, catalog typo- graphically good, 13. Toronto, University of, uses monotype, 52; seal and arms, opp. 244; catalog, running-heads, 64, 65; sample page, 171. Towne Scientific School (Yale) catalog, running-heads, 64, 65. Transylvania College catalog, backbone, 78; cover, 207; seal, opp. 244. Trinity College (Hartford) catalog, back- bone, 78; envelope, 85; cover, 203. Tufts College catalog, sample page, 156. Tulane University catalog, block letter heads, 39; sample page (Nevvcomb), 42; envelope, 83. Twelve-point type, see Pica. NDEX 297 Type, 26-87; suitable faces, 26; leading, 27; families of, 30; 14-point for books, 35; sizes of, 35, 38. 39; heading, 39, 40, 47, 90; initials, 28, 29, 40, 41, 45; italic, 39, 118; bold, 39, 42; old Eng- lish, 39, 47; Greek, 47, 48; French, 49; style in, 88; how to specify, 92; specimens, 96-107; small in two columns, 32, 106, 169, 180; position and dimensions of page of, 54-61; see also Nonpareil, Brevier, Long Primer, Pica, English Heading, Running-heads. Typewritten copy, 90; samples, 1 10, opp. Ill; estimating, 108-115. Union Theological catalog, envelope, 84; illustrated, 234. U. S. Military Academy, uses monotype, 52; seal on University Club, N. Y., 242. U. S. Naval Academy, seal on University Club, N. Y., 242. U. S. Postal Guide, 270, 27i_. United Typothetae of America, 116. University Club, Chicago, college seals on walls, 242. University Club, New York, college seals on walls, 242. University of Berlin, see Berlin. University of California, see California. University of Chicago, see Chicago. University of Idaho, see Idaho. University of Illinois, see Illinois. University of Kansas, see Kansas. University of King's College, see King's. University of Manitoba, see Manitoba. University of Michigan, see Michigan. University of Minnesota, see Minnesota. University of Missouri, see Missouri. University of Paris, see Paris. University of Pennsylvania, see Pennsyl- vania. University of Philippines, see Philippines. University of the South, see South. University of Southern California, see Southern. University of Texas, see Texas. University of Vermont, see Vermont. University of Virginia, see Virginia. University of Washington, see Wash- ington. University of Wisconsin, see Wisconsin. University Press, vii. Van in alphabetizing, 125. van Dyke, Henry, lower-case v in name, 125. Van Winkle, Edward, discovers error in seal of New York, 245. Vassar College catalog, perfect margins in, 60; envelope, 84; coyer style satisfactory to postal authorities, 276, 277. Vermont, University of, catalog, defect in binding, 252. Virginia Military Institute catalog, en- velope, 84; schedule of student stand- ing, 199. Virginia, University of, catalog, block- letter heads, 39; running-heads, 64, 65; backbone not printed, 79; en- velope, 83 ; praised by Carnegie Found- ation, 261. Wabash College, illustrations in catalog, 229. Washington and Jefferson College, cata- log good, 27. Washington and Lee University catalog, block-letter headings in, 39; sample page, 43; running-heads, 64, 65; en- velope, 83; cover, 212; arms, 241, opp. 244. Washington University, catalog, run- ning-heads, 64, 6s; arms of, 241, opp. 244. Washington, University of, catalog wired, 282. Waterman Hall, cover design, 218. Waud & Jenkins, frontispiece. Waynesburg College, catalog envelope, 85. Wellesley College catalog, sample page, 164. Wells College catalog, envelope, 84; sample page, 160; sewed, 252. Wesleyan University catalog, Greek in student list, 48; calendar on last page of cover, 69; illustrated, 229. Western College for Women, Exchange Shelf of, opp. 16; catalog, sample page, 49; envelope, 84; sewed, 252; illus- trated bulletin, 233. Western Reserve University, sample page faculty list, 184. Western Theological, schedule page, 159. Westminster College of Music, initial letters used by, 46; sample catalog page, opp. 236. 298 THE AMERICAN COLLEGE CATALOG West Texas Military Institute catalog, envelope, 84; sample page, schedule, 158. West Virginia Wesleyan College, sample catalog page, 172. Whitaker's "Peerage," 128. White, Stanford, University Club, N. Y., masterpiece, 242. Williams College, colors in catalog cover, 25; backbone, 80; catalog envelope, 85; seal on University Club, N. Y., 242; book-bound catalog not of second- class entry, 266. Wilmington College, corporation state- ment on page 2, 218. Wire stitching, interferes with proper inner margin, 57-60; prohibits easy opening, 252; must be covered, 253; illustration, opp. 252. Wisconsin, University of. Survey of, 8-10; style for arrangement of names in, 123; index style, 150; criticized by Carnegie Foundation, 259; experi- ments in eye-strain, 33. Wood, W. C, chief of Classification Division, xii. Wooster, The College of, catalog, en- velope, 85; sample page, summary of students, 196. Worcester Academy, heraldic display at, 242. Worcester Polytechnic Institute, catalog legible, sample page, 40. World Almanac statistics in, i; small type in, 38; list of American Learned Societies in, 128; academic dress in, 246. Yale University, growing, i ; catalog, large, 13; margins correct, 60; Towne Scientific running-heads, 64, 65; style in listing names, 125; pagination, 145; plat insert, 230; plat praised by Carnegie Foundation, 262; heraldic display at, 242; seal on University Club, N. Y., 242; catalog sewed, 252; illustration opp. 252; catalog criticized by Carnegie Foundation, 259. Zinc etchings, 238. — -^-^s^^^^^ MAY 3 1954 i357 RJEC'D^LD 75m-7;30 1 : 1 i 1 .»»,....«..«% —^ - .."" "-^ "— — • TJiii CHAMPLIN PRESS 3G7507 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY \ a N d M A C; A Z I N E S also on BOOKPLATES h\ various processes — r" ■■■"■ 1